Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080201661 | Remote flash storage management - A computing host executes a web browser to access a utility application for managing or altering one or more storage devices connected to the computing host. Management or alteration of each storage device may include various purging of the storage device, encrypting the storage device, password protecting the storage device, purging the data or the firmware of the storage device, updating firmware of the storage device, updating programmable hardware of the storage device, erasing the storage device, sanitizing the storage device, logging events occurring in the storage device, and maintaining statistics on operation of the storage device. | 08-21-2008 |
20080201662 | METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Methods for inputting a destination in a navigation system by manually controlling an actuating device are provided. In an example method, at least the following menu items can be selected when the actuating device is actuated using a first motion type: a CHARACTER menu item provides a list of characters when selected, and a DIGIT menu item that provides a list of digits when selected. The first motion type may be used to actuate the actuating device to select one of the other non-selected menu items. | 08-21-2008 |
20080216015 | Method of Displaying Atypical Template Type on Idle-Mode Screen of Mobile Communication Terminal, Computer-Readable Recording Medium in Which Program For Executing the Same is Recorded and Mobile Communication Terminal With Function Thereof - The present invention relates to a mobile communication terminal having an idle screen function, and more particularly, to a method of atypically displaying idle screen templates of a mobile communication terminal. A method of displaying atypical template types on an idle-mode screen of a mobile communication terminal according to the present invention includes the steps of selecting any one of atypical template types that have been previously set to display the selected template type on the idle-mode screen of the mobile communication terminal, checking a setting value (properties or profiles) of the selected atypical template type, configuring a channel using the atypical template type constructed based on the setting value, and changing a template type of the idle-mode screen from a template type that has already been displayed to the selected atypical template type, and displaying the changed template type on the idle-mode screen. | 09-04-2008 |
20080222561 | Generalized Faceted Browser Decision Support Tool - Embodiments of the present invention provide a faceted browser for decision-making that enables interactive visualization of a decision space as choices are made. According to one embodiment, a computer-implemented method comprises receiving a selection of a first choice from a user. The first choice is displayed in a user interface that includes a plurality of facets, each facet including a plurality of choices. The method further comprises disabling at least one second choice in response to the selection of the first choice, and determining a first result set in response to the selection of the first choice. The user interface is then updated in real-time to display the selected status of the first choice, the disabled status of the second choice, and the first result set to the user. | 09-11-2008 |
20080222562 | Graph Selection Method - Embodiments of the present invention provide a decision framework for selecting graph types based on attributes such as task, end-user, data-bound, and representational attributes. According to one embodiment, a computer-implemented method for aiding a user in selecting a graph type for a graph comprises receiving a selection of a graph type subset from the user, the graph type subset selected from a plurality of graph type subsets, the selection responsive to at least one task attribute corresponding to an intended use for the graph. The method further comprises generating a user interface to be displayed to the user, the user interface including an indication of at least one graph type in the selected graph type subset, an indication of at least one attribute, and an indication of whether the at least one graph type is appropriate in view of the at least one attribute, thereby providing guidance to the user in selecting an appropriate graph type. | 09-11-2008 |
20080222563 | Method and System for Providing Machine-Readable News content - The present invention relates generally to a method and system for providing machine-readable news content to potential users of such information. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and system for selecting news content, entering it into a computer file, converting it to a machine-readable format, and providing the resulting machine-readable data to potential users of the news content. | 09-11-2008 |
20080222564 | Hearing Aid Impression Buildability Index Computation Tool - A method and appertaining system implement the use of manufacturing protocols for hearing aid design such that the ability to build an instrument can be displayed as a numeric parameter based on the partial numerical and metrological contributions of all the essential parameters of the given impression, and a buildability index can be displayed as a 3D virtual image of the proposed shell or preferred shell types. The method utilizes a predefined parameter table comprising parameters to utilize for a buildability determination. The buildability index is computed based on impression shape data, selected shell type, selected number of device options, data obtained from the parameter table, and data obtained from a receiver table, and the buildability index is output to a display of a user interface device or an external system. | 09-11-2008 |
20080222565 | TASK FOCUSED USER INTERFACE SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - A system for providing a graphical user interface to a user of a building automation system via a client is provided. The building automation system includes a plurality of building devices. The system includes a processor and memory communicably connected to the processor. The memory includes computer code for controlling the plurality of building devices. The memory further includes computer code for providing the graphical user interface to the client. The memory unit further includes computer code for generating a plurality of user interface elements for providing to a single view on the graphical user interface, each of the user interface elements associated with a task relating to a building device. | 09-11-2008 |
20080222566 | Flexible-Date Travel Queries - Techniques for processing flexible-date queries are described. Techniques include a interface to enter a flexible date query including a description of a traveler's desired stay at a destination. A user receives a set of solutions that satisfy the flexible date query in the form of a calendar. The set of solutions can be stored in a database for eventual retrieval of a subset of the set of solutions to render to a user. | 09-11-2008 |
20080229239 | THIRD PARTY MENUS FOR ENABLING COLLABORATION - The claimed subject matter can provide an architecture and various mechanism whereby a communication client can facilitate a more robust collaboration experience. The communication client can provide configurable menus for launching third-party resources locally and transmitting resource invites to remote entities along with appropriate information to enable the remote entities to launch the resource locally as well. The architecture can provide for peer-to-peer collaboration sessions as well as server directed collaboration sessions. | 09-18-2008 |
20080229240 | Finding Pages Based on Specifications of Locations of Keywords - A palette is displayed that includes widgets. A specification of a first widget selected from among the widgets in the palette is received along with a first widget location, a keyword, and a keyword location. Pages are found that, when rendered, include a term located at a term location and an element located at a respective element location, where the term matches the keyword and the element matches the first widget. In various embodiments, the identifiers of the pages are sorted based on distances between the first widget location and the element location, distances between the keyword location and the term location, differences between widths and heights of the first widget and the element, and/or based on matches between the visual attribute for the first widget and a visual characteristic for the element. | 09-18-2008 |
20080229241 | System and method of providing a user interface for client applications to store data and context information on the web - An improved system and method for supporting web system services is provided for storing data and context of client applications on the web. A client application may include a web system services interface for invoking web system services to support web applications to operate over the web using different devices that may store data and context of web applications as a web application document onto a web server. A web application document may be represented by components that may include view information, content, and context information. The application may also include a web system services user interface for providing a graphical user interface for a user to invoke web system services that may include a new document system service, a store document system service, and a restore document system service. A schema for context scope may be implemented for collecting context information relevant to the web application document. | 09-18-2008 |
20080229242 | Navigator for displays - Various embodiments include apparatus, methods, and systems for column navigation within a view of a table or other source of two-dimensional data. Various embodiments include method comprising displaying a first column of data from a plurality of columns of data included in table and having one or more rows across each of the plurality of columns of data, displaying a second column of data from of the plurality of columns of data directly beside the first column of data so that the one or more rows in the second column of data align with the same one or more rows in the first column and displaying with the second column of data a symbol that when actuated provides an overview menu including a list of selectable columns of data included in the plurality of columns of data included in the table. | 09-18-2008 |
20080229243 | TRACKING NETWORK SOCKET USAGE IN A DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method, apparatus and computer readable medium is provided for tracking processes using a socket object. The processes are utilized to execute an application program. Initially, a process list for the socket object is created, such that the process list contains a process identifier for a first process using the socket object. If a second process is using the socket object, the process list is updated to include the process identifier for the second process. | 09-18-2008 |
20080235620 | Non-Disruptive Activity Switching on Remote Control - A control device has an activity-based user interface for controlling a system with a renderer and multiple sources. The renderer is configured for rendering content available from the multiple sources. The user interface provides a first set of user controls for control of the system in a first activity, and a second set of further user controls for control of the system in a second activity. The control device controls switching the system from the first activity to the second activity upon detecting a validating user interaction with the user interface to validate the switching. | 09-25-2008 |
20080235621 | Method and Device for Touchless Media Searching - A method and device for media searching based on touchless finger signs ( | 09-25-2008 |
20080244446 | DISAMBIGUATION OF ICONS AND OTHER MEDIA IN TEXT-BASED APPLICATIONS - A system and method for entering icons and other pieces of media through an ambiguous text entry interface. The system receives text entry from users, disambiguates the text entry, and presents the user with a pick list of icons, emoticons, graphics, images, sounds, videos or other non-textual media that are associated with the text entry. The user may select one of the displayed pieces of media, and the text entry may be replaced or supplemented with the piece of media selected by the user. In some cases, the system presents the pick list of media to the user in an order that is related to the probability that the user will select the displayed media. | 10-02-2008 |
20080244447 | Application Quick Launch Extension - A system (and/or a method) are disclosed to launch an application directly from a menu on a screen of a handheld computing device. In one embodiment, the handheld computing device is configured to receive an event signal corresponding to executing an application assigned to the switch when actuated for a first time period. When the switch is maintained actuated for a second predetermined period of time, the system is configured to transmit an identifier corresponding to the switch to a preferences manager. The system retrieves a plurality of application identifiers from a database of the preferences manager, where each application identifier linking an executable for a corresponding application. The system displays the menu on the screen of the mobile computing device. The menu includes a plurality of application identifiers that are being selectable for execution of a different application. | 10-02-2008 |
20080244448 | GENERATION OF MENU PRESENTATION RELATIVE TO A GIVEN MENU ORIENTATION - Methods are disclosed for a computational machine presentation including an origination point for a user, re-arranging a first selectable target more likely to be selected first, to a presentation nearer the origination point. The presentation format persists for any given user across a variety of computational machines, thus minimizing the effort for a given user in terms of cross computational-machine transfer and in terms of an on the average shortened navigational distance for any of the computational machines. The persistent format is consistent for cross computational-machine transfer, and this consistency coincides with a systematic decrease in navigational distance. | 10-02-2008 |
20080244449 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR VISUALIZATION OF CONTROL TECHNIQUES IN A PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - Various graphical displays used for visualization of control techniques in a process control system can be provided to an operator. For example, a graphical display could include (i) an image associated with at least a portion of a process and (ii) one or more icons identifying one or more process variables associated with at least the portion of the process. Selection of an icon could present the operator with a faceplate containing information associated with at least one of the process variables. Another graphical display could include (i) a focal variable symbol identifying a focal process variable and (ii) one or more additional variable symbols identifying one or more additional process variables associated with the focal process variable. Gains associated with the additional process variables could be identified in the display. Yet another graphical display could be used to remotely invoke and control applications executing in a process control system. | 10-02-2008 |
20080244450 | TOUCH PANEL APPARATUS - In a touch panel apparatus of the present invention, a plurality of operation buttons on an operation screen are divided into a plurality of groups. One or more operation buttons belonging to one of the groups are shown in a first size, and one or more operation buttons belonging to the other groups are shown in a second size that is smaller than the first size. On the operation screen, a button size modification area is shown for each group in which the one or more operation buttons belonging to the group are shown in the second size. When one of the button size modification areas is selected, the operation screen is modified such that the one or more operation buttons belonging to the group corresponding to the selected button size modification area will be shown in the first size, and the one or more operation buttons shown in the first size will be shown in the second size. | 10-02-2008 |
20080250349 | Graphical user interface - A graphical user interface for controlling a printer application is presented. The interface comprises a first menu having a first set of selectable options; and a second menu concentrically-disposed relative to the first menu, the second menu having a second set of selectable options which are hierarchically related to the first set of selectable options. A selectable option is selected by positioning selection means within a region associated with the selectable option. When a selectable option of the first set is selected, a selectable option of the second set having a hierarchical relationship with the selected option of the first set is displayed. | 10-09-2008 |
20080250350 | Switch and On-Screen Display Systems and Methods - A system with switch and on-screen display function includes a display device and a switch device. The display device includes a display panel and a display circuit. The display circuit is coupled with the display panel and is configured to control the display device. The display circuit includes an on-screen display generating circuit. The switch device is coupled with the display device and is configured to switch an access to one of at least two computers. The on-screen display generating circuit includes a signal receiving circuit, a processing circuit and a signal outputting circuit. The signal receiving circuit is configured to receive command signals from the switch device. The processing circuit generates first on-screen display menu signals for providing a first on-screen display menu in response to the received command signals. The signal outputting circuit of the on-screen display generating circuit provides the first on-screen display signals to the display panel. | 10-09-2008 |
20080256485 | User Interface for Controlling Video Programs on Mobile Computing Devices - A user interface allows users of computing devices to control video content displayed on the computing devices. A device displays an overlay of a menu on top of an active video stream, the menu including a set of commands for controlling the video content. The commands may be associated with a key or other input item of the computing device. A user can select a command on the menu by pressing the associated key, touching a designated area of the screen, or otherwise selecting the command, and the selected command is then used to affect the displayed video content. | 10-16-2008 |
20080256486 | PROVIDING DEVICE USAGE INFORMATION THROUGH LAYOUT DIAGRAM - Layout data relating to layout of a user and a device is obtained. Log data relating to usage of the device, such as a job being performed or to be performed by the device, is obtained. A layout diagram illustrating the layout of the user and the device is generated based on the layout data. Line data to be additionally included in the layout diagram is generated based on the log data. | 10-16-2008 |
20080256487 | METHOD FOR MANAGING USER CONTENT IN COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - Provided is a method for managing user content in a communication terminal. The method includes if a user content item is generated, adding a content icon corresponding to the user content item to a content icon arrangement path on which content icons are arranged in an integrated manner in the order of time point of generation of the content icons; if a search for user content is performed, displaying the content icons arranged on the content icon arrangement path in a first display window located on a screen; and if a content icon is selected, displaying the user content item corresponding to the selected content icon in a second display window located on the same screen as the first display window. | 10-16-2008 |
20080256488 | Method and Apparatus for Enabling Browsing of Images - Method and apparatus for enabling to browse a plurality of stored images in which a plurality of the images ( | 10-16-2008 |
20080263476 | Playlist Based on Artist and Song Similarity - A playlist generator allows a user to identify a particular artist as the seed for a one-click playlist generation. When the user identifies the artist, a list of similar artists is presented for the user's approval or modification. When the user is satisfied with the list of artists, the user initiates the playlist generation. The system iteratively selects an artist from the list, and selects a song by that artist, based on the similarity of songs by the artist. The user may control the degree of variety among artists and among songs. | 10-23-2008 |
20080263477 | HANDHELD DEVICE GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACES FOR DISPLAYING PATIENT MEDICAL RECORDS - Ergonomic graphical user interfaces (GUIs) for displaying medical record information obtained from various sources within handheld devices are provided. A GUI for display within a touch screen display of a handheld device includes adjacent first and second portions. A list of patient names is displayed within the first portion of the GUI, along with medical facility location information, means for indicating when new clinical data for a patient is available, means for removing patient names from the displayed list, and means for sorting the displayed list of patient names. A plurality of ergonomically designed GUI controls are displayed within the second portion of the GUI. Each of these GUI controls has a width that is between about 15% and 75% of a width of the display, and a height that is between about 15% and 75% of a height of the display. According to embodiments, a GUI for display within a touch screen display of a handheld device includes adjacent first and second portions, wherein the second portion has a height that is between about 30% and 70% of a height of the GUI. Information for a respective patient is displayed within the first portion and includes patient identification and location information. At least some of the displayed information is responsive to user touching for displaying additional patient information. Various GUI controls are displayed within the second portion, and is responsive to user touching for performing various functions. Each of the GUI controls in the second portion has a width that is between about 15% and 75% of a width of the second portion, and a height that is between about 15% and 75% of a height of the second portion. | 10-23-2008 |
20080270937 | Control Interface for a Home Automation System and Method for Operating Same - The control interface ( | 10-30-2008 |
20080270938 | System for self-registering visitor information with geographic specificity and searchable fields - An interactive visitor self-registration system for visitors to museums or other public sites using a digital computer or internet appliance device and a touchscreen monitor, which accesses a dedicated website, through a global computer network such as the Internet. It focuses on gathering information regarding residence of visitors as well as the information gathered by a traditional paper guest book. The system is searchable by visitors and by site staff. The information gathered by the system is stored on a dedicated website. A second, administration website, also password protected with an unpublished web address can be used by Site Administrators to customize the looks and options of their specific visitor self-registration system. Additionally, there is a public website which is accessible via the Internet which stores travel information for every signer to the system who logs on with his or her email address. These visitors can track their own travel via a map displayed on the website and be linked to the website for the sites they visit. | 10-30-2008 |
20080276197 | Visualisation of Buddylist with Localisation Information | 11-06-2008 |
20080282191 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROVIDING CENTRALIZED MANAGEMENT AND DELIVERY SERVICES FOR MEDIA CONTENT - A method, system, and computer program product for providing media management services are provided. The method includes creating an account record for a user identification received from a network-enabled media recording device and storing the user identification in the account record. The method also includes mapping the user identification to a storage space allocated for a user associated with the user identification. The storage space stores a media file received from the network-enabled media recording device. The method further includes presenting a menu of options to the user via the network-enabled media recording device. The options are operable for defining an authorization requirement for controlling access by a target viewer to a media file and/or managing account information, account preferences, media devices, and media files. The method also includes storing selections received from the media recording device in the account record, the selections received in response to presenting the menu of options. | 11-13-2008 |
20080288889 | DATA VISUALIZATION APPLICATION - The methods and systems disclosed herein include an analytic platform, with a data visualization application, that may be used to perform data fusion methodologies in order to create an integrated, actionable view of consumers, consumer behavior, commodity sales, and other commercial activities, such as the relationship between consumers and stores. | 11-20-2008 |
20080288890 | Multimedia presentation authoring and presentation - Various embodiments include one or more of systems, methods, software, data structures, and user interfaces for recording and delivery of multimedia presentations. Some embodiments include simultaneous recording of video and capturing of identifiers of other media elements selected for display from a playlist relative to time positions within the recorded video. | 11-20-2008 |
20080295026 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING APPLICATION PROGRAM AND MENU - Provided are a method and apparatus for displaying application program (AP) menu. The method includes creating an AP menu, for selecting at least one AP, by using data for the at least one AP; and displaying the AP menu in a predetermined area of the image display unit. The AP menu includes an initial menu that displays a plurality of icons for the at least one AP in the same predetermined area, and, if one of the plurality of icons is selected a corresponding AP is executed and displayed in the same predetermined area, or a lower level menu is displayed in the same predetermined area. | 11-27-2008 |
20080295027 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CHANGING APPLICATION USER INTERFACE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method for changing an application User Interface (UI) in a portable terminal using menu theme information is provided. UI theme information contained in menu theme information is loaded, a main window image is selected from the loaded UI theme information, and theme index table information is selected. A user interface consistent with a menu UI is created using the selected theme index table information and the selected main window image. The created user interface is stored as a basic interface. The created user interface is applied and displayed. | 11-27-2008 |
20080295028 | Content display method, content display apparatus, recording medium, and server apparatus - A content display method includes the steps of acquiring an icon image corresponding to a data content set composed of a plurality of data contents, generating a plurality of specific icons which are different from each other and correspond to the data contents, on the basis of the icon image and a predetermined generation rule, and displaying the specific icons on a display. | 11-27-2008 |
20080295029 | ADDRESSING QUERY SCHEDULING AND SYSTEM RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS - Method, system and article of manufacture for scheduling queries. In particular, the scheduling options made available to a user for a particular unit of work are determined dynamically at the time of scheduling. In this way, the execution cost, for example, of a particular unit of work can be taken into account when determining which scheduling options to make available. In addition, or alternatively, system availability and/or user parameters may be accounted for when determining which scheduling options to make available. | 11-27-2008 |
20080301581 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SERVICE ONTO E-MAIL - A method of providing dynamic services for web applications, such as e-mail, is disclosed. When a user selects text or an item, the selection is analyzed for the presence of various formats or patterns. For example, the items selected or highlighted by the user may be identified as a name, an address, a date, a location, etc. Based on the formats or patterns, various connection functions may then be provided to the user. The connection functions may be provided in the form of various menus, such as a context menu, a right-click menu, a pop-up window, and the like. In addition, the entries of the menu may be dynamically maintained depending on the nature of the items' formats or patterns. | 12-04-2008 |
20080307356 | Navigation apparatus and navigation program - Recognizing that a search target must be particular identifying words, words that are shared by a plurality of sets of destination data are stored as search keywords appended to individual sets of destination data that serve as the search targets. In execution of a search for a destination, keywords that in part match the input characters are displayed as selectable keys. It is possible to reduce user input operations by creating a menu of relevant keywords. Reduction in the number of user operations becomes possible by selecting keywords having three or more characters by a total of two operations, that is, the input of at least one character to retrieve a narrowed down group of keywords and selection of one of the retrieved keywords. | 12-11-2008 |
20080307357 | AUTOMATED DEFAULT DIMENSION SELECTION WITHIN A MULTIDIMENSIONAL ENTERPRISE SOFTWARE SYSTEM - Techniques are described for automatically selecting default dimensions of multidimensional data for publication. A computer-implemented system, for example, includes a data store having multidimensional data. The multidimensional data includes one or more data cubes having dimensions. The system further includes a publish module for accessing the data store and publishing the multidimensional data associated with the data cubes. The publish module selects a default dimension for publication for each of the data cubes based on attributes of the dimensions. | 12-11-2008 |
20080313561 | Techniques for representing and organizing user interface data - Techniques are described for representing commands of a user interface of an application. One or more command descriptions for one or more commands are received. Each of the command descriptions has one or more properties and represents an instance of one of the commands. One or more command group descriptions for one or more command groups are received. Each of the command group descriptions has one or more properties, represents an instance of one of the command groups at a level in a group hierarchy, and specifies one or more group members. Each of the group members represents a derived instance of one of the commands or a derived instance of one of the command groups. Properties of each derived instance of a command and each derived instance of a command group inherit properties from one or more ancestor instances. | 12-18-2008 |
20080313562 | System and Method for Designing Landscape Architecture Based on Real Image - For an easy and efficient designing of landscape architecture, disclosed is a system for designing landscape architecture based on real images, which includes: a user interface supporting an exchange of information between the user and the system; a database storing real images obtained by processing photographs of landscape architectural elements; an input processing unit that processes data to display a plan view according to a set-up environment of a landscape site entered through the user interface, and processing data to arrange on the plan view real images of landscape architectural elements, which are selected through a library window provided based on the database; and a display processing unit loading real images from the database based on information about the landscape architectural elements arranged on the plan view according to the user's selected locations entered through the user interface, and displaying the real images. | 12-18-2008 |
20080313563 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING MAP TEMPLATE AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING DEVICES USING MAP TEMPLATE - A method and apparatus to create a map template, and a method and apparatus to manage devices using a map template, the method of managing the devices using the map template including: searching for one or more devices to be managed; selecting a map template that represents an interior structure of a building in which the one or more found devices are located; and arranging the one or more found devices at predetermined positions in the selected map template. Thus, a user can easily manage positions of the devices without any need to upload or edit a map image by using the map template that the user creates or selects as desired. | 12-18-2008 |
20080320415 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR ACCESSING MEDIA CONTENT - An apparatus is configured to present a graphical user interface (GUI) that includes category, subcategory and media content fields. The category field identifies therein categories associated with pieces of media content. The apparatus is configured to receive selection of an identified category, and in response thereto, (a) note the selected category in the category field of the GUI; and (b) identify, in the subcategory field of the GUI, subcategories associated with piece of media content, and in the hierarchy, logically underneath the selected category. The apparatus is also configured to receive selection of an identified subcategory, and in response thereto, (a) note the selected subcategory in the subcategory field of the GUI; and (b) identify, in the media content field of the GUI, pieces of media content logically underneath the selected subcategory in the hierarchy. The apparatus is then configured to receive selection of an identified piece of media content. | 12-25-2008 |
20080320416 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR POINT OF CONTACT FAMILY SERVICES - An application for providing point-of-contact family services includes providing a plurality of kiosks located at public points-of-contact, each kiosk having at least a computer system, a display, an input device and a network interface. At each of the kiosks, a main menu is presented with selections that include at least one selection for qualifying for assistance. In response to an applicant selecting the selection for qualifying for assistance, a qualifying for assistance data entry form is presented that includes data entry fields and a submit function. The applicant creates an application by inputting data into the qualifying for assistance data entry form, then, in response to the applicant selecting the submit function, the application is electronically mailed to an application server. | 12-25-2008 |
20090007010 | HOSTED DATA VISUALIZATION SERVICE - A hosted data visualization data processing system can be provided. The system can include a host computing platform configured for communicative coupling to remote clients over a computer communications network. In this regard, each of the remote clients can include a data set. The system further can include a data visualization processor in the host computing platform and a hosted data visualization service coupled to the data visualization processor. The service can include program code enabled to receive a data subset from a requesting one of the remote clients based upon a corresponding data set stored in the requesting one of the remote clients, to generate a data visualization for the data subset and to transmit the generated data visualization over the computer communications network to the requesting one of the remote clients for rendering in the requesting one of the remote clients. | 01-01-2009 |
20090007011 | SEMANTICALLY RICH WAY OF NAVIGATING ON A USER DEVICE - Information can be presented to a user as high-level content that is dynamically presented to a user based on a request, a user role, extrinsic information and so forth. As the user navigates the high level content, lower level information that was masked can be selectively revealed or exposed. Upon request, the user can be automatically transitioned back to the high level content. Different versions of a document can be maintained within a master document and, upon request, one of the versions can be displayed as a function of a rendering device. | 01-01-2009 |
20090007012 | MENUS WITH TRANSLUCENCY AND LIVE PREVIEW - A region menu is used to easily access menu items. Generally, the region menu includes a number of regions with associated menus that are located close to an initial mouse position from where the region menu is evoked. Hovering over any of the regions of the region menu displays the menu item that is associated with the region. Additionally, hovering over a menu item within one of the regions of the displayed region menu may activate a live preview showing a projected result of what would occur should that menu item be selected. During a live preview, a portion of the region menu becomes translucent such that content beneath the menu becomes visible. | 01-01-2009 |
20090013284 | Systems and Methods for Communicating Information - Methods and systems for communicating information are disclosed, including creating sequence instructions configured to define a set of permitted sequences for a plurality of documents. The sequence instructions may be sent to a user and interpreted using an active user interface for the user to select one or more sequences from the set of permitted sequences. The plurality of documents may then be executed in response to the selecting one or more of the sequences. | 01-08-2009 |
20090019390 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR EDITING MENU INTERFACE - A method for editing a menu interface and a device for editing a menu interface are provided. In the invention, at least a common function option in a setting menu interface of a basic input output system (BIOS) is added to a common menu interface. In this way, a user is unnecessary to search for the function option that he wants to adjust from a plurality of function options in the setting menu interface. A setting value of the function option can be directly adjusted in the common menu interface to improve the smoothness in adjusting the setting value of the function option, which is convenient. | 01-15-2009 |
20090019391 | KNOWLEDGE DISCOVERY TOOL NAVIGATION - A system including a knowledge model is provided. The system includes an interface for presenting a relationship between two entities of a knowledge model. The interface includes a method that accepts a first input representative of a selection of a first interface item, the first interface item associated with an entity of the knowledge model. The method also includes presenting, in response to the acceptance, a second interface item, the second interface item associated with a second entity of the knowledge model, wherein the second entity has a relationship with the selected entity and the relationship has a relationship type selected from the group consisting of a direct relationship type or a derived relationship type. Finally, the method also includes presenting a relationship indicia representative of the relationship between the first entity and the second entity. | 01-15-2009 |
20090019392 | Content transmission device, content transmission method, and content transmission program - When the user selects one or more thumbnail images G and one uploading destination from an image list screen GW, an image selection tray PT showing the thumbnail images G and an uploading screen AW corresponding to a web browser are displayed. When the user selects the thumbnail images G from the image selection tray PT, the image paths GP corresponding to the selected thumbnail images G are acquired. In this manner, the image files can be uploaded only by requiring the user to paste the acquired image paths in image path input sections GR on the uploading screen AW. Accordingly, the user can upload image files to an optional uploading destination by simple operation. | 01-15-2009 |
20090019393 | USER INTERFACE PROCESSOR AND USER INTERFACE PROCESSING METHOD - There is provided a user interface processor ( | 01-15-2009 |
20090024959 | SEARCHING DATA ON AN INTERACTIVE USER INTERFACE - An interactive user interface (UI) to manage searching of data is disclosed. The UI has a first display panel and a second display panel. At least one facet, corresponding to a category of the data, and at least one of elements and subelements of the data, organized within the facet, are displayed on the first display panel. The first display panel is configured to enable choosing an algorithm for selecting and relating the elements and the subelements of the data, and a global indicator to indicate the chosen algorithm. In response to selection of at least one of the elements and the subelements of the data, at least one of the data and links to the data are displayed on the second display panel. | 01-22-2009 |
20090024960 | ELECTRONIC BALANCE - In the electronic balance according to the present invention, in the menu list in which basic menu list information wherein predetermined many menu items are tree-structured and user menu list information stored in a nonvolatile memory when a user registers at will a calculation function or other functions which the user frequently uses are incorporated, it is possible to select an intended menu item, by moving in the same layer and moving to the lower layer step by step in accordance with a predetermined key operation. Since the setting/cancellation of the menu item, e.g. the function | 01-22-2009 |
20090031249 | Methods for creating dynamic lists from selected areas of a power system of a utility company - Methods are provided for creating dynamic lists from selected areas of a power system of a utility company. The utility company has an energy management system with a control panel. The energy management system is used to access one or more source displays of a site. Rubber-banding or lassoing is used to create selected areas from at least a portion of the source displays, Lists are dynamically created. Operator defined information is displayed for each element type in a list of network elements from the selected areas that have been rubber-banded or lassoed. | 01-29-2009 |
20090031250 | ADMINISTRATION OF WIRELESS DEVICES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods are described for providing a administration mechanism for wireless systems. In an embodiment, a mobile wireless server including a plurality of parameters that may be set to configure a mobile wireless client. The mobile wireless server also includes at least one computer program to set one or more of the parameters. The computer programs provide for reducing the number of parameters accessible by a user. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 01-29-2009 |
20090031251 | Wireless Management Interface - It is an object of the present invention to overcome the limitations of the prior art through the use of a wireless management interface (WMI). The WMI enables a user to securely manage the wireless transfer and synchronization of data between two or more wireless-equipped devices. The WMI is preferably implemented in a combination of hardware and software and operates by enabling a user, via a graphical display and user input capabilities, to establish a communication profile for any two or more devices. The communication profile includes one or more content parameters and one or more timing parameters. In response to receiving configuration instructions from the WMI, the devices then operate to transfer or synchronize designated content at a designated time according to the communication profile. Synchronization is further facilitated by a database that is accessible to the WMI and maintains the communication profiles and other device-specific configuration information. | 01-29-2009 |
20090037843 | METHODS FOR SPLITTING AND MERGING CALENDAR ENTRIES - A method of merging and splitting calendar entries is provided. The method of merging includes initiating a Personal Information Management (PIM) that is configured to manage a calendar, opening the calendar, selecting a first calendar entry and a second calendar entry, and selecting an owner action selection of the PIM. The owner action selection includes a merge and split selection. Selecting the merge selection combines information of the first calendar entry with information of the second calendar entry, such that a new calendar entry is created that includes the combined information of both the first and second calendar entries. A time and/or place is entered for the new calendar entry having the combined information. Additionally, selecting a split selection initiates a first and second pane where the second pane includes two subsections with original calendar entry information that may be amended and saved as two new calendar entries. | 02-05-2009 |
20090044147 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRESENTING DYNAMIC ADVERTISEMENTS ON WEB PAGES - A system and method are described for presenting a list of performable actions associated with a dynamic advertisement on a web page, and for performing the actions upon a user input. | 02-12-2009 |
20090049401 | Intelligence Driven Icons and Cursors - A method is presented for representing emergent data in intelligent icons. The intelligent icons are visually coded to represent the emergent data. When logically linked, the visual coding of linked intelligent icons changes in accordance with how the intelligent icons are linked. | 02-19-2009 |
20090049402 | SYSTEM FOR IDENTIFYING MEDIA CONTENT - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a media content processor having a controller element to compare a first portion of metadata associated with media content under presentation with a second portion of metadata of each of one or more media content sources to present one or more alternative sources of related media content. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 02-19-2009 |
20090049403 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CREATING AN AFFILIATE ITEM SHOWCASE - A method and a system for building a customizable affiliate website showcase are disclosed. In one or more embodiments, the system and method for building the showcase comprises receiving item data feeds from multiple sellers belonging to multiple affiliate networks, parsing the data feeds and generating a comprehensive list of items is from the data feeds. The list is categorized into several schemes of categorization. An affiliate selects desired items from the comprehensive list, and webpage code for a customizable item showcase for the selected items is generated. | 02-19-2009 |
20090049404 | INPUT METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE HAVING GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE (GUI)-BASED DISPLAY UNIT - An input method and apparatus for a device having a graphical user interface (GUI)-based display unit includes allocating at least one region for a plurality of input units disposed on the device, defining input types different from each other for the allocated region, and controlling menu displayed on the display unit according to a signal input in the allocated region based on the defined input types. According to the method and apparatus, the use method and layout of a physically fixed input apparatus can be flexibly changed, thereby increasing the use scope of input types. Also, by integrating navigation inputs, character inputs, and button inputs, efficiency of using the area of a mobile device increases. | 02-19-2009 |
20090049405 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING SESSION-BASED NAVIGATION - A system and method for implementing session-based navigation. The system includes a plurality of applications, each being associated with one or more menus of available actions, and an active resources directory configured to track information relating to a user's activities while accessing the plurality of applications. The system further includes a user interface coupled to the plurality of applications and the active resources directory, where the user interface is configured to display the one or more menus of available actions to a user. Upon the user accessing one of the plurality of applications, a controller is then configured to reorganize the available actions in at least one of the one or more menus based on information stored in the active resources directory. | 02-19-2009 |
20090049406 | DISPLAY/LAYOUT METHODS AND APPARATUSES INCLUDING CONTENT ITEMS AND DISPLAY CONTAINERS - Methods and apparatuses for generating rendering layout specifications for content items to be rendered, using display containers, and/or rendering the content items using the generated rendering layout specification are disclosed. In various embodiments, the generating of a rendering layout specification may include one or more of selecting a display container for a content item, selecting a content item for a display container, and selecting a display container for a display container. | 02-19-2009 |
20090055770 | NAVIGATION SYSTEMS WITH EVENT NOTIFICATION - This disclosure describes tools for navigating within applications, and in particular business applications. For example, a menu system may incorporate a notification system, such that notifications of events received at a business application are displayed within the context of the menu system. The user can be allowed to select an event from the menu system, allowing the user to quickly navigate to a context, within the application, corresponding to the event. | 02-26-2009 |
20090055771 | Searching - An apparatus, comprising: a user output device configured to display a first plurality of items from a list of items, each item having data portions in fields; a user input device configured to enable a user to select at least one character from a plurality of selectable characters and to associate the selected at least one character with a field; and processing circuitry configured to control the user output device to display a second plurality of items, the second plurality of items being selected from the list of items and ordered, wherein the selection and ordering is in dependence upon a comparison between the selected at least one character and the data portion that each item has in the associated field. | 02-26-2009 |
20090055772 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ACCESSING A PHOTO PRINT SERVICE THROUGH A PRINTER DRIVER - Systems and methods are provided for uploading image files such as photos for printing to a photo printing service using a printer driver. A typical system in one aspect includes a client device having one or more processors, one or more memory devices for storing image files, applications and other computer readable instructions, a network interface device, and one or more I/O ports for communicating with various I/O devices and an external display device such as a monitor to access a photo print service through a virtual printer driver. In another aspect, the computer readable program code instructions include a printer driver module that provides virtual photo printing services to a user of the client device. | 02-26-2009 |
20090055773 | ITEM DISPLAY DEVICE, ITEM DISPLAY METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE INFORMATION RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING PROGRAM RECORDED THEREON - An item display device displays numeric buttons on a screen using an ordinary format, but a numeric button that has been operated by a user is temporarily highlighted. When reverting to ordinary display after a fixed amount of time has elapsed, the device first displays all numeric buttons using an intermediate format, then highlights the operated numeric button, while displaying the other numeric buttons using the ordinary format. All numeric buttons are again displayed using the intermediate format, and then all numeric buttons are reverted to ordinary display. Moreover, a difference in the numeric button display colors between the ordinary display and the intermediate format is equal to a difference in the numeric button display colors between the highlighted display and the intermediate format. In so doing, snooping by detection of intensity differences in electromagnetic waves leaking from the screen display is prevented. | 02-26-2009 |
20090055774 | Method For Operating A Navigation System - A method for operating a navigation system includes the following steps:
| 02-26-2009 |
20090055775 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING DISPLAY PROGRAM - A display apparatus includes a display section, a first storage section, a display controlling section, a second storage section, a storage controlling section, an order determining section, and a list display controlling section. The display section displays a content including at least one of texts and images. The first storage section stores a plurality of content files. The display controlling section displays, on the display section, the content based on the plurality of content files. The second storage section stores, for each content file, operation information indicating a predetermined operation performed by a user during display of each content file. The storage controlling section stores the operation information in the second storage section. The order determining section determines the order of the plurality of content files according to the operation information stored in the second storage section. The list display controlling section displays an image of a list on the display section, the list including the plurality of content files arrayed according to the order determined by the order determining section. | 02-26-2009 |
20090064037 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR XML BASED DISCONNECTED DATA ACCESS FOR MULTIVALUED/HIERARCHICAL DATABASES - An apparatus, system, and method are disclosed for providing a client with disconnected data access to a non-relational database. A command module requests non-relational XML data from a non-relational database using an XML mapping in response to a non-relational data request. A fill module receives the non-relational XML data from the non-relational database and populates one or more data access sets with the non-relational XML data. A communications module transmits the one or more data access sets to an integration broker in communication with the integration adapter. | 03-05-2009 |
20090064038 | Configuration of Device Settings - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer program products, for configuring a device. A device is coupled to a data source. One or more parameters associated with the data source are determined. The one or more parameters are applied to the device. Properties of the data source are inherited by the device without requiring a user to specifically input or identify the parameters for the device. | 03-05-2009 |
20090064039 | List item layouts system and method - A method of displaying list items is provided that includes defining a plurality of list items, defining a plurality of layouts, and linking each list item to a layout such that each layout can be linked to one or more list items. An electronic device is provided that includes a display and a user interface configured to display lists on the display, wherein the items of the lists are formatted based on a limited number of layout types such that the items having similar components share a common layout type. A user interface for an electronic device is also provided that includes a plurality of list items having properties defined by a layout, wherein each layout defines the properties for one or more list items and is stored in an object. | 03-05-2009 |
20090064040 | Dynamic Multi-Lingual Information Retrieval System for XML-Compliant Data - Data that is in a tagged format, such as XML, is dynamically accessed on demand, without the requirement for pre-parsing documents containing the data and storing it in a database. A dynamic processor discovers and processes taxonomy documents pertinent to a data request by traversing linked relationships between documents. For taxonomies that contain data in multiple languages, the processor dynamically generates and renders a menu based upon the languages contained in the taxonomy, to enable a user to select any one of the languages for display of the data. | 03-05-2009 |
20090064041 | Method and apparatus for providing a user with dynamic sync status - Data files are selected for downloading from a host device to an electronic device via a sync process. Once the sync process starts, the electronic device provides the user with dynamic sync status information so that the user, for example, knows how much data has been downloaded, how much time is remaining in the download, what data files are being downloaded, etc. In addition, the user is also provided with the capability to obtain general summary information about the data files downloaded after the sync process is complete, as well as detailed summary information that may, for example, provide the user the names of each song downloaded and the size of each file. | 03-05-2009 |
20090064042 | INDEXING AND FILTERING USING COMPOSITE DATA STORES - Data stores may be combined into a composite data store. A method includes referencing a first index entry for a user specified first parameter pattern. The first index entry includes references to record addresses for records in the composite data store which include the first parameter pattern. A first beginning composite data store address of a first selected data store is referenced. A determination is made that the first beginning composite data store address is at or above an address at or above a predetermined threshold above the first record address. Based on determining that the first beginning composite data store address is at or above a predetermined threshold above the first record address, a speed-up data structure is used to eliminate one or more comparisons of record entries in the first index entry between the first record address and the first beginning composite data store address. | 03-05-2009 |
20090070710 | CONTENT DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - In a content display apparatus in which a plurality of contents are displayed according to the order of metadata added to each content, the plurality of contents are arranged hierarchically by metadata and a group of metadata, and an array of plurality of contents arranged hierarchically is formed. Icons representing contents are displayed on a display device according to the order of the array of plurality of contents formed, and when a command for scroll is made for the displayed icons, icons in the hierarchy level to which the icons belong are scroll displayed. The scroll speed for scroll displaying the icons is changed, and based on the changed scroll speed, the hierarchy level is changed so that icons in different hierarchy level are displayed and scrolled. | 03-12-2009 |
20090077490 | Monitor server apparatus - A monitor server apparatus | 03-19-2009 |
20090077491 | METHOD FOR INPUTTING USER COMMAND USING USER'S MOTION AND MULTIMEDIA APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for controlling a multimedia apparatus includes determining whether a dragging function display command is input during a playback of content, if the dragging function display command is input, determining a type of the reproduced content, displaying a plurality of dragging functions according to the determined type of the content, and setting one of the plurality of dragging functions. | 03-19-2009 |
20090077492 | ADDRESS LIST UPDATING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UPDATING ADDRESS LIST - An address list updating apparatus includes: a memory that stores an address list that indicates correspondence between a physical address and a logical address of each of HDMI-CEC-compliant equipments; a reception unit that receives notification regarding the logical address and the physical address from each of the HDMI-CEC-compliant equipments; a transmission unit that, when the reception unit receives the notification containing a physical address that is registered in the address list, issues an inquiry to a target HDMI-CEC-compliant equipment having a logical address corresponding to the registered physical address; and an update unit that updates the address list by adding information included in the notification received from the target HDMI-CEC-compliant equipment when a response to the inquiry is received, and by deleting information regarding the target HDMI-CEC-compliant equipment when no response is received. | 03-19-2009 |
20090077493 | Method for the Selection of Functions with the Aid of a User Interface, and User Interface - The invention relates to a method in which the output of a multimode user interface is optimized according to the currently used input procedure or the currently used input device, thus allowing pictograms to be displayed on a screen during manual input, for example, said pictograms then being replaced by texts visualizing spoken commands when switching to voice input. The output is thus kept as concise as possible and as detailed as necessary at any time, resulting in increased comfort for the user. The multimode user interface is suitable for vehicle cockpits, personal computers, and all types of mobile terminals. | 03-19-2009 |
20090077494 | CONTEXTUAL PREDICTION - The present invention relates to a computing device and method for handling information, comprising: a processing unit ( | 03-19-2009 |
20090083662 | NAVIGATION SYSTEM FOR A 3D VIRTUAL SCENE - A navigation system for navigating a three-dimensional (3D) scene that includes a model or object with which a user can interact. The system accommodates and helps both novice and advanced users. To do this, the system provides a first contact tool graphic that introduces a user to the types of navigation tools, their uses and the capabilities of their action tools. A graphical user interface is played on a display when a user initially starts navigation operations for navigating a three dimensional scene. The tool selection graphic includes a text graphic describing navigation tool behavior, a first graphic showing selectable navigation tools for new users, a second graphic showing selectable navigation tools for experienced users, tool description graphic selectable from the first and second graphics showing action tool details for a selected navigation tool comprising navigation tool shape, action tool location on the a circular tool position shape and tool functions, nd an associated tool graphic positioned adjacent the tool description graphic allowing selection of other tools of a set of task based tools associated with the tool description graphic. | 03-26-2009 |
20090089708 | Image processing device - An image processing device | 04-02-2009 |
20090094553 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENVELOPING A GROUP OF TOOLBAR ICONS - A method of enveloping a group of toolbar icons. An application program displays a graphical user interface (GUI) that includes multiple toolbar icons. If a graphical cursor is in proximity to a first toolbar icon, the application displays a graphical border that surrounds the first icon and one or more additional related icons included in a pre-defined toolbar icon group. The application displays a first identification tab that includes a toolbar group name and an icon name. The first tab includes a graphical thumbtack icon that generates a moveable hover window that includes the border, the toolbar icon group, and at least the first tab. The first tab also includes a graphical close icon that removes the moveable hover window from view. The application also displays a second identification tab that includes an icon attribute field corresponding to a current setting of a function of the first icon. | 04-09-2009 |
20090094554 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IDENTIFYING GROUPED TOOLBAR ICONS - A method of identifying grouped toolbar icons. An application program displays a graphical user interface (GUI) that includes multiple toolbar icons. The application iteratively determines whether or not a graphical cursor is in proximity to a first toolbar icon. If the cursor is in proximity to the first icon, the application identifies one or more additional related icons, which are currently displayed and are included in a same pre-defined toolbar icon group as the first icon, and displays a graphical border that surrounds the first icon and the related icons. If the related icons are not adjacent to each other, multiple separate borders are displayed. The application displays a first identification tab in close proximity to the border. The first tab includes a toolbar group name and an icon name of the first icon. The application may also display a second tab that includes descriptive properties of the first icon. | 04-09-2009 |
20090100376 | Method and apparatus for scheduling a reading list - During Internet and/or file browsing, a user may encounter files or Internet web pages of interest. The user may wish to store information about these files or pages for later consumption, but not the whole file or webpage. This is especially useful for mobile devices since storage space is limited and download rates may be slow. The user may store information about the files or web pages so they may later return to them without the need to store the entire file and use valuable storage space. Such information may be stored in reading lists via a database. Included with the information may be further information about downloading or reading the files of interest. | 04-16-2009 |
20090100377 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION BY DATA PROCESSING DEVICE - It is possible to provide a service which can be easily customized in accordance with a user's preference. A method for providing information by a data processing device is applied to a data processing device which can acquire information from other information providing site via a network. In the state of display as a menu icon in a menu region on a desktop, no operation of menu is performed. In the state when the menu icon is dragged from the menu region to the desktop, it is possible to obtain operation of the menu as a Widget icon which displays the information acquired via the network. | 04-16-2009 |
20090106692 | Tag Based Knowledge System For Healthcare Enterprises - Contemplated systems and methods provide an integration platform to facilitate the exchange of information between RFID tagged objects and non-RFID systems. In especially preferred aspects, RFID tagged objects include patients, personnel, and assets of a healthcare facility, while preferred non-RFID systems include asset management systems, timekeeping systems, electronic medical records systems, and hospital and pharmacy information systems. Contemplated systems and methods will apply rules to associate RFID information with events, which will then be correlated with appropriate steps that can be effected in a varied and automated manner. In further preferred aspects, RFID technology is employed to upgrade patient telemetry to provide positional information the hospital system. | 04-23-2009 |
20090113343 | REPLAY DEVICE - A replay device includes a management means which manages all of the files stored upon a medium by separating them into first files and second files. And this replay device also includes an output means which creates and outputs a first menu screen upon which a list of the first files is shown, and a second menu screen upon which a list of the second files is shown, on the basis of the file management by the management means. Moreover, this replay device also includes a selection means which receives a selection of one of the first files to be replayed from the first menu screen, or receives a selection of one of the second files to be replayed from the second menu screen. And the replay device also includes a replay means which replays the first file or the second file which has been selected by the selection means. | 04-30-2009 |
20090125840 | CONTENT DISPLAY SYSTEM - A method of workflow management includes collecting heterogeneous content, associated with a surgical procedure, from a plurality of heterogeneous content sources, selecting a plurality of inputs from the heterogeneous content, and assigning each input of the plurality of inputs to at least one phase of a desired surgical sequence. A particular method also includes displaying a subset of the inputs assigned to a first phase of the surgical sequence and selecting one of the displayed inputs. Selecting one of the displayed inputs enables content-specific functionality associated with the selected one of the displayed inputs. | 05-14-2009 |
20090125841 | OPERATION PANEL AND ELECTRIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - The present invention provides an operation panel | 05-14-2009 |
20090132958 | Distinct Groupings of Related Objects for Display in a User Interface - Distinct Groupings of Related Objects for Display in a User Interface Display of related objects in a user interface. An index value (or other identifier) is associated with each resource in a particular resource group, and this index value enables grouping the resources when a representation of the group is displayed. Spatial consistency may be maintained by displaying the resource groupings in order by their index value, and this order may be maintained over time as the displaying is repeated. The resources in the groupings may correspond to nodes and links in message flows. Preferably, the resources are dynamically determined by observation of their interactions, such as observing the participation of nodes and links in message flows. | 05-21-2009 |
20090132959 | METHOD AND/OR SYSTEM FOR SCHEMA AND VIEW GENERATION - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a method and/or system for generating schema responsive to user navigation patterns. | 05-21-2009 |
20090132960 | TERMINAL, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR THE METHOD - A terminal includes a display unit, a storage unit storing objects corresponding to at least one of a plurality of object categories, and a control unit displaying one or more higher priority objects selected from a plurality of objects according to a priority of each of the plurality of object categories, on a screen of the display unit. | 05-21-2009 |
20090132961 | TUNABLE SYSTEM FOR GEOGRAPHICALLY-BASED ONLINE ADVERTISING - A method for presenting advertisement images on a display screen, comprising: subdividing a map image into a plurality of geographic regions; associating first and second advertisement images with a region within the plurality of geographic regions, the first advertisement image being associated with a first advertiser and the second advertisement image being associated with a second advertiser; receiving a signal indicative of a region-of-interest, the region-of-interest corresponding to the region; selecting an advertisement image for the region from among the first and second advertisement images; generating a presentation of the region-of-interest, the presentation including a view of the advertisement image; and, displaying the presentation on the display screen. | 05-21-2009 |
20090132962 | Method and System for Configuring a Monitor - A method and a system for configuring a monitor, and also to a monitor, a computer and a graphics card which are able to be used to carry out the method for configuring a monitor. Following operation of an input facility ( | 05-21-2009 |
20090138821 | Display control apparatus and display control method | 05-28-2009 |
20090138822 | METHOD OF FLEXIBLY BLOCKING OUT BUSY-TIME IN CALENDARS - An application for use with a computer to allow a user to manage blocks of time. The application includes a graphical user interface (GUI) to be initiated upon a first command of the user with respect to a first icon, which represents a period of time in accordance with a time resolution, or one or more of a set of second icons, which represent units of time that are each smaller than and within the period of time represented by the first icon. The GUI includes a title field, a duration field, and a plurality of qualifier fields. A controller updates the calendar of the user based on information inputted into the GUI upon a second command of the user with respect to the GUI, and a time manager manages the time block. | 05-28-2009 |
20090144657 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF SHARING IMAGES CAPTURED BY A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - An approach is disclosed for sharing images using a mobile device. An image is captured by the mobile device, which can establish a voice call over a wireless network. A menu of options is presented to a user for sharing the image with other users, wherein one of the options includes uploading the image to a remote platform configured to store the image in a folder among a plurality of folders. A text message is generated, in response to selection of the one option, according to a messaging protocol for transmitting the image over the wireless network to a gateway coupled to the remote platform. The text message includes information specifying one of the folders for storing the image. At least one of the folders is identified to indicate how the image is to be shared. | 06-04-2009 |
20090144658 | SEARCH DROP DOWN MENU METHOD AND APPARATUS - User interface for searching for data are described. In one embodiment, a method, which involves a user interface for searching, includes displaying on a display device a search input region and displaying, immediately adjacent to the search input region, a user interface object which, if selected, cause the display of a menu, disposed adjacent to the user interface object, of selectable search options to configure how to perform the search. The search input region can be configured to receive an input for a search of data on a data processing system coupled to the display device. | 06-04-2009 |
20090150825 | Screen generation program, screen generation apparatus, and screen generation method - The present invention has been made to provide a screen generation program, a screen generation apparatus, and a screen generation method that generate a screen displayed on a client. | 06-11-2009 |
20090150826 | SWITCHING SEARCH PROVIDERS WITHIN A BROWSER SEARCH BOX - A Web browser includes a quick pick search provider menu that provides a user interface which provides a user with the ability to quickly select a new search provider which appears when the user places focus in the Web browser's search box. In one or more embodiments, the Web browser's search box comprises a native part of the Web browser and is not a search box associated with an installed tool bar. In other embodiments, search box functionality is provided as an extension to the Web browser. Further, various embodiments enable the user to switch between search providers in an easy and intuitive way. Yet other embodiments provide an opportunity for users to switch between search providers using keywords in the search box. Further embodiments enable users to define collections of search providers to which individual searches can be sent. | 06-11-2009 |
20090150827 | System and method for searching for documents - A computer system is disclosed. The computer system includes one or more processors, and a memory storage storing one or more instructions for implementing a search tool. The instructions, when executed, instruct the computer system to perform a set of steps. The steps include receiving a search query from a user computer, the search query including one or more search terms to use to perform a first search. The steps further include, based on the one or more search terms, performing the first search, and providing for display at the user computer a list of one or more law-related documents responsive to the search query, a list of one or more recommended sources in which to perform a second search for documents, and a list of legal topics associated with the responsive documents. | 06-11-2009 |
20090158207 | Content Reproducing Device - A content reproducing device comprises a display unit and a speaker for reproducing a content together with a remote control to command the operation of the content reproducing device. The remote control has a video button operated to display a content list of reproducible video contents. When the video button of the remote control is pressed, the content reproducing device displays a content list of reproducible video contents on the display unit. When a content selection operation is performed by a user using the remote control to select an arbitrary content from the content list, the content reproducing device reproduces the selected content by the display unit and the speaker. The content reproducing device can find and reproduce a target content with fewer operations, so that it is easier to use it. | 06-18-2009 |
20090158208 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE AND BROADCAST RECEIVING APPARATUS APPLYING THE SAME - A method for providing a graphical user interface (GUI) and a broadcast receiving apparatus applying the same are provided. According to the method for providing a GUI in the broadcast receiving apparatus, a list of pieces of item information pertaining to an item selected from among a plurality of items is displayed, wherein the pieces of item information may be acquired through a network. Therefore, if a user selects a specific item, it is possible to automatically provide the user with a list of item information which pertains to the selected item and which may be acquired through a network. | 06-18-2009 |
20090158209 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING OBJECTS FROM A USER INTERFACE OF AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An exemplary method for selecting objects from a user interface of an electronic device includes the following steps of: creating a two dimensional coordinate system to position a number of objects in the user interface; acquiring a 2D coordinate value of each of number of the objects; setting an index corresponding to each of the number of objects; creating a two dimensional array to store all indexes; identifying an input 2D coordinate value of a target object; confirming a position in the two dimensional array according to the input 2D coordinate value; acquiring a corresponding index from the two dimensional array according to the confirmed position; and acquiring the target object from the user interface according to the corresponding index. | 06-18-2009 |
20090158210 | Automatically reflecting offline state and objects in a virtual representation - A method for automatically representing offline state and objects in a virtual representation. A user of this method can interact with objects in the real world in a natural way and automatically have a virtual representation of those objects updated. For example, a user may have a real toy with a virtual representation. When the user dresses the real toy with real clothes the virtual representation of the toy will automatically reflect the clothing and accessories placed on the toy. Similarly, when the user dresses in suitably adapted clothing, their own virtual representation will be automatically updated to reflect that clothing. Thus an automatic and seamless method is provided to have virtual representations of objects reflect their state in the real world. | 06-18-2009 |
20090164941 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CREATING AND MODIFYING TEST DATA FILES - A system and method for creating and modifying test data files. The system comprises a parse map editor and a test data file editor, wherein parse maps are created and edited in the parse map editor, wherein the system parses incoming data files based on the parse maps that are created in the parse map editor, wherein each incoming data file is matched to a parse map, wherein the parsed data files are sent to the test data file editor, and wherein the test data file editor allows a user to view and edit the parsed data files. The method comprises parsing an incoming data file with a parse map, creating and/or editing the parse map in a parse map editor, and viewing and/or editing the parsed data file in a test data file editor. | 06-25-2009 |
20090164942 | User interface and communication terminal - A method for performing a task on a communication terminal that includes: analyzing a first item associated with a first application; receiving an indication to initiate a second item associated with a second application; determining at least one action of the second application, using output of the analysis of the first item; and presenting the at least one action of said second application. The invention also relates to a communication terminal adapted for running such a method. The invention further relates to a computer program product for implementing the method and a user interface. | 06-25-2009 |
20090164943 | Open model ingestion for Master Data Management - A method, apparatus, and article of manufacture provide the ability to import a first data model into a meta-data representation in one or more computers. An import wizard or graphical user interface is invoked and guides a user through a process of importing the first data model into the meta-data representation. A source is selected that specifies database connectivity information of a source database containing the first data model. A schema is selected from the selected source, from which tables will be imported into the meta-data representation. A list of all table names within the selected schema is retrieved and displayed. Tables are selected from the list of all table names to import into the meta-data representation. Table information, for all of the selected tables, is populated into the meta-data representation. | 06-25-2009 |
20090172591 | Portable IR Thermometer Having Graphical User Display and Interface - A portable noncontact thermometer comprising a hand-held housing defining an aperture for ingress of incident thermal energy from a target location. A thermometer module includes a noncontact thermal energy detector impinged by the incident thermal energy. The thermometer module further includes a microcontroller operative to interpret electrical signals derived from an output of the noncontact thermal energy detector so as to determine temperature at the target location. A graphical display device, such as an LCD dot matrix display device, is fixed with respect to the housing. The display device is capable of providing a graphical user interface having multiple screens variously showing numbers, text and functional icons. Preferably, the screens will display function tabs located adjacent to corresponding buttons on the housing. The tabs will change depending on the varying function that may be implemented by pressing a respective button. The thermometer also includes circuitry, which include the microcontroller, in electrical communication with the graphical display device so as to produce the graphical user interface. | 07-02-2009 |
20090172592 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CLUSTERING ELECTRONIC CALENDAR SCHEDULES TO REDUCE VISUAL COMPLEXITY AND IMPROVE EFFICIENCY OF MEETING SCHEDULING - A system for clustering electronic calendar schedules in an event scheduling user interface displays the availability of invitee clusters that each include invitees with sufficiently similar availability during a target period. An invitee cluster list includes an invitee cluster entry for each invitee cluster, such that each invitee cluster entry displays the availability for all invitees contained in the corresponding cluster, as well as the number of invitees contained in the cluster. Invitees that do not belong to any cluster are listed as individual outlier entries, such that each outlier entry displays the availability for the corresponding outlier invitee and the invitee's name. The names of invitees contained in an invitee cluster are displayed in response to user selection of the cluster entry. A degree of similarity required for invitees to be clustered together, and/or a permitted total number of clusters, may be input from a user. | 07-02-2009 |
20090172593 | METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR ALLOWING A USER TO SELECT A MENU OPTION - A method of allowing a user to select a menu option, which method comprises the steps of allowing the user to select a position ( | 07-02-2009 |
20090172594 | USER INTERFACE OF ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A user interface of electronic apparatus includes at least one launched indicator and at least one non-launched indicator, and the arrangement of the launched indicator and non-launched indicators forms a loop path so that the indicators can have a revolution around a centre of the loop path according to a direction command inputted by a user. Each launched indicator indicates an executed program, each non-launched indicator indicates a non-executed program, and the indicator moved to a specific location is defined as a selectable indicator. The user can control the program indicated by the selectable indicator with any operation. | 07-02-2009 |
20090172595 | ICON-BASED FACILITATION OF SERVICE TASK PERFORMANCE - The performance of service tasks on behalf of individuals (such as clients) among agents in a service industry, such as a home healthcare services industry or a lodging service industry, may be difficult due to the quantity, variety, and details of such service tasks. A service task facilitator device may be devised that facilitates the performance of service tasks by such agents in a convenient manner. A service task coordinating system may also be devised for coordinating the performance of service tasks among such agents through the administration of such service task facilitator devices. The service task facilitator devices and coordinating system communicate with users (including agents) through a lexicon of icons of predominantly pictorial form chosen to describe the nature and details of the service tasks within the service industry. The use of a lexicon of pictorial icons facilitates such communication in an easily recognizable and language-independent manner. | 07-02-2009 |
20090177999 | REPLACEMENT MOTHERBOARD CONFIGURATION - In a system to configure a replacement motherboard, one or more subsystems are provided to determine whether the replacement motherboard is in a manufacturing mode, determine whether firmware for the replacement motherboard is unlocked, and receive an input from a user to configure the replacement motherboard when the replacement motherboard is determined to be in the manufacturing mode and the firmware is unlocked. | 07-09-2009 |
20090178000 | VIDEO APPARATUS PROVIDING A USER INTERFACE (UI) AND METHOD THEREOF - A video apparatus includes a receiving unit to receive a selection command for at least one item from among a plurality of items, and a control unit to provide quantity information about alternative items to the selected item when at least one item is selected. A user is provided with the quantity information about the alternative items placed alongside a currently selected item, and thus able to intuitively determine the distribution of the items and a direction in which he may choose to view or select the items. As a result, the user is able to navigate through a plurality of items with convenience. The user is also provided with the information about the items currently not displayed on a display, and thus does not feel inconvenience caused by the limited size of the display screen. | 07-09-2009 |
20090178001 | METHOD OF NAVIGATING ITEMS AT A MEDIA PLAYER - A media player ( | 07-09-2009 |
20090178002 | Method and Apparatus for Interacting with a Portable Computer System - A palmtop computer system that incorporates mechanical buttons that combine the task of turning the palmtop computer system on and starting a particular application program. Furthermore, the same mechanical button can be used to navigate the application program to find the information that is most likely needed by the user. Additionally, external devices can be coupled to the palmtop computer system in a manner that allows the external hardware device to initiate specific application programs that cooperate with the external hardware device. | 07-09-2009 |
20090178003 | Method for internet distribution of music and other streaming content - A method of promoting and distributing music and similar streaming content on the Internet or a similar network, comprising presentation of streaming content by its originators to potential network broadcasters (webcasters and podcasters), such content provided in a format to securely identify its originators and broadcasters; assembly and broadcasting (webcasting, podcasting) of playlists of such presented content by broadcasters; downloading of selections from broadcast playlists by listeners; and collection and distribution of fees from such downloads, all using software made available for download from the network. | 07-09-2009 |
20090187856 | Method and system for producing a rich multimedia interaction - There is provided a method of producing a rich multimedia interaction comprising identifying a theme of the rich multimedia interaction, determining its dynamic display attributes based on the theme, determining a cooperation protocol governing interplay amongst the dynamic display attributes, and designating a background. The method further comprises selecting a display motif of the rich multimedia interaction, and generating the rich multimedia interaction for display, using one or more sub-applications configured to apply the cooperation protocol to the dynamic display attributes to produce enhanced dynamic display attributes and to adapt the enhanced dynamic display attributes to the display motif and integrate the enhanced dynamic display attributes with the background. A system for producing a rich multimedia interaction comprises a rich multimedia interaction host server, a publication database storing elements suitable for use by an interaction software application, and the interaction software application stored on a data storage unit. | 07-23-2009 |
20090193360 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MONITORING COMPUTER USAGE - The present invention provides a system and method of monitoring a person's use of a computer. The method includes the steps of providing a website for monitoring the person's use of the computer, identifying an application or site the person is using, detecting when the person begins use of the application or site, and detecting when the person stops use of the application or site. The difference between when the person stops use of the application or the site and when the person begins use of the application or the site is used to determine an amount of time the person used the application or the site. | 07-30-2009 |
20090193361 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - An electronic device includes a display device for displaying a graphical user interface including a plurality of user-selectable features. A touch-sensitive input device includes an overlay disposed on the display device and a controller connected to the overlay, the touch-sensitive input device for providing a touch-sensitive area on the overlay, on the plurality of user-selectable features and for detecting an object proximal the user-selectable features on the display device. Functional components are provided including a processor connected to the display device and touch-sensitive input device, and a memory device for storage of computer-readable program code executable by the processor for changing the graphical user interface in response to detecting the object proximal one of the user-selectable features, prior to selection of any of the user-selectable features. | 07-30-2009 |
20090199129 | System and method for computer program implemented individual unique candle design - A system and method for modeling and implementation of a computer program to provide an individual user or customer, the ability to exercise said user's own individual unique hand generated artistic talents, in order to create said user's own unique desired candle from an infinite number of variations and possibilities, and then order said unique desire for manufacture and delivery through said computer program. Said computer implemented system and method may be implemented on a single stand alone computer, or a computer or computer terminal connected to a private or public network. Said public network may be the world wide web based internet. | 08-06-2009 |
20090199130 | User Interface Of A Small Touch Sensitive Display For an Electronic Data and Communication Device - A method and apparatus for receiving an input by a user on an interactive touchscreen display based, electronic data and communication device, the input comprising a contact gesture, which further comprises touchscreen single or multiple simultaneous contacts. The contact gestures are classified as primary, secondary, tertiary, universal and non-universal contact gestures. The method further includes performing an operation or entering an operational mode based on the user input. | 08-06-2009 |
20090199131 | INTERACTIVE DATABASE FOR CREATION AND CUSTOMIZATION OF FORMS - A process for interactively providing forms to a user is provided. The process begins by storing a plurality of forms in a user accessible database, where each form is identifiable based on its content. Then a user chooses between a multiple organizational structures and selects at least one form to use. The form is then adapted based on already inputted personal information about the user and finally the form is exported as a PDF to a hard drive, portable digital device or printer. | 08-06-2009 |
20090199132 | QUICK ACCESS TO VIRTUAL APPLICATIONS - An embedded operating system (OS) displays a user interface (UI) without waiting for the host OS to fully load. In one embodiment, the UI comprises icons for applications, advertisements, and browsers already configured with a URL. In one embodiment, the pre-configured browsers are set by the manufacturer. In another embodiment, the user can specify pre-configured browsers. In one embodiment, the icon owner pays for displaying an icon. The icon can be a static or a dynamic icon. Dynamic icons are downloaded from a file server. | 08-06-2009 |
20090210822 | LOCATING MEETING USERS - The disclosed communications architecture allows meeting organizers to automatically search and find meeting invitees or other target users using all known, discoverable, and available communications channels such as the telephone, text messaging, SMS (short message service), MMS (multimedia messaging service), single-purpose applications (e.g., gadgets), and email, for example, to at least notify the invitees of the meeting. The meeting organizer can initiate the automatic searches for invitees who may have missed the session start, or who may not have responded to participating in the meeting prior to meeting start, for example. Optionally, contacted meeting invitees can be easily joined into a meeting using web conferencing or other conference services (e.g., call) so the meeting can get started. The meeting organizer is then updated on the search request status and any invitee responses. | 08-20-2009 |
20090217200 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO BIND PROPERTIES IN A PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - Example methods and apparatus to bind properties in a process control system are disclosed. A disclosed example method involves associating a binding type with a property of a configuration element. A plurality of values for the property are then retrieved based on the plurality of values being associated with the binding type. At least some of the plurality of values are presented to a user. The example method also involves receiving a user-selected value from the at least some of the plurality of property values and generating a binding reference to bind the user-selected value to the configuration element. | 08-27-2009 |
20090217201 | HYBRID CALENDAR - A computer implemented method of presenting booked time slots and free time slots in a calendar application user interface is provided. The method comprises the steps of presenting a compact view showing only booked time slots; and expanding a time block selected from the compact view in response to input to present a detailed view of the time block in the context of the compact view. The detailed view is defined to show booked time slots and free time slots of the time block. The method may also comprise collapsing the time block to remove the detailed view from the compact view. A handheld device and a computer program product are also provided. | 08-27-2009 |
20090217202 | PRODUCT OPTIONS CALCULATOR FOR A BLOOD PROCESSING SYSTEM - Systems, methods, and computer readable media are provided for product options calculation with respect to an apheresis instrument. An example product options calculator system for an apheresis instrument includes a preset information module including preset information regarding blood component products and configuration information. The system also includes a donor specific input module receiving donor specific information about a blood donor from a user. The system further includes a blood product options calculator calculating available blood component collection procedure options and associated settings within the constraints of the preset information and the donor specific information from which a user can choose to configure the apheresis instrument. Additionally, the system includes a display for displaying available component collection options to the user with respect to the apheresis instrument. The system also includes an interface accepting user input. | 08-27-2009 |
20090222764 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - An information processing device includes a screen display control portion, an icon display control portion, and an icon moving portion. The screen display control portion controls a display of an area on a screen such that the area is able to accept an input operation by a user based on a display of an object on the screen and an operation signal that corresponds to the input operation by the user and that designates the area. The icon display control portion displays an icon that corresponds to the object that is displayed on the screen. The icon moving portion moves the icon dynamically, based on the operation signal, to a target position within the area that is designated by the operation signal. | 09-03-2009 |
20090241062 | Method for switching function menus in a projector - A method for switching function menus is applied to a projector for the function of on screen display (OSD). The method includes the first step of providing a first function menu, a second function menu and a fuzzy menu. The first function menu has a first picture. The second function menu has a second picture. The fuzzy menu has a fuzzy picture. Specially, the first and the second pictures have an edge which is distinguished by eyes of human beings, but the fuzzy picture has an edge which is undistinguished by eyes of human beings. Subsequently, the first, the fuzzy and the second function menus are switched in sequence at a frequency which is not detected by eyes of human beings, so that the first, the fuzzy and the second pictures are shown in sequence. | 09-24-2009 |
20090249248 | USER DIRECTED REFINEMENT OF SEARCH RESULTS WHILE PRESERVING THE SCOPE OF THE INITIAL SEARCH - A Web document can be accessed that contains search results determined by a search engine. The Web document can then be altered to contain software code for a refinement menu that contains refinement commands for the search results. The altered Web document can then be presented within a Web-based search interface. A user-selection can be received from the Web-based search interface. If the user-selection is from the refinement menu, then the refinement command can be executed upon the search results. | 10-01-2009 |
20090249249 | USER INTERFACE FRAMEWORK AND TECHNIQUES - A set of declarative language instructions (“DEIs”) defines three hierarchically-related data structures (“DSs”) to provide a naming taxonomy for use with a user interface (“UT”) framework. A first DS stores references to user-selectable objects (“USOs”) that are presentable via a UI of a software application. The USOs provide access to other USOs or to resources. A second DS stores references to actions to be taken upon user selection of particular USOs. A third DS stores information for indirectly accessing resources or USO configuration data during runtime of the software application. Another set of DEIs defines sets of computer-executable instructions (“CEIs”) corresponding to actions referred to via the second DS, which are triggered for execution upon user selection of particular USOs. Information from the third DS associated with a selected USO is passed to a particular set of CEIs. Runtime indirection and decoupling of content/functionality from UI components is achieved. | 10-01-2009 |
20090249250 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOG FILE PROCESSING AND GENERATING A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE BASED THEREON - A method and computer system for processing log file data, as well as to a graphical user interface for presenting the processed log file data is disclosed. Embodiments provide convenient mechanisms for processing log file data to generate a hierarchical representation of the log file data which more clearly indicates relationships between functions and information about one or more functions, where the log file data is processed in accordance with tag information associated with the application. The processed log file data may then be used to render a graphical user interface which displays the structured log file data. Nodes associated with nested functions may be indented with respect to parent nodes to indicate the nested relationship between functions. Additionally, the nodes may be expanded or collapsed to more clearly display the relationship between functions, to vary the amount of information displayed, etc. | 10-01-2009 |
20090249251 | GENERATING A USER DEFINED PAGE HAVING REPRESENTATIONS OF CONTENT IN OTHER PAGES - Provided are a method, system, and article of manufacture for generating a user defined page having representations of content in other pages. User selection is received via a computer user interface of a portion of content within a page rendered in a display device. A graphical element is generated representing the selected portion of the content in response to receiving the user selection. A determination is made of a computer address of the selected content in response to receiving the user selection. The generated graphical element is added to a user page. The graphical element in the user page is associated with the determined computer address. User selection is received via the computer user interface of the graphical element within the user page. Content at the computer address associated with the selected graphical element is rendered in the within the user page display device. | 10-01-2009 |
20090254857 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE PRE-PURCHASE PERSONALIZATION - A portable electronic device or wireless communication device (WCD) has at least one provision for optional equipment or user services. Options are provided for a user in a menu selection for selection by the consumer of the options. The user selects the options for the particular WCD and the options are installed on delivery or prior to delivery, thereby providing the user with an initial selection of the options. | 10-08-2009 |
20090254858 | DYNAMIC E-MAIL SIGNATURE MANAGER - A dynamic electronic mail signature manager for managing a user's electronic mail signatures inserted into electronic mail messages. An electronic mail signature is displayed within a message composition user interface such that each component of the electronic mail signature is displayed in either an “include” display state or a visually distinct “omit” display state. Electronic mail signature components that are in the “omit” display state at the time the user indicates that the electronic mail message is to be sent are not included in the transmitted message. The user can toggle signature components between the “include” and “omit” display states by selecting individual objects. The initial state of each component when the user begins to compose a message (e.g. a new message, a reply message, etc.) may be automatically determined based on user configuration information, and/or based on message history information with respect to an indicated destination. | 10-08-2009 |
20090254859 | Automated selection of avatar characteristics for groups - Systems, apparatuses, and methods for automating avatar selection for groups are disclosed. A representative method includes providing a software application accessible to multiple users, and a database of available avatar characteristics that are selectively combinable to create user-specific avatars with which the users can represent themselves to each other in the application. User(s) associated with a group provide an instruction that associates a first set of the available avatar characteristics with the group. For users associated with the group, access is then restricted to the first set of avatar characteristics, and for users not associated with the group, access is restricted to a different second set of available avatar characteristics. Avatar characteristics in the first set may be selected by an automated procedure that analyzes user-specific avatars of some users, and selects which of the available avatar characteristics to include in the first set based on the analysis. | 10-08-2009 |
20090254860 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING WIDGET IN MULTI TICKER - Provided are a method and apparatus for processing a multi widget that unitively manages/displays various widgets in a multi ticker. The method includes registering predetermined widgets, analyzing information types of the registered widgets, determining a display type of widget information according to the information types of the registered widgets, and displaying the corresponding widget information on a screen according to the display type of the widget information. | 10-08-2009 |
20090254861 | DUAL DISPLAY CONTENT COMPANION - A method includes displaying a listing of content items in a first display area and displaying supplemental content items related to at least one of the content items in a second display area that is separate from the first display area. The listing of content items may represent content items that are available for rendering on a content rendering device. The listing of content items and the supplemental content items may be displayed simultaneously. One of the displayed content items may be selected and in response, the displayed listing of content items may be swapped to the second display area and the displayed supplemental content items may be swapped to the first display area. | 10-08-2009 |
20090254862 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER INTERFACE FOR CHILD ORIENTED COMPUTER NETWORK - The system provides a method and apparatus for implementing a user interface that is easily usable by children while still providing a rich network browsing environment for the child. The system provides a method of rating network content that is easily understandable by a child and uses images and words that make it easy for the child to accomplish goals and tasks. A unique loyalty system and feature rewards the child for time and activities on the network, allowing the child to obtain software widgets that can enhance the look and/or performance of the network interface. The system also implements a “contextual content presentation” feature that presents options and suggestions to the user based on a number of factors. The child can also customize a home page with a look generated by the child and including network tools selected by the child. | 10-08-2009 |
20090259970 | System and Method for Random Voice Communications Through a Social Network - A system and method for establishing voice connections between users of a social network. User access is granted to a social network through a VoIP phone. The social network is navigated based on user input. The user is directly connected to a second user randomly for voice communications based on an authorization. | 10-15-2009 |
20090259971 | Media mashing across multiple heterogeneous platforms and devices - Systems and methods providing for improved navigation and aggregation of a multiplicity of Internet based media and communication types are disclosed herein. In various embodiments, a Internet experience Manager (IEM) is adapted to present, to a user, a user interface. The user interface is defined in an interface window. The user interface includes a playback window, a graphic control interface, and an icon pallet. In an embodiment, the graphic control interface and the icon palette are adapted to operate together to enable the user to manipulate a selectable plurality of graphically manipulable icons within the user interface window such that the items of digital content associated with each of the plurality of icons are aggregated and managed as a collective in response to the graphic control interface. | 10-15-2009 |
20090259972 | CONFIGURING A TEXTUAL LANGUAGE PROGRAM ON A FIRST DEVICE TO INVOKE A GRAPHICAL PROGRAM ON A SECOND DEVICE - A system and method for creating and using configuration diagrams for configuring distributed systems. The methods described herein may be used for various types of operations in configuring distributed systems, including creating programs, managing programs in the distributed system, deploying programs to various distributed devices, configuring remote execution or inter-operation of distributed programs, and executing distributed applications. Embodiments of the invention utilize graphical iconic-based techniques for performing the above operations. The configuration diagram may include device icons which represent devices and program icons which represent programs. Device icons and program icons may be associated with each other to accomplish various program creation and deployment operations. Device icons and program icons may also interact with graphical program nodes or icons. Context sensitive device connections and/or program connections are displayed. An asynchronous data flow node may be used to facilitate asynchronous data flow between two graphical programs. The distributed system may also support distributed graphical debugging. | 10-15-2009 |
20090265664 | METHOD TO PROVIDE USER INTERFACE TO DISPLAY MENU RELATED TO IMAGE TO BE PHOTOGRAPHED, AND PHOTOGRAPHING APPARATUS APPLYING THE SAME - A method to provide a user interface (UI) includes the UI, the present general inventive concept provides the UI to specify a certain region of an image to be photographed and to display a menu for an image displayed on a specified region. | 10-22-2009 |
20090276728 | Arrangements for Managing Assistance Requests for Computer Services - In one embodiment, a method for facilitating computer system assistance for system users is disclosed. The method can include receiving a ticket that can indicate an issue to be addressed by the assistance system. The ticket can be associated with a computing asset. The system can search and locate at least one solution to address the issue based on contents of the ticket. The solution can include a video to illustrate a solution to a user and/or the solution can include automated control commands that when selected can actually implement the actions shown on the video in a remote control mode. The solutions can be transmitted to user for user disposition. Other embodiments are also disclosed. | 11-05-2009 |
20090293012 | HANDHELD SYNTHETIC VISION DEVICE - A handheld synthetic vision system includes a display, a sensor suite and a computer all housed in a handheld unit. The system enhances normal vision by displaying to a user actual or digitally created visual scenes of objects and information that may or may not be perceptible to unaided human senses. | 11-26-2009 |
20090293013 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING CONTENT ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A computing device includes a display and a processor coupled to the display and configured to display a plurality of items of information in a time-sequential manner, with a predetermined time interval between items of information being displayed. At least one of the items of information includes data originating from an application operating on the computing device. | 11-26-2009 |
20090293014 | Multimedia Content Information Display Methods and Device - A method of displaying available multimedia content items includes receiving a request to display a set of available content items. In response to the request, a first set of icons are provided for display, where each icon corresponds to a type of available multimedia content. The icons are displayed in an approximately circular arrangement, providing for easy viewing and manipulation. In response to selection of an icon, a second set of icons is displayed in an approximately circular arrangement, where each icon of the second set corresponds to a sub-type of the available multimedia content. The user can continue to select icons based on the type of desired multimedia content until a list of available multimedia content items are displayed. Accordingly, the user is able to quickly locate and view multimedia content of a desired type, resulting in an improved user experience. | 11-26-2009 |
20090293015 | Application Platform - In devices of comparatively small system resources such as a multi function printer, when an application is uninstalled, a user cannot refer to or operate information having been managed by the application that has been uninstalled. With respect to an application, an alternative application to be started as an alternative in the case in which the application is uninstalled is associated. On the occasion when the application is uninstalled, the alternative application is automatically started. | 11-26-2009 |
20090293016 | Adaptation of the presence status of instant messaging - A method of adapting an instant messaging status of a user of a terminal, comprising
| 11-26-2009 |
20090300544 | Enhanced user interface and data handling in business intelligence software - A business intelligence and reporting solution can include a databook interface that acts as both as a reporting mechanism and an interface for providing data visualization parameters. In some embodiments, the databook includes a plurality of palettes whereby visualization parameters can be specified through a drag-and-drop interaction with the databook. The databook can include a tab interface to select between data views, graphic visualizations of data currently in the databook, and a composite visualization mechanism that provides output to place one or more rows in context to other data in the databook and/or to forecast trends for one or more databook values. The databook may rely on an underlying dataset collected from multiple distinct sources, such as different databases. The solution may include a security policy restricting access to certain fields, records, and/or columns based on a user's role in an organization, data content, and/or a defined access hierarchy for different data items. | 12-03-2009 |
20090307629 | CONTENT SEARCH DEVICE, CONTENT SEARCH SYSTEM, CONTENT SEARCH SYSTEM SERVER DEVICE, CONTENT SEARCH METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND CONTENT OUTPUT DEVICE HAVING SEARCH FUNCTION - In an on-vehicle audio device ( | 12-10-2009 |
20090307630 | System And Method for Processing A Message Store For Near Duplicate Messages - A system and method for processing a message store for near duplicate messages is provided. Metadata, content, and each attachment associated with messages are extracted. Near duplicate messages in the message store are identified. Compound digests taken of the metadata for, of the content contained in, and of the each attachment associated with each of the messages in the message store are compared. Each message having a compound digest not matching the compound digest of any other message is marked as unique and each message having a compound digest matching the compound digest of at least one other message is marked as an exact duplicate. Messages remaining unmarked and having similar content are grouped into sets that each includes one or more near duplicate messages. One of the near duplicate messages is designated as unique and each remaining near duplicate message in the set is designated as a near duplicate. | 12-10-2009 |
20090313580 | Information processing apparatus, information processing system, and storage medium having stored thereon information processing program - When an information processing apparatus is started, reception of data indicative of presence of a connection point apparatus is attempted. A plurality of objects respectively corresponding to a plurality of application programs is displayed on a display device, and upon reception of an operation performed by a user, an application program corresponding to one of the objects selected by the operation performed by the user is launched. When the data is received, a display form of an object, which relates to a connection application program including a program for executing a procedural step of connecting to the connection point apparatus, is changed. | 12-17-2009 |
20090319945 | INTERFACE FOR USING DESIRED STATE COMMANDS ON A COPY SERVICES MANGEMENT SYSTEM - A data replication management interface is provided for selecting a state for replicating data from one site to another site. A pictorial representation of and/or a command line for multiple states is displayed. A pictorial representation of a current state is displayed. Each one of the multiple states respectively corresponds to multiple steps to accomplish each one of the multiple states. The multiple states are configured to be individually selected. An individual selection of one of the multiple states causes the multiple steps for the individual selection to be accomplished. The individual selection of one of the multiple states is selected by a user without requiring the user to choose any of the multiple steps to accomplish the individual selection. | 12-24-2009 |
20090319946 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTIVE AND DYNAMIC ELABORATION OF SECURE FORM CONTENT - The present invention is directed towards systems and methods for providing interactive document content to a user. The method according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises authoring an interactive document, said interactive document comprising at least one interactive page. A plurality of pages defined within the interactive document are then parsed and stored and an initial plurality of interactive pages may be provided to the user, the initial interactive pages defined within the interactive document. The method may then attach a plurality of pages in response to requests for attachment and is operative to display various pluralities of pages to a user during interaction with the document. | 12-24-2009 |
20090319947 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE TO ENABLE ACCESS TO PORTAL SERVICES - Systems, methods, and devices for accessing portal services via a mobile communication device are provided. The mobile communication device may execute a menu program having a graphical user interface. The graphical user interface may include a service menu screen including a plurality of service selectors, each service selector having a respective service icon positioned within a boundary, the service icon graphically representing a service of a communications portal with which the mobile communication device is configured to communicate. Each respective service icon may be selectable by a user to access a corresponding client program of the associated service served by the communications portal. At least some of the service selectors may further include a shared status icon indicating an operational state of the service and/or associated client program. | 12-24-2009 |
20090319948 | Automated editing of graphics charts - Editing of a computer- or processor-generated graphics chart is enhanced by automatic movement of shapes and editing of lines in the chart when shapes are added to or deleted from the chart in response to user-entered commands. | 12-24-2009 |
20090327954 | USING VISUAL LANDMARKS TO ORGANIZE DIAGRAMS - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for using visual landmarks to organize diagrams. Embodiments of the invention facilitate using visual landmarks to organize elements within a diagram. Elements of a diagram can be arranged in accordance with configurable defined properties of visual landmarks to provide some degree of layout structure within the diagram. Accordingly, embodiments of the invention provide a user experience that provides some structure but retains the flexibility of free form editing. Users can customize visual landmarks to cause the visual landmarks to exhibit desired behavior. | 12-31-2009 |
20090327955 | Selecting Menu Items - A method of performing a function in a graphical user interface is disclosed. The method, in the graphical user interface, displays a menu with a set of selectable menu items. The method detects that a cursor is in place over a particular menu item for a predetermined duration. When the cursor is in place over the particular menu item for the predetermined duration, the method performs a function associated with the menu item. | 12-31-2009 |
20090327956 | Apparatus and method for enabling user input - A method, apparatus, computer program and user interface wherein the method includes providing a plurality of selectable control elements where the plurality of selectable control elements are sorted into categories according to a first sorting criterion and sorted into positions within the categories according to a second sorting criterion; controlling a display to present a first one of the plurality of selectable control elements wherein the first one of the selectable control elements is positioned in a determined category at a determined position within the determined category; enabling a user to control the display to present a second one of the plurality of selectable control elements by enabling a first type of directional user input to select a different category and enabling a second type of directional user input to select a position within the selected category without changing the selected category. | 12-31-2009 |
20090327957 | Control System Based on Image or Voice Identification and a Control Method Thereof - A control system based on image or voice identification includes a display unit, an order-catching device, a control device, a database and an acting device. A control method thereof includes steps of: showing a plurality of selection codes by the display unit for a user to observe and give an order according to one of the selection codes; catching images or voices of the order through the order-catching device and delivering the caught order to the control device; interpreting the order to obtain an action code, searching the database, and identifying one of the selection codes identical to the action code by the control device; and transmitting a control signal from the control device to the acting device, with the control signal being corresponding to the selection code. | 12-31-2009 |
20090327958 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE HAVING MULTIPLE OPERATION MODES AND A METHOD OF PROVIDING THE MULTIPLE OPERATION MODES - An electronic device providing multiple operation modes is provided. The electronic device has a user interface displayed via a display device connected to the electronic device. The user interface displays icons corresponding to the multiple operation modes, receives a selection signal corresponding to a user-selected operation mode from an input device, and provides and displays corresponding function options to the user interface under the user-selected operation mode. | 12-31-2009 |
20090327959 | Method of display of a user interface and corresponding transmission method. - The invention proposes a method of display of a user interface, that comprises the following steps: a step of display in foreground of a first user interface generated from stored display elements, comprising a first set of display elements providing access to first services, a reception step of a second set of display elements giving access to second services, and a display step of a second user interface in foreground, replacing the first user interface. | 12-31-2009 |
20100005416 | Apparatus for Peritoneal Dialysis - This invention relates to a device for peritoneal dialysis with a means for the regular discharge and reuptake of dialysate, wherein the means includes an agent by which the color and turbidity of the dialysate can be determined. | 01-07-2010 |
20100011319 | Graphical user interface having contextual menus - A contextual pop-up menu of frequently used commands is displayed by an application whenever a user carries out a particular action. The contextual menu appears at the location of a cursor, so that the displayed commands are spatially very close to an item on which an action is to be performed. The commands which are displayed in the contextual menu are not limited to those provided by an application associated with the selected item. Other commands, such as system level commands, for help items or other types of user assistance features, can be added to the menu before it is displayed to the user. In addition, plug-in modules can be employed to provide other commands associated with the selected item. | 01-14-2010 |
20100017753 | AUTOMATICALLY POPULATING RECIPIENTS IN AN INSTANT MESSAGING OR OTHER COMPUTER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and a method for automatically populating chat recipients in an instant messaging system in which chat recipients are automatically populated from external data sources, e.g. clipboard, spreadsheet, document, database, directory, etc., and a chat session started with the click of a single user interface button or the like. A pop-up window is generated that allows the user to select a data source from which the chat recipients are to be obtained. The data source may be scanned to identify candidate names matching a predetermined name format, or the user is prompted to provide at least a portion of a search string. The user can then select which of the returned names are to be used in initiating the chat session. The disclosed system then generates a user interface object allowing the initiating user to perform an action with the selected recipients, including initiating a chat session. | 01-21-2010 |
20100023889 | PROVIDING AN AD-HOC 3D GUI WITHIN A VIRTUAL WORLD TO A NON-VIRTUAL WORLD APPLICATION - A method for receiving input from a user of a virtual world, the method including: interacting with an object displayed in the virtual world; displaying another object in the virtual world in response to the interacting, the another object adapted to interact with the user; displaying at least one of a user specific label and a service specific label in place of a generic label associated with the another object; selecting the another object; and receiving the generic label and the at least one of the user specific label and the service specific label as the input in response to the selecting. | 01-28-2010 |
20100031192 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS ABLE TO RE-EXECUTE WORKFLOW AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of re-executing a workflow and an image forming apparatus able to re-execute a workflow. The method of re-executing a workflow includes accessing a job history illustrating a result of executing one or more workflows, displaying the accessed job history, selecting a workflow to be re-executed from the displayed job history, and re-executing the selected workflow. | 02-04-2010 |
20100031193 | TIME-BASED GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR MULTIMEDIA CONTENT - A graphical user interface (“GUI”) for a content management system is provided, such as to present information associated with various forms of multimedia content. In some situations, the GUI includes information presented simultaneously using at least first and second time scales, such as to provide relatively detailed information for content corresponding to a shorter time scale (e.g., to display content listings with details about content that corresponds to a time period at the shorter time scale) and to provide relatively limited information for content corresponding to a longer time scale (e.g., indications of other content of potential interest corresponding to times outside the time period of the shorter time scale). In addition, in some situations the relatively limited information for content corresponding to the longer time scale may be selectable by the user to provide various functionality related to that content. | 02-04-2010 |
20100031194 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - An information processing apparatus is provided which includes a storage unit to store reference parameter information made up of a plurality of pieces of parameter information and associated with each program, an acquisition unit to acquire the plurality of pieces of parameter information of current time, a specifying unit to specify a program associated with a reference parameter similar to the plurality of pieces of parameter information of current time, and a display control unit to create a startup menu screen containing a startup display of a program according to a specified result by the specifying unit. | 02-04-2010 |
20100031195 | ORDER TERMINAL, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, AND ORDER METHOD - A control unit that controls an LCD with touch panel allows a user to designate a desired raw material with a touch panel, causes the LCD to display menu items not containing the designated raw material, allows the user to designate a desired menu item with the touch panel from the menu items displayed on the LCD, and generates order data including the designated menu item. | 02-04-2010 |
20100031196 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING AND HIGHLIGHTING OBJECTS IN A CLIENT BROWSER - A computer implemented method, apparatus, article of manufacture and storage medium, provide the ability to select and highlight objects. A rendered image (containing one or more rendered objects) is displayed in a client browser on a client computer. A run length encoded (RLE) selection buffer is received, from a server across a network, into the client browser. The selection buffer provides a mapping of each pixel from the rendered image to rendered objects. User input is accepted that identifies a location of a cursor with respect to the rendered image. A determination is made, on the client computer, regarding which of the rendered objects has been selected based on the user input and the RLE selection buffer. The selected rendered object is then displayed in a visually distinguishable manner. | 02-04-2010 |
20100037176 | APPARATUS FOR SELECTING A GOODS ITEM FROM A SET OF GOODS - An apparatus for selecting a goods item from a set of goods ( | 02-11-2010 |
20100042948 | Web Page Content Discovery - Various embodiments enable discovery of functionality associated with a webpage's content. In at least some embodiments, a user interface instrumentality can be automatically presented to a user to inform the user of functionality associated with content appearing on a webpage. The user interface instrumentality can, in some instances, reside in the form of a clickable button that is automatically presented when a user moves their cursor on or near a particular piece of webpage content. By clicking on the presented button, the user can access functionality associated with the particular piece of webpage content. In at least some other embodiments, a browser's chrome includes a discovery button that provides a listing of items that have functionality that can be performed relative to the items. | 02-18-2010 |
20100050117 | PREFERRED CONTACT GROUP CENTRIC INTERFACE - A preferred contact group centric interface for a communication device can be used to facilitate communications by a user. The user interface can be arranged to activate from a user's “home page” on the display, from an idle screen that is accessed after a timeout period expires, or any other appropriate mechanism that activates the preferred contact group centric experience. A user selects the preferred contact group from among an array of the user's contacts. Once the contact group is configured, a minimal number of navigation/selection features is necessary to activate any number of communication modes available to the contacts. The contact group is configured such that simple and quick navigation between the contact members is achieved. The contact group can be presented in 2D and 3D arrangements, in any number of list or geometric configurations. A pricing plan can optionally be tied to each member of the contact group. | 02-25-2010 |
20100050118 | System and method for evaluating sentiment - An example system and method elicits reviews and opinions from users via an online system or a web crawl. Opinions on topics are processed in real time to determine orientation. Each topic is analyzed sentence by sentence to find a central tendency of user orientation toward a given topic. Automatic topic orientation is used to provide a common comparable rating value between reviewers and potentially other systems on similar topics. Facets of the topics are extracted via a submission/acquisition process to determine the key variables of interest for users. | 02-25-2010 |
20100058232 | VIRTUAL NETWORK JOIN PROTOCOL - Disclosed are systems and methods that enable a host to join a virtual network, such as a VPN, for example. A protocol that may be used by such a system is also disclosed. Once virtual networks are implemented within an enterprise network for different purposes, this protocol allows a host to quickly and easily move around from one virtual network to another without changing its IP address or other host-specifics by which the host is tracked. Given that the host does not rely on classification capabilities of the switch/router, this mechanism allows the enterprise network to provide virtual networks for complex applications or communities in order to isolate application or community impacts, and for hosts to join and leave such networks as they want. | 03-04-2010 |
20100058233 | DISCOVERING NEW FEATURES IN AN APPLICATION GUI - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for discovering new features in an application graphical user interface (GUI). In an embodiment of the invention, a method for discovering new features in an application GUI can be provided. The method can include determining a correspondence between a GUI element in a GUI for a computing application and a new feature for the computing application, annotating the GUI element with a new feature indicia, and removing the new feature indicia once the GUI element has been accessed. | 03-04-2010 |
20100058234 | NETWORKED CONTACT CENTER USER INTERFACE - This document discusses, among other things, a system and methods for a networked contact center user interface. In an example embodiment, a user interface associated with a networked contact center includes a frame to present information in a selectable format. Based on a selection associated with the information, the frame is to present further information in an un-selectable format. | 03-04-2010 |
20100058235 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NAMING VIRTUAL ROOMS - A method for naming a virtual room provided in a virtual world presentation. The method includes steps of: receiving a user's selection of a first word or phrase from a first list including character names; receiving a user's selection of a second word or phrase from a second list, the second list comprising a plurality of room-type words; and composing a room name by combining the first word or phrase with the second word or phrase. | 03-04-2010 |
20100058236 | Information processing apparatus and information processing method - An information processing apparatus has a content detecting unit which detects a piece of content data having a piece of time information representing a time point that is a predetermined cycle before or after with respect to a time point represented by a piece of time information added to a piece of content data being reproduced, and a display control unit which displays, on a display screen, at least one of a piece of attribute information added to the piece of content data detected by the content detecting unit and an image included in the piece of content data as well as at least one of a piece of attribute information added to the piece of content data being reproduced and an image included in the piece of content data being reproduced. | 03-04-2010 |
20100064252 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EXPANDING AND COLLAPSING DATA ENTRY REGIONS THAT DOES NOT HIDE ENTERED DATA - Systems and methods are provided for expanding and collapsing data entry regions based on user input. An expander includes one or more items each having a header portion and a body portion. The header portion includes an identifier or label and can display additional information and/or control such as a set of physiologic normals. The body portion includes one or more options. A processor processes user input to update display of the expander. Contents of the expander are expanded or collapsed based on the user input. In an expanded state, the header portion and all options of the body portion for each of the one or more items are visible in the expander. In an collapsed state, the header portion and only options of the body portion selected by the user for each of the one or more items are visible in the expander. | 03-11-2010 |
20100064253 | Providing Users With Location Information Within a Virtual World - Embodiments of the invention provide techniques for providing information describing locations to users of an immersive virtual environment. In one embodiment, patterns of locations visited by various users of the virtual environment may be stored in a searchable data structure(s). Further, characteristics of the location visits may be used to determine whether a given location visit was favorable for each user. Subsequently, locations visited by a current user may be matched to one of the stored patterns of locations. The matching pattern may then be used to provide favorability information describing other locations available to the current user. The favorability information may be presented to the user as graphical indications visible within the user's view of the virtual environment. | 03-11-2010 |
20100064254 | OBJECT SEARCH AND NAVIGATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - A computer implemented method of presenting visual content items, comprising: grouping the visual content items according to predefined similarity rules relating to visual characteristics of the visual content items such that each group has a range for the number of its members; selecting a representative visual content item for each group; presenting the representative visual content item of each group that has a minimal number of members above a predefined threshold; and optionally presenting the visual content items alongside the representative visual content items. The grouping may be carried out by using predefined color groups; by using predefined shape groups; or using Keypoints of the visual content items, and relate to groups of human faces, product images and landscape images. | 03-11-2010 |
20100070917 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PLAYLIST GENERATION BASED ON SIMILARITY DATA - System, method and computer program for facilitating media playlist generation based at least in part on media library inventory information provided by a plurality of program participants. Data is transmitted from a program participant's client device indicative of media inventory in a media library of the program participant. Media item similarity ratings are received at the client device that have been compiled based on cumulative data collected from a plurality of program participants, including identification data of individual media items contained in media libraries of the program participants regardless of each individual media item's source. Similarity ratings compilation includes processing the cumulative data to determine an incidence of co-occurrence of pairs of individual media items in different program participants' media libraries and making an assignment of a similarity rating based on the determined incidence of co-occurrence. | 03-18-2010 |
20100070918 | MENU NAVIGATION AND OPERATION FEATURE FOR A HANDHELD COMPUTER - A handheld computer is provided having a housing, a display and a processor. The processor is configured to detect an input corresponding to a menu request, to active a first menu on the display in response to the menu request, process navigation input that causes a menu bar of the active menu to become selectable, and to process selection input for selecting the menu bar when it is selectable. The processor is configured to cancel activation of the menu in response to the menu bar being selected. | 03-18-2010 |
20100070919 | FILE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, FILE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND PLACE MAP GENERATING METHOD - When registration operation for a new place is performed, the client terminal sends registration information along with a user ID to the file management server. The file management server extracts the number of layers and the number of places from the place map information. The file management server computes a layer close to the center of the place map information from the extracted number of layers. Next, the file management server retrieves a place of which the place name is not registered. Moreover, the file management server computes and acquires the distance of the retrieved place, and registers the registration information for the new place in the place having the shortest distance. | 03-18-2010 |
20100070920 | Parts Marking System and Method - A parts marking system has memory for storing data indicative of at least one algorithm associated with at least one object material and logic configured to display the at least one algorithm to a display device and receive a user input for at least one part in response to the displayed algorithm. | 03-18-2010 |
20100077350 | COMBINING ELEMENTS IN PRESENTATION OF CONTENT - Different aspects of a visual experience (e.g., a particular graphic and a particular color) may be separately selected, and then combined to create a theme. The theme may be applied to content, in order to provide a visual experience that is customized to a user's specifications. For example, a user may have an account with a web site. The web site may provide the user with controls that allow the user to select, separately, graphics and color (or some other aspects of the visual experience). The theme may be created based on the particular combination selected by the user. The created theme may be stored, or otherwise associated with, the user's account, so that the theme may be applied to content when the user visits a web site. Themes based on a combination of user selections may be applied to web content or any other type of content. | 03-25-2010 |
20100077351 | IDENTIFICATION OF CONCEPTS IN SOFTWARE - Techniques enabling an end-user to specify complex concepts consisting of code abstractions, design abstractions and architectural abstractions in rule form are disclosed. In one embodiment, a graphical user interface is provided to guide a user through the process of entering concept specification information in order to define concepts, including the provision of one or more code snippets that are subsequently analyzed to assist the user in specifying the concept. The resulting rules or concept signatures are evaluated by a rule engine to determine the degree to which the underlying concepts are reflected in a given set of code. Recommended measures that need to be taken for transforming code to satisfy a concept may be provided subsequent to the analysis of the code. In this manner, code quality may be improved through systematic analysis of targeted code to demonstrate adherence (or non-adherence, as the case may be) to user-defined concepts. | 03-25-2010 |
20100083169 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTEXT ENHANCED MAPPING WITHIN A USER INTERFACE - A system and method for Context Enhanced Mapping. A request is received from a user over a network for a map comprising an identification of a physical location, and at least one criteria. The physical location is mapped. Spatial, temporal, topical, and social data available to the network relating to the physical location and criteria is retrieved using a global index of data available to the network and prioritized for inclusion based upon the user and context of the request. The map of the physical location and at least some of the retrieved spatial, temporal, topical, and social data is displayed on a user interface. | 04-01-2010 |
20100083170 | ADVERTISING-DRIVEN THEME PREVIEW AND SELECTION - An advertisement is associated with an advertiser-sponsored theme. An application generates a page that includes the advertisement. If a first user input event is detected with respect to the advertisement, the advertiser-sponsored theme is temporarily applied to the page, thereby providing a preview of the advertiser-sponsored theme. If a second user input event is detected with respect to the advertisement, the preview of the advertiser-sponsored theme is removed from the page. If a third user input event is detected with respect to the advertisement, the advertiser-sponsored theme is selected for use with the application. A notification may also be provided to other users indicated that the advertiser-sponsored theme was selected for use. | 04-01-2010 |
20100083171 | AUTOMATICALLY GENERATING USER INTERFACES IN A TRADING PARTNER COLLABORATION MANAGEMENT ENVIRONMENT - Systems and methods are provided for automatically generating user interfaces in a trading partner collaboration environment. At least one trading partner business rule that defines at least one trading partner agreement between at least two trading partners is retrieved. A user interface based on the at least one trading partner business rule and the at least one trading partner agreement is automatically generated. The user interface enables a user to respond to an outbound message and/or create an inbound message. A set of inbound messages available for creation is displayed, via the user interface, to the user. The set of inbound messages that are displayed are based on the at least one trading partner business rule and the at least one trading partner agreement. | 04-01-2010 |
20100083172 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR GENERATING AND DISPLAYING AN INTERACTIVE DYNAMIC LIST VIEW OF MULTIPLY CONNECTED OBJECTS - A method and system for generating views of data on a user interface in a computing environment, is provided. One implementation involves: at a server, generating coordinate data for a graph representing multiply connected objects; transmitting the coordinate data to a client as lightweight object data; at the client, based on the lightweight object data, rendering an interactive dynamic graph view of the multiply connected objects on a user interface; at the client, based on the lightweight object data, rendering an interactive dynamic list view of the multiply connected objects on a user interface; and synchronizing the list view and the graph view. The order of objects in the list view reflects the order of objects in the graph view per a breadth-first traversal starting at a root object. | 04-01-2010 |
20100083173 | Method and system for applying metadata to data sets of file objects - The present invention generally relates to the methods and systems for developing, specifying, and assigning descriptive information relating to the contents of a file (i.e., metadata). User interface controls on a computer screen implement a dynamically changing display which responds to user input by presenting new categories of choices. Additional controls allow optimization of the process of specifying and assigning descriptive metadata. | 04-01-2010 |
20100083174 | PORTABLE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING CONTENTS LIST THEREOF - The present invention relates to a portable terminal and method of displaying a content list using the same. A content list may be classified into groups according to a classification criterion corresponding to an arrangement method selected by a user. The classified groups may be displayed to be visually distinguishable. A first group belonging to the classified groups may be displayed with a background in a first color. The background of a second group may be displayed in a second color different from the first color, and a background of a third group may be displayed in the first color. Accordingly, a user can easily recognize that attribute information associated with the content has changed. | 04-01-2010 |
20100083175 | COMPUTER SYSTEM FOR RULE-DRIVEN EMERGENCY DEPARTMENT CODING - Among other things, the preferred embodiments provide a computer system whereby Coders can quickly and efficiently review, manage and modify patient record documentation electronically via a graphical user interface (GUI) provided on a computer display or monitor. In this manner, the Coder(s) can create electronic data files and Charge Reports that are used, e.g., by facilities to effect billing to patients and to prepare documentation to seek reimbursement from medical facilities. | 04-01-2010 |
20100083176 | Apparatus and method for displaying a contents list on screen in mobile communication terminal - A mobile terminal includes an apparatus and a method for displaying a contents list on a screen. In the method, specification information required for executing relevant content is determined by parsing a Right Object (RO) of the content. Whether the relevant content is executable is determined using the determined specification information. A determination result is displayed on the contents list and the contents list is output on the screen. | 04-01-2010 |
20100088637 | Display Control Device and Display Control Method - A display control device to control settings of a display is provided. The display control device comprises a photo sensor, a determining module and a controller. The photo sensor detects a user hand at different timings to generate a plurality of images. The determining module analyzes the images to generate a series of gesture signals for the user hand. The controller generates a control signal to display an on-screen display menu once activated, and to select options within the on-screen display menu and control the setting of the selected option based on the gesture signals such that the display can be adjusted accordingly. | 04-08-2010 |
20100095242 | AUTOMATED DATA DELIVERY SYSTEMS - The Automated Data Delivery Systems (ADDS) are two delivery systems designed to either deliver specific data to customer computers over a network, e.g., the Internet, or from one application program to another. In both cases the user computer requesting data delivery can either have a special automatic data reception capability or receive the data without screening. In particular, ADDS are systems that allows a data delivery services to be offered on the Internet or an Intranet between two sites or offered between an Internet site and a User Computer. In addition the ADDS invention includes a modification to existing or future application programs that allow the program to deliver specified data, in the format specified by the user, to the location specified by the user, and at a schedule specified by the user. In the case of Internet delivery the Website might charge a specified price for the delivery service. | 04-15-2010 |
20100095243 | Menu Promotions User Interface - A computer implemented method is disclosed. The method includes determining, at a set-top box device, that a plurality of menu items in a menu includes a particular menu item associated with a content item that is to be promoted when displaying the plurality of menu items in the menu. The method further includes displaying the plurality of menu items in the menu. A determination is made at the set top box whether to display a promotion of the content item. In response to determining to display the promotion, the promotion of the content item is displayed beside the plurality of menu items, and a right command is enabled allowing a cursor position to jump directly to the particular menu item from a different menu item of the plurality of menu items. The jump is performed after a single application of the right command, where the different menu item does not have a restriction as to a position in the menu. In response to determining not to display the promotion, the right command is disabled. | 04-15-2010 |
20100100843 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image processing apparatus includes: a storing unit which stores information on a standard time zone; a receiving unit which receives a broadcasting signal containing base station information; and a controller which detects the base station information from the broadcasting signal and sets the standard time zone corresponding to the base station information by referring to the storing unit. With the above configuration, it is possible to automatically set various basic items at an initial setting of the image processing apparatus. | 04-22-2010 |
20100100844 | ELECTRONIC MENU APPARATUS - An electronic menu apparatus includes, a display provided with a function of displaying a three-dimensional image to be stereoscopically viewable, a menu data storage section configured to store, for each of items included in a menu, menu data, a list display control section which displays a list of the items on the display, a selection receiving section which receives a selection input of any one item from among the respective items displayed on the list, and an image display control section which displays, on the basis of image data included in menu data of one item a selection input of which has been received by the selection receiving section, the menu data of one item being among the menu data of the respective items stored in the menu data storage section, a three-dimensional image of the one item the selection input of which has been received, on the display. | 04-22-2010 |
20100100845 | Organization and Delivery of Information Updates - Methods and systems for organizing and proactive delivery of information updates from multiple sources are disclosed. Information updates are organized under their respective information topics in an attention list, in which information topics are sorted into ordered attention groups according to their associated attention states. Within each attention group, information topics are further sorted into ordered priority groups according to their associated priority attributes. Within each priority group, information topics are further sorted by age and according to their aging attributes. The attentions states, priority attributes, and aging attributes of information topics are defined by the information delivery system or by individual users. Notifications of new information updates are delivered to a subscriber according to an information delivery schedule. | 04-22-2010 |
20100100846 | Navigation apparatus - A navigation apparatus is disclosed. The navigation apparatus includes a remote control device having a manipulation member and a force generator. The manipulation member is movable in response to user's manipulation and enables the user to point to a position on a display screen of the display device remotely. The force generator applies a force to the manipulation member against the manipulation of the manipulation member. The navigation apparatus sets content of the force based on an arrangement of an item image on the display screen, so that the force causes the pointed position to be attracted toward a fixed item image when the pointed position is located around the fixed item image, while the first force does not cause the pointed position to be attracted toward an on-map item image, which is superimposed on a map image. | 04-22-2010 |
20100100847 | IMAGE DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, PROCESS AND PROGRAM, IMAGE DATA OUTPUT DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - There has been a problem of necessitating a complicated work for establishing a connection capable of intercommunication between a computer as server and a projector as client. | 04-22-2010 |
20100107119 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAPPING LOGICAL AND PHYSICAL ASSESTS IN A USER INTERFACE - The present principles provide systems and methods for displaying associations between data files and logical assets including the data files. Upon user-selection of a representation of a logical asset, a method in accordance with an aspect of the present principles includes determining associations between data files and the logical asset and displaying a listing of data files associated with the logical asset. Conversely, the method may also include presenting a listing of logical assets associated with a user-selected data file upon determination of logical assets associated with the data file. Moreover, another aspect of the present principles permits bi-directional navigation capability between a logical asset associations view and a physical asset associations view. | 04-29-2010 |
20100115464 | PROGRAM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING PREDETERMINED PROCESSING WITH REGISTERED ITEMS - There are described a method and a computer executable program of the same, each of which makes it possible to provide registered items for a predetermined processing, which is established in advance corresponding to user's demands. The method includes: displaying a list of plural registrable items on a display section, which can be registered in order to provide at least one of the plural registrable items for the predetermined processing; accepting a registration instruction for registering said at least one of the plural registrable items, which includes an attribute value that indicates a status of its registration, based on an operation conducted by a user; providing the registered item for the predetermined processing according to the attribute value of the registration concerned; and when the registration instruction is accepted, displaying an attached image, which corresponds to the attribute value of the registration concerned, associating with one of the registrable items. | 05-06-2010 |
20100115465 | Logon System and Method Thereof - The invention discloses a logon system and a method thereof, which relates to information security field. The invention solves the problems that the user can log on Windows by username and password only. In the invention, the Credential Provider module adapted to pop up a human-computer interactive interface when the Credential Provider module is called by the operating system of the computer; further adapted to collect the information needed for logging on the operating system and transfer the collected information to the operating system of the computer; the Cryptographic Service Provider module is adapted to perform authentication with the information received from the operating system of the computer; and, if the authentication is successful, to perform operation with the corresponding private key of the key device logon certificate to generate credential information needed for logging on the operating system. The embodiments of the invention are applied for logging on the Windows, which provide more alternative logon ways for the user. | 05-06-2010 |
20100122209 | Multiple Platform Optical Imager Interface and Communication System - A software-based solution for managing and communicating with any number of optical imaging platforms regardless of the manufacturer or of any device specific protocols implemented by those platforms. A user interface allows selection of the function of an attached optical imaging platform that is desired by a user. The selected function is mapped to an abstracted functional layer that is then translated into the appropriate command string according to the protocol of the attached optical imaging platform. Depending on the platform that is installed, only available functions are presented in the graphical user interface. For example, a user may test the operation of the platform before installing the platform in a machine vision system, download new software to the platform to correct problems or enhance functionality after it has been installed, or obtain captured images from the platform to review the effectiveness of image processing techniques. | 05-13-2010 |
20100122210 | INTEGRATING DIFFERENT PROFILES TO FORM A PROCESS - In one aspect, a method to integrate different profiles to form a process includes providing to a user a list of actors by profile using a graphical user interface (GUI) of a computer system. An actor includes one of a system or an application stored on a machine-readable medium. The method also includes providing to a user through the GUI a list of transactions by profile performed by the actors, receiving from a user a selection of actors from different profiles to group made by the user using the GUI, receiving from a user definitions of the transactions provided by the user using the GUI, grouping the selection of actors based on at least precedence rules and rendering to the user an integrated profiles graph representing the grouping of the actors from different profiles. | 05-13-2010 |
20100122211 | Accepting A User's Selection of Sort Options for Sorting a Table - Methods, systems, and computer program products are provide for accepting a user's selection of sort options for sorting a table according to embodiments of the present invention. Embodiments include selecting a representative shape for displaying sort options; identifying one or more columns in the table available for selection as a key for sorting; displaying, together in a GUI, identifications of the one ore more columns and the representative shape; and receiving, as a user's selection of one of the columns as a key for sorting, an invocation of a GUI control associated with an identification of the selected columns | 05-13-2010 |
20100125809 | Facilitating Display Of An Interactive And Dynamic Cloud With Advertising And Domain Features - According to certain embodiments, display of a graphical cloud of a graphical user interface is facilitated. The graphical cloud comprises a user entry field and a domain interface. A set of input terms entered into the user entry field are received. A selected domain entered into the domain interface is received. One or more output terms related to the input terms and specific to the selected domain are determined. Display of the graphical cloud comprising the output terms is facilitated. | 05-20-2010 |
20100125810 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS WITH DISPLAY SECTION AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIA - A communication apparatus is configured to, and a computer-readable medium causes a communication apparatus to store position information, acquire content relational information including titles summary information, and display each title of each content relational information in a scrolling single-line form. An accepting section accepts a selection of the displayed content title, and a summary display control section displays the summary information corresponding to the selected title. A selection information storage section stores selection information corresponding to the selected title. A priority setting section sets a priority for each content title of the content relational information based on the corresponding selection information stored in the selection information storage section. The display control section displays and scrolls each title of each of content relational information in a single-line form in a descending order based on the priority of each title. | 05-20-2010 |
20100131891 | Hypothesis selection and presentation of one or more advisories - A computationally implemented method includes, but is not limited to: selecting at least one hypothesis from a plurality of hypotheses relevant to a user, the selection of the at least one hypothesis being based, at least in part, on at least one reported event associated with the user; and presenting one or more advisories related to the hypothesis. In addition to the foregoing, other method aspects are described in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of the present disclosure. | 05-27-2010 |
20100131892 | System and method for controlling semiconductor manufacturing equipment using user interface - Provided is a system and method for controlling a semiconductor manufacturing equipment by means of a user interface. The control system connects at least one controller through a network to a plurality of semiconductor manufacturing equipments. The controller includes a superordinate controller such as a host for remote control and a subordinate controller such as a cluster tool controller. The controller includes a user interface application for controlling, monitoring and managing the semiconductor manufacturing equipment. The user interface application provides a navigation menu in one side region of a screen to display menus, accessed by a user, in the order of history. The navigation menu is provided in the type of menu bars corresponding to the menus accessed by the user. The navigation menu is configured to automatically store data corrected by the user, prior to conversion to another menu. The menus accessed by the user can be rapidly selected by means of the user interface, and the loss of the corrected data in the accessed menu can be prevented. | 05-27-2010 |
20100131893 | REPLACEABLE GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - There is provided a mobile communication device. An exemplary mobile communication device comprises an operating system for the mobile communication device and a radio interface for connecting to a wireless network. The exemplary mobile communication device also comprises a display on which a graphical user interface is displayed to enable the user to operate the mobile communication device according to the operating system. The exemplary mobile communication device additionally comprises a local storage where the data files associated with the graphical user interface are stored wherein the local storage permits the storage of a plurality of user interfaces and a manager that manages the graphical user interface such that the user can select one out of the plurality of stored graphical user interfaces. | 05-27-2010 |
20100131894 | WEB BASED CAPACITY MANAGEMENT (WBCM) SYSTEM - A user interface for viewing network system data is provided and includes at least one company level view that includes a list of one or more service regions within a company, at least one regional level view that includes a list of one or more service markets within each of the one or more service regions, and at least one market level view that includes a list of one or more wire centers within the one or more service markets. | 05-27-2010 |
20100138784 | MULTITASKING VIEWS FOR SMALL SCREEN DEVICES - A system and method that includes providing content items to be displayed on a display of a device, determining a relevance of each content item with respect to each other content item, and organizing the content items on the display of the device along a scattered continuum, wherein more contextually relevant content is located closer to a center area of the display and less contextually relevant content is located away from the center area. | 06-03-2010 |
20100138785 | GESTURE INPUT SYSTEM, METHOD AND PROGRAM - The present invention provides an input interface that a human can operate naturally and intuitively using a human gesture (motion), by including means for acquiring motion information based on a gesture and input interface means for generating information for operating an object on a desktop of a computer on the basis of motion information. In this case, the motion information is matched against a template for recognizing a motion of a user and a matched event is outputted so that the object is operated. The object includes a pie menu in which a menu item is disposed in a circular form. A user is allowed to selects a desired menu item in the pie menu in accordance with an angle at which the user twists a wrist thereof. | 06-03-2010 |
20100138786 | User Interface Device with Display Screen and Memory for Pool/Spa Control System - Systems, devices and methods related to a user interface device for use in a pool/spa control system are provided. In accordance with one embodiment, there is provided a user interface device for a pool/spa control system that includes a processor and a memory for storing application programs that are performed by the processor. The user interface device also includes a connection port for interfacing with an external storage medium having one or more digital images and a display interface. The user interface device is configured to display the one or more digital images from the external storage medium in the display interface when the user interface device is otherwise idle with respect to sending instructions to the pool/spa control system. | 06-03-2010 |
20100138787 | Vehicle Entertainment System With Multi-Source Presets - A system and method for providing single-action multi-source presets for vehicle entertainment systems. The method includes the steps of engaging a single-action preset button that changes the active input source to a selected preprogrammed input source and performing an action within that input source. | 06-03-2010 |
20100146438 | Providing Controlled Access to the Use of Electronic Devices - A meeting controller provides controlled access to the use of an electronic device by sending a meeting request to at least one invitee, wherein the meeting request specifies access rights to use only at least one particular feature of multiple features of an electronic device accessible to the invitee during a scheduled time for the meeting. In response to the invitee accepting the meeting request, the electronic device is automatically configured to only provide access to the at least one particular feature allowed in the access rights specified in the accepted meeting request and during the scheduled time for the meeting, the invitee is only allowed use of the particular feature of the electronic device. | 06-10-2010 |
20100146439 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus includes: a first reception module configured to acquire first information of a character string selected through an input module from character strings displayed on a display module; a candidate creation module configured to create a plurality of character strings relevant to the selected character string as candidates based on the first information and to display the candidates on the display module; a second reception module configured to acquire second information of a character string determined through the input module from the candidates; and a retrieval module configured to: receive the second information from the second reception module; perform information retrieval based on the second information; and display a result of the information retrieval on the display module. | 06-10-2010 |
20100146440 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING USER INTERFACE THEREOF - Disclosed are a display apparatus which moves a widget on a screen of a TV and a method of displaying a user interface thereof. The method of displaying a user interface including: displaying a grid with irregular intervals on a display unit; and displaying an icon on the display unit to correspond to the displayed grid. With this, a widget is capable of moving corresponding to a grid displayed on a screen of a TV. | 06-10-2010 |
20100146441 | SEARCH BASED USER INTERFACE - A method including detecting an input to a cellular device, the input corresponding to at least a portion of one or more identifiers corresponding with a respective content stored in the cellular device, displaying on the cellular device a list of the respective content associated with the input and enabling a user to select one or more of the content in the list. | 06-10-2010 |
20100146442 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - Disclosed herein is an information processing apparatus including: a communication section configured to acquire application programs from external apparatus; a memory used for storing at least an application program and information relevant to the application program; an application execution section configured to execute the application program stored in the memory; and a control section configured to determine other application programs to be recommended in the course of execution of the application program in the application execution section, wherein information stored in the memory as the information relevant to the application program includes first relevant information and second relevant information which are used for determining the other application programs to be recommended in the course of execution of the application program in the application execution section | 06-10-2010 |
20100146443 | Dynamically Providing a Feed of Stories About a User of a Social Networking System - To display a news feed in a social network environment, a social networking system generates news items regarding activities associated with a user of a social network environment. The social networking system may also attach an informational link associated with at least one of the activities to at least one of the news items, limit access to the news items to a predetermined set of viewers, and assign an order to the news items. The news items may be displayed in the assigned order to at least one viewing user of the predetermined set of viewers, and the number of news items displayed may be dynamically limited. | 06-10-2010 |
20100153878 | Controlling data transfer between devices - An apparatus including: a display; a processor configured to control the display to display: a first ordered list of graphical icons in a first portion of the display wherein each graphical icon represents and indicates a different data type and wherein graphical icons are user configurable to have either a first visual configuration that indicates enabled transfer from a first storage device to a second storage device of the data type indicated by the icon or a second visual configuration that indicates disabled transfer from the first storage device of the data type indicated by the icon; a second ordered list of graphical icons in a second portion of the display wherein each graphical icon represents and indicates a different data type and wherein graphical icons are user configurable to have either a first visual configuration that indicates enabled transfer from the second storage device to the first storage device of the data type indicated by the icon or a second visual configuration that indicates disabled transfer from the second storage device of the data type indicated by the icon; and a user input configured to control transfer of a data type from the first device by changing the visual configuration of the graphical icon in the first ordered list of graphical icons that represents and indicates that data type and configured to control transfer of a data type by the second device by changing the visual configuration of the graphical icon in the second ordered list of graphical icons that represents and indicates that data type. | 06-17-2010 |
20100153879 | PRESSURE BASED SELECTION - The use of pressure-sensitive selection tools in a graphical user interface is disclosed in which the amount of pressure during a selection operation may modify selection behavior. Upon receiving a selection input, the pressure applied is determined and the selection behavior modified. In some embodiments, the number of objects selected is increased when more pressure is applied and decreased when less pressure is applied. | 06-17-2010 |
20100162165 | User Interface Tools - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer program products, for generating user interface tools are disclosed. In one aspect, a method includes identifying a resource (e.g., a web page) for display in an interface, identifying one or more user interface elements in the resource, generating a tool based on the one or more user interface elements, and combining the tool and the resource for display in the interface. | 06-24-2010 |
20100162166 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, OR METHODS FOR ACCESSING INFORMATION EMPLOYING A TUMBLER-STYLE GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - Systems, methods, and devices employing tumbler-style graphical user interfaces (TSGUI) are presented. TSGUI can facilitate high context rapid selection of content objects from at least a plurality of tumbler components. Selection of content objects can relate to a path for a memory to access a related final information. TSGUI can be employed in mobile computing devices, including telephonic mobile computing devices. In an embodiment a TSGUI of a mobile device can facilitate access to content in relation to messaging applications native to the mobile device. | 06-24-2010 |
20100169828 | COMPUTER DESKTOP ORGANIZATION VIA MAGNET ICONS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for computer desktop organization via magnet icons. In an embodiment of the invention, a method for computer desktop organization via magnet icons can include creating a magnet icon and placing the magnet icon on a graphical user interface (GUI) desktop. The method also includes selecting an object attribute for the magnet icon and filtering icons on the GUI desktop according to the object attribute. Finally, the method includes moving the filtered icons in proximity to the magnet icon on the GUI desktop. In one aspect of the embodiment, the method further includes receiving an operation to be applied to the magnet icon and concurrently applying the operation to the filtered icons in proximity to the magnet icon. | 07-01-2010 |
20100169829 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUSES FOR RESOLVING MEDIA CONTENT RECORDING CONFLICTS - An exemplary method includes detecting, on a media content recording device, a media content recording conflict between a plurality of scheduled recordings of media content instances, and outputting, for display on a display device, data representative of a graphical user interface including a plurality of graphical objects representative of the plurality of scheduled recordings of the media content instances and at least one option configured to facilitate resolution of the media content recording conflict. Corresponding methods, systems, apparatuses, and computer-readable media are also disclosed. | 07-01-2010 |
20100169830 | Apparatus and Method for Selecting a Command - A method for selecting a command in a mobile communication terminal that includes a display and a character input device is disclosed. The method includes detecting input of at least one character using the character input device; displaying a list of commands associated with the at least one character; and detecting a selection input associated with a command of the list. A corresponding mobile communication terminal, apparatus, and computer program product are also presented. | 07-01-2010 |
20100169831 | Information Product and Method for Interacting with User - Disclosed are a method for displaying tree structure data and a hand-held electronic device and a computer program product thereof, wherein the tree structure data includes a node item and a sub-item and the sub-item is belong to the node item. The hand-held electronic device includes a menu providing module, a tag providing module, an input module, and a display module. In the method for displaying tree structure data, an item line including the sub-item and a tag item are initially displayed on a screen. Thereafter, the tag item is moved. When the tag item is next to the sub item, the name of the node item is displayed on the screen. A computer performs the method for displaying tree structure data by loading the computer program product. | 07-01-2010 |
20100175024 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC WEIGHT GENERATION FOR PROBABILISTIC MATCHING - Embodiments of the invention provide a system and method of automatically generating weights for matching data records. Each field of a record may be compared by an exact match and/or close matches and each comparison can result in a mathematical score which is the sum of the field comparisons. To sum up the field scores accurately, the automatic weight generation process comprises an iterative process. In one embodiment, initial weights are computed based upon unmatched-set probabilities and default discrepancy weights associated with attributes in the comparison algorithm. A bulk cross-match is performed across the records using the initial weights and a candidate matched set is computed for updating the discrepancy probabilities. New weights are computed based upon the unmatched probabilities and the updated discrepancy probabilities. Test for convergence between the new weights and the old weights. Repeat with the new weight table until the weights converge to their final value. | 07-08-2010 |
20100180230 | ASSEMBLY AND OUTPUT OF USER-DEFINED GROUPINGS - A method in one embodiment includes determining which elements of a storage environment or system have been selected for addition to a group, each of the elements being associated with a tier; adding the selected elements to the group; determining whether a parent of each of the selected elements has also been selected, the parent of each of the selected elements being in a higher tier than the element; adding the parent to the group as an element if the parent of any of the selected elements has not been selected; associating the elements in the group into subgroups; generating a view of at least some of the elements in the group, the view representing the tier of the elements in the view, the elements being spatially organized by subgroup; and outputting the view. Additional systems, methods and computer program products are also disclosed. | 07-15-2010 |
20100185980 | Methods for Displaying Icons - A method for displaying icons corresponding to various function statuses of an electronic device on a screen thereof is provided. The method includes providing the screen with a first display area and a second display area, the first display area capable of displaying a single icon, and the second display area capable of displaying a plurality of icons; selecting one icon of a first icon set to be displayed in the first display area of the screen; and selecting at least one icon of a second icon set to be displayed in the second display area. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185981 | DISPLAY CONTROLLING PROGRAM AND DISPLAY CONTROLLING APPARATUS - A display controlling apparatus displays images divided into a plurality of groups on a screen. A computer of the display controlling apparatus displays, in each region corresponding to each group in a storing region to store the images within the screen, the image belonging to the group, and selects any one of the plurality of groups. Then, when any one of the groups is selected, the image belonging to the selected group is displayed in an operating region to allow the user to operate the images within the screen. | 07-22-2010 |
20100192092 | KEYSTROKE ACTIVATED DYNAMIC TASK MENU - According to one embodiment, a method includes detecting textual input from a user and determining a position of a cursor associated with a user input device on an electronic page. In addition, the method includes selecting entries based on the textual input and the position of the cursor. Also, the method includes generating a task list having the selected entries and outputting the task list to a graphical display device. | 07-29-2010 |
20100192093 | COMMUNICATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided a control unit of an information processing apparatus for causing a display unit to display selected information stored in a storage unit at a selected information display position, as well as causing the display unit to display a first selection candidate information, which is one of object information and relationship information correlated with the selected information, at a first candidate information display position which is a position departing a predetermined distance from the selected information display position in a predetermined first direction, and to display a second selection candidate information, which is one of the object information and the relationship information correlated with the selected information other than the first selection candidate information, at a second candidate information display position which is a position departing a predetermined distance in a predetermined second direction opposite from the first direction. | 07-29-2010 |
20100192094 | Flow generator with patient reminder - A flow generator and humidifier construction is described, including a flow generator construction adapted to reduce noise output compared to known flow generators of comparable size. The flow generator includes a chassis forming first and second muffler volumes and a venturi-shaped connection portion, and a metal/polymer composite material blower enclosure which suppresses noise from the blower. The flow generator may be programmed to include a reminder system including a menu from which the user may request a reminder to take specific action, e.g., replace a component, call a physician, and/or enter patient data card, etc. | 07-29-2010 |
20100192095 | VIEWING DIGITAL IMAGES USING A FLOATING CONTROLLER - A method and apparatus are provided for viewing one or more items using a floating controller, wherein the floating controller displays a plurality of items from a sequence of items. In one implementation, the floating controller determines that a first item and a second item from the plurality of items have an association, and displays a visual indicator to indicate that the items are associated with each other. The visual indicator may be displayed between the first and the second item. Different visual indicators may be used to indicate different types of associations. Items on the floating controller may be selected by a user to display corresponding enlarged images. The corresponding enlarged images may be displayed side-by-side to allow them to be compared. | 07-29-2010 |
20100199216 | File system in a computing environment - Methods and apparatus uniquely distinguish one file from another in a file system. In one embodiment, a flat architecture uses metadata of files for distinguishment, but files can have identical names and pathname(s) are unneeded. During a file save or find operation, users supply terms useful to themselves regarding the file, but created underlying metadata distinguishes all files. Also, an ever-decreasing list of possible file matches accompanies the save or find operation as users enter more save or search terms regarding files under present consideration. Other features contemplate a user interface (UI), a file system manager and an API exposed to other applications/computing devices. Computer program products are also disclosed. | 08-05-2010 |
20100199217 | MONITORING TERMINAL AND MONITORING METHOD PERFORMED IN THE SAME - A monitoring terminal and a monitoring method performed in the monitoring terminal. The monitoring method includes receiving a monitoring set, including a plurality of pieces of monitoring information having a hierarchical relationship from the server, in a single transmission and performing monitoring according to the received monitoring set. | 08-05-2010 |
20100205562 | USER GENERATED TARGETED ADVERTISEMENTS - User generated targeted advertisements is described. In embodiments, a selection of an advertisement template for a targeted advertisement can be received when initiated by a user. Advertisement content to incorporate in the advertisement template can be received, as well as selections of recipients to receive the targeted advertisement. A program grid can be generated for display from which a television program and advertisement time slot can be selected to display the targeted advertisement for viewing. Confirmation to purchase the targeted advertisement for delivery to the recipients can also be received to initiate the targeted advertisement being displayed for viewing during the selected television program and advertisement time slot. | 08-12-2010 |
20100211912 | Interactive Graphical User Interface for an Internet Site Providing Data Related to Radio Frequency Emitters - An interactive graphical user interface adapted for receiving user power down requests and for providing data related to RF emitter sites through a plurality of logically interrelated and interactive graphical monitor screens including: a search screen presenting plural location criteria for the sites, and adapted for receiving location requests; an information screen having a plan view MPE map; a wide area aerial map; a photographic camera view; and a list of site facts; a contacts screen presenting information about the RF emitters on a selected site, including an identity a broadcaster, owner, property manager, and municipal entity; and a request screen adapted for accepting, for a selected RF emitter, a power down request. | 08-19-2010 |
20100211913 | Key control system and method - A key control system disposed in a display apparatus includes a hierarchical menu, a power key, and a key module. The hierarchical menu includes a first layer menu and a second layer menu. The first layer menu has an item corresponding to the second layer menu. The power key is adapted to turn on the power supply of the display apparatus. The key control system is used to execute a key control method includes steps of defining the function of the power key as opening the first layer menu of the hierarchical menu after the power supply is turned on; defining the function of the key module as selecting the item of the first layer menu when the first layer menu is opened; and defining the function of the power key as opening the second layer menu after the item of the first layer menu is selected. | 08-19-2010 |
20100211914 | COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING DRIVER PROGRAM, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND DRIVER PROGRAM - By a computer executing a driver program, an icon display processing unit, an operation detection unit, a setting change processing unit, and a customization unit are implemented. The icon display processing unit displays on a display device an icon associated with a setting item in an icon list. When a click operation is detected by the operation detection unit, the setting change processing unit changes a value of the setting item associated with the clicked icon to another value. Then, the icon display processing unit switches an icon image corresponding to a change of the value of the setting item. The customization unit customizes the icon list by performing at least one of adding or deleting the setting item to/from the icon list. | 08-19-2010 |
20100218138 | TECHNIQUE FOR CONTROLLING SCREEN DISPLAY - The present invention aims at automatically selecting an object which should be displayed in a simplified form in a manner such that user friendliness is not reduced and the drawing time is shortened. To this end, the invention provides a system for controlling a screen display, which includes a structure acquisition unit configured to acquire tree structure data, as structure data defining a structure of a document to be displayed on a screen, in which a plurality of display objects are represented as nodes and a display object indicating a more detailed configuration of a display object at a parent node is represented as a child node, a time acquisition unit configured to acquire required time data which indicates time that has been previously required to draw each of the display objects on the screen, a selection unit configured to select, among the display objects at leaf nodes of the structure data, a display object having an evaluation value obtained based on the required time data which indicates that the required time is longer, preferentially to a display object having an evaluation value which indicates that the required time is shorter, and a drawing control unit configured to draw a display object other than the selected display object preferentially to the selected display object on the screen. | 08-26-2010 |
20100218139 | SEARCH-FRIENDLY TEMPLATES - Embodiments are provided for searching for templates utilized for managing data in a computer application program. Multiple templates for managing data are indexed as individual documents to facilitate the searching of data contained therein. Each individual document includes multiple subdocuments and a model which describes the multiple subdocuments. A data query may be received in the computer application program for one or more templates to utilize in managing the data. In response to receiving the data query, the indexed templates are searched for one or more templates which satisfy the data query. One or more template suggestions may then be displayed as a search result for satisfying the data query. | 08-26-2010 |
20100218140 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR MULTI-MODAL IMAGES AT INCREMENTAL ANGULAR DISPLACEMENTS - A method for forming a sequence of images of a subject obtains at least first and second image sets of the subject, each image set having a given angular displacement relative to an axis of rotation of the subject, each image set having at least a first component image of a first diagnostic modality at the given angular displacement and a second component image that is co-registered to the first component image at the given angular displacement. The first image set is selected as the selected image set for display. A synthesized image is formed by combining image data for the at least first and second component images of the selected image set and the synthesized image is displayed. | 08-26-2010 |
20100223578 | POPULATING VARIABLE CONTENT SLOTS ON WEB PAGES - A respective novelty value is ascertained for each of multiple user-selectable contents. Each of the novelty values represents a level of newness of the respective user-selectable content in relation to the other user-selectable contents. A respective novelty decay value is calculated for each of the user-selectable contents as a decreasing function of the respective novelty value. A prioritization order of the user-selectable contents in respective prioritized positions on a web page is determined based on the novelty decay values. | 09-02-2010 |
20100229116 | Control aparatus - A control apparatus includes a voice recognition unit for recognizing user utterance to output a recognized word, a function storage unit for determining and storing a desired function that corresponds to the recognized word, a detector for detecting a preset user operation, a button display unit for displaying on a screen a shortcut button that instructs execution of the desired function stored in the storage unit when the detector detects the preset user operation, and a control unit for controlling execution of the desired function when the shortcut button is operated. By storing the desired function in association with the recognized word and by detecting user instruction, the control apparatus displays a shortcut button for a necessary function only. | 09-09-2010 |
20100229117 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INFORMATION DISPLAY OF PORTABLE DEVICE - Provided is a method of displaying information of a portable device, which includes receiving a signal of booting or termination of the portable device; and displaying a valid information which is previously set while the booting or termination process is performing. | 09-09-2010 |
20100229118 | METHOD AND PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR PRODUCING MEDICAL FINDINGS ON THE BASIS OF MEDICAL IMAGE DATA - In order to produce a set of medical findings based on image data which has been obtained by way of different imaging methods, a plurality of image viewer programs has hitherto been required. In at least one embodiment, a viewer device is to be provided, with which different image data can be viewed and with which it is simultaneously possible to produce a set of medical findings. According to at least one embodiment of the invention, a method is provided wherein a base page and at least one content page with display elements are selected and are loaded and activated by a program. | 09-09-2010 |
20100229119 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR FILTERING A POPULATION OF ITEMS - Graphical user interface for filtering a population of items. The graphical user interface may be implemented as a method on a system comprising a computer server or other computing device. The system defines a library of available criteria to be used in filtering a population of items to identify items of interest. Each criterion has a graphical representation. The system receives an indication of at least one of the criterion to be applied to the population as a filter and also accepts an indication of a tier of the filter to which the selected criterion is to be associated. The system identifies a list of items of interest satisfying a current set of criteria defining the filter. A graphical representation of the filter is displayed by the system while it is being constructed by the user. In one embodiment, the items are securities such as stocks. | 09-09-2010 |
20100235783 | Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Multifunction Device with a Touch Screen Display - In some embodiments, a device displays content on a touch screen display and detects input by finger gestures. In response to the finger gestures, the device selects content, visually distinguishes the selected content, and/or updates the selected content based on detected input. In some embodiments, the device displays a command display area that includes one or more command icons; detects activation of a command icon in the command display area; and, in response to detecting activation of the command icon in the command display area, performs a corresponding action with respect to the selected content. Exemplary actions include cutting, copying, and pasting content. | 09-16-2010 |
20100235784 | Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Multifunction Device with a Touch Screen Display - In some embodiments, a device displays content on a touch screen display and detects input by finger gestures. In response to the finger gestures, the device selects content, visually distinguishes the selected content, and/or updates the selected content based on detected input. In some embodiments, the device displays a command display area that includes one or more command icons; detects activation of a command icon in the command display area; and, in response to detecting activation of the command icon in the command display area, performs a corresponding action with respect to the selected content. Exemplary actions include cutting, copying, and pasting content. | 09-16-2010 |
20100235785 | Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Multifunction Device with a Touch Screen Display - In some embodiments, a device displays content on a touch screen display and detects input by finger gestures. In response to the finger gestures, the device selects content, visually distinguishes the selected content, and/or updates the selected content based on detected input. In some embodiments, the device displays a command display area that includes one or more command icons; detects activation of a command icon in the command display area; and, in response to detecting activation of the command icon in the command display area, performs a corresponding action with respect to the selected content. Exemplary actions include cutting, copying, and pasting content. | 09-16-2010 |
20100235786 | ENHANCED 3D INTERFACING FOR REMOTE DEVICES - Operating a computerized system includes presenting user interface elements on a display screen. A first gesture made in a three-dimensional space by a part of a body of a user is detected. In response to the first gesture, an area of the display screen selected by the user is identified, and a magnification level of one or more of the user elements appearing in the selected area on the display screen is increased. After increasing the magnification level, a second gesture made by the part of the body of the user is detected so as to select one of the user interface elements that appear in the selected area. | 09-16-2010 |
20100241990 | RE-USABLE DECLARATIVE WORKFLOW TEMPLATES - A server computing system stores at least one workflow template and at least one workflow customization table. The workflow template includes activity elements that indicate activities included in the workflow. The activity elements include attributes associated with input properties of the indicated activities. At least one of the activity elements includes an attribute associated with an input property, the attribute specifying a variable name, not particular data. The workflow customization table includes an entry associating the variable name with particular data. When the server computing system initializes a workflow instance based on the workflow template, the server computing system binds the input property to the particular data specified by the workflow customization table. Thus, by storing different workflow customization tables, the same workflow template can be used to initialize workflow instances having different behavior. | 09-23-2010 |
20100241991 | COMPUTER-BASED ELECTRONIC INFORMATION ORGANIZER - A computer-implemented method for organizing and presenting electronic information on a client device. The method can include enabling a user to create a plurality of topics by inputting criteria that define each of the topics. A plurality of electronic items are then automatically associated with the topics by applying the criteria to the electronic items. The electronic items can include at least two different electronic items from different electronic sources, such as e-mail accounts, newsgroups, blog websites or web feeds. A user interface is displayed on a client device where the topics are displayed to the user to enable the user to select a topic and display a list of the electronic items that have been automatically associated with the selected topic. The user can select and manipulate an electronic item from the list of electronic items that is associated with the selected topic. | 09-23-2010 |
20100251170 | Interface Navigation Tools - Navigation tools for an interface (e.g., a graphical user interface) are disclosed. In one aspect, a first stack item (e.g., a first directory) that includes one or more stack elements (e.g., subdirectories) is presented in the interface. User input selecting one of the one or more stack elements causes a scaled version of the first stack item (e.g., a smaller visual representation of the directory) and a second stack item (e.g., a selected subdirectory) that corresponds to the selected stack element to be presented in the interface. Selecting the scaled version of the first stack item causes the first stack item to be presented (e.g., a larger visual representation of the directory) in the interface. | 09-30-2010 |
20100251171 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE WHICH ADAPTS TO VIEWING DISTANCE - A viewing system includes a display screen; a processor for providing pictorial images and a graphical user interface menu to be displayed on the display screen; a user interface control for enabling a user to select particular items from the graphical user interface menu in order to control the pictorial images displayed on the display screen; and means for automatically determining the proximate distance between the display screen and the user; wherein the graphical user interface menu is modified responsive to the proximate distance. | 09-30-2010 |
20100251172 | HIGH-SPEED RECOVERY FOR COMPUTING SYSTEMS - The invention broadly contemplates a computing system that offers high-speed recovery. The system is configured to offer such a high-speed solution via an instant roll back scheme. The system utilizes a virtualization to handle the system state and provide a rescue and recovery like solution without requiring a full system reboot. The system is configured to utilize virtualization, e.g. through the use of a hypervisor to track the fundamental system components. This enables the system to very quickly back the system up on a rolling basis via tracking atomic changes and offering the instant rollback at essentially any point following an atomic change, should common system difficulties be encountered. | 09-30-2010 |
20100251173 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, CONTENTS PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing device including, a screen control unit that causes a user terminal to display a position selection screen displaying a plurality of user positions where a user can be located in a virtual space and allowing a user to select one user position from the plurality of user positions, a data storage unit that stores a user list listing users having selected each user position with respect to each user position selected by using the position selection screen; and a contents processing unit that processes contents to be delivered to the user terminal according to a positional relationship between users represented by the user list stored in the data storage unit. | 09-30-2010 |
20100251174 | WIDGET SERVER, METHOD OF OPERATING A WIDGET SERVER AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING A WIDGET RECOMMENDATION - The present invention relates to a method of operating a widget server ( | 09-30-2010 |
20100262933 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SELECTING AN ITEM - A method and an apparatus of selecting an item rapidly and with a high degree of precision in devices including but not limited to portable terminals. The method of selecting an item includes: displaying a cursor having an area where an item can be selected; checking an item located in the area; and recognizing the item in the area as a selection schedule item. A user may quickly select a desired item to execute a properly corresponding function. | 10-14-2010 |
20100262934 | ORDER RECEIVING APPARATUS AND ORDER RECEIVING METHOD - An order receiving apparatus includes: a receiving unit configured to receive selection of a task other than an order task related to an order of a menu item; and a display control unit configured to display an order input screen including an area in which an operation image for operating execution of the order task is displayed and an area in which an operation image for operating execution of the task, the selection of which is received, is displayed. | 10-14-2010 |
20100262935 | ORDER RECEIVING APPARATUS AND ORDER RECEIVING METHOD - An order receiving apparatus includes: a display unit configured to display an order input screen including an order list in which order information indicating ordered menu items is list-displayed; a receiving unit configured to receive the order information indicating a menu item, an order of which is to be cancelled, among the pieces of order information list-displayed in the order list; a canceling unit configured to cancel the order of the menu item indicated by the received order information; and a changing unit configured to change display of the order information indicating the menu item, the order of which is cancelled, among the pieces of order information list-displayed in the order list to special display. | 10-14-2010 |
20100262936 | ORDER RECEIVING APPARATUS AND ORDER RECEIVING METHOD - An order receiving apparatus includes: a display unit configured to display an order input screen including a menu item space in which operation images for receiving orders of menu items are allocated according to definition information for defining the operation images and a menu allocation screen including the menu item space and a list of menu items for which the operation images can be allocated to the menu item space; a first selecting unit configured to select a menu item for which the operation image is allocated to the menu item space among the menu items included in the list; a second selecting unit configured to select an allocation position to which the operation image of the menu item selected by the first selecting unit is allocated among allocation positions to which the operation images can be allocated in the menu item space; and an updating unit configured to update the definition information according to the menu item selected by the first selecting unit and the allocation position selected by the second selecting unit. | 10-14-2010 |
20100262937 | APPLICATION PROGRAM - An application program causing a computer to function as: a processing sequence launching unit that, in the case where in a menu in which processing sequences associated with a first device are displayed as choices by a browser, a processing sequence from among the processing sequences associated with the first device is selected, launches the selected processing sequence; a processing target candidate selection display unit that displays a list of processing target candidates as choices; and a processing target specification unit that, in the case where one or more of the processing target candidates has been selected, passes the selected processing target candidate as a processing target to the processing sequence launched by the processing sequence launching unit. | 10-14-2010 |
20100269063 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD - Upon receiving a menu display request, a plug-in dynamically generates a menu. The module of the plug-in generates the contents of the menu. Each plug-in has specific menu generation processing. The contents of menus generated by respective plug-ins are merged to display the menu. | 10-21-2010 |
20100269064 | NAVIGATION IN A SERIES OF IMAGES - The invention relates to a method of navigating in a series of related images, comprising the steps of creating and storing one or more navigational entities, each navigational entity relating to an object depicting one or more images of the series of related images; and facilitating navigation within said series of related images by means of said navigational entities; wherein each navigational entity is created based on segmentation of the object depicted in the one or more images and on identification of the segmented object. This provides for user-friendly and fast navigation within a large set of related images, e.g. medical images. The invention moreover relates to a corresponding apparatus and computer program product. | 10-21-2010 |
20100269065 | DATA STRUCTURE, RECORDING MEDIUM, PLAYBACK APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A data structure includes image data of menu buttons, which is used for two-dimensional (2D) display of the menu buttons; offset information composed of an offset direction that indicates a disparity between the image for the left-eye and the image for the right-eye used for three-dimensional (3D) display of the menu buttons in the unit of a picture with respect to the menu buttons in the unit of a picture that corresponds to the image data, and an offset value that indicates the amount of the disparity; and a command for changing the 3D display mode of the menu buttons to the 2D display mode. | 10-21-2010 |
20100269066 | Process for ordering a selection in advance, digital system and jukebox for embodiment of the process - This invention relates to a process for ordering a selection in advance, characterized in that it includes a step in which a menu is displayed followed by a selection in this menu, to make specific requests and particularly: a step displaying the event for which the advance order of a selection is made, and then selection of the event; a step displaying the identity of destination equipment on which the selection is to be played, and then selection of this equipment; a step displaying the date and time at which the selection is to be made on the destination equipment; a step in which particular requests are recorded and downloaded onto a file only after payment has been verified. | 10-21-2010 |
20100275158 | SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR PROVIDING EVENTS TO A USER - A system and method for providing events to a user, where, when providing events from a first playlist, the user may instruct the system to generate a second playlist of events related to the event presently provided, and where, when the second playlist has been provided, the system returns to the first playlist. | 10-28-2010 |
20100275159 | INPUT DEVICE - An input device includes an input unit for inputting a predetermined motion image signal, a motion detector for detecting a motion on the basis of the motion image signal inputted into the input unit, a video signal processor for outputting a predetermined video signal, and a controller. The controller controls the video signal processor so that, when a motion detector detects a first motion, the video signal processor outputs a video signal to explain a predetermined second motion to be next detected by the motion detector after the detection of the first motion to a user. | 10-28-2010 |
20100275160 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TOUCH INPUT IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for determining a character that can be combined with a first selected character and then outputting a character obtained by combining the characters so as to enable a fast and quick character input by simplifying a character input process in a portable terminal are provided. The apparatus includes a combination character determination unit for receiving character data selected on a character input screen comprising a plurality of pieces of character data, for determining character data that can be combined with the selected character data, and for outputting a combination character obtained by combining the determined character data with the character data selected on the input screen. | 10-28-2010 |
20100275161 | Font Selector And Method For The Same - A multi-glyph character selector is disclosed. The selector includes at least two glyphs associated with a character, wherein a microprocessor driven activation of the character selects a first of the at least two glyphs, and a subsequent activation of the character selects a second of the at least two glyphs, and a display driver, wherein the first glyph provides a first characterization of the character on a display in accordance with the display driver, and the second glyph provides a second characterization of the character on the display. | 10-28-2010 |
20100275162 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING SUGGESTED ALTERNATIVES FOR VISUAL OR AUDIBLE SUBMISSIONS - Alternative representations are generated from a user's audible or visual data submission (e.g., user's picture) for use as part of an online account profile or user identification in an online service (e.g., online gaming user profile) or computer device. A specific representation is selected for use with the online account or computing device. Furthermore, a specific representation of the user's audible or visual data that is suitable for a particular display device (e.g., television, cellular telephone) can be generated and presented. | 10-28-2010 |
20100275163 | TOUCH SCREEN WITH USER INTERFACE ENHANCEMENT - The present invention is a graphical user interface in a computing device having a processor running an operating system and a display. The graphical user interface comprises a touch screen and a driver coupling the touch screen to the operating system. The driver can display a plurality of icons on the touch screen, or a plurality of screen images having at least one icon, with each of the icons associated with operations on the display and/or the touch screen. Other embodiments include the touch screen having unactivated and activated states, as well as the presence of an application programming interface that enables an application to display at least one image on the touch screen. | 10-28-2010 |
20100281424 | System and Method for Virtual Kiosk Stored Photo-image Reproduction - A virtual kiosk system and method are provided for stored photo-image reproduction. A photo-image discovery device, having no dedicated display, scans communication interfaces for photo-capable devices, and determines if detected photo-capable devices have stored electronically formatted photo-images. The photo-images are acquired into the photo-image discovery device, and the acquired photo-images are uploaded to a network-connected storage site. Subsequently, the photo discovery device may be interfaced to a display monitor. A menu of photo-image user prompt options is depicted on the display monitor, originating from the photo discovery device. The storage site is accessed from the photo discovery device in response to a first user prompt. In response to a second user prompt, a stored photo-image is selected. In one aspect a delivery option for the selected photo-image is selected in response to an additional user prompt. | 11-04-2010 |
20100281425 | HANDLING AND DISPLAYING OF LARGE FILE COLLECTIONS - An apparatus comprising a controller. The controller is configured to display a collection of representations each corresponding to a tag value and to receive input selecting one or more representations. The controller is further configured to assign a size and/or position of a representation according to a frequency of use and/or a time since last used for said corresponding tag value. | 11-04-2010 |
20100281426 | PRODUCT DATA MANAGEMENT AND WORKFLOW SYSTEMS AND METHODS - An exemplary method comprises maintaining product data in a computer-readable data store, the product data including a data entry comprising a question and an answer about a product, setting a lifetime date for the data entry, publishing the question and the answer about the product for access by at least one user, and, in response to the lifetime date being reached, automatically hiding the question and the answer about the product from access by the at least one user and designating the data entry for a lifetime review. In certain embodiments, the method further comprises providing, for display, data representative of a graphical user interface configured to facilitate the lifetime review of the data entry by a user, receiving data representative of a renewal of the data entry, and updating the lifetime date for the data entry based on the data representative of the renewal of the data entry. | 11-04-2010 |
20100287500 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISPLAYING CONFORMAL SYMBOLOGY ON A SEE-THROUGH DISPLAY - A method is provided for displaying symbology on a see-through display device in an environment with at least one real-world object. The method includes selecting the at least one real-world object; selecting symbology to display with the at least one real-world object; and conformally displaying the symbology with the at least one real-world object. | 11-11-2010 |
20100287501 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - Disclosed is an image processing apparatus including: a video processor which processes and displays an image; a user input unit which allows a user to input his/her selection; and a controller which sets up a plurality of size units for a user interface and controls the video processor to display the user interface in an area occupied with the size unit selected corresponding to the user's selection. Thus, it is possible to provide a user interface employing a layout and interaction proper to a CE apparatus such as a TV or the like. | 11-11-2010 |
20100287502 | IMAGE SEARCH DEVICE AND IMAGE SEARCH METHOD - An image search device includes a target-image selecting unit that selects target image data from recorded image data; a target-image displaying unit that displays the selected target-image data on a display unit; a relevant-image selecting unit that selects relevant image data that contains a predetermined number of images each having at least one element item identical to the corresponding piece of element information assigned to the target image data in such a manner that the relevant image data contains at least one image that has combination of the element items that is different from combination of the element items assigned to the other relevant images; and a relevant-image displaying unit that displays, on the display unit, the selected relevant image data containing the predetermined number of the images. | 11-11-2010 |
20100287503 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR SEARCHING DOCUMENTS IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - A method for accessing web pages on a network is disclosed. The method comprises transferring a portion of a web page from a server computer to a display device over the network. The portion of the web page includes a selector allowing the user to concurrently select respective values for two or more dimensions. A user's choice is detected to indicate the value selected for each dimension chosen by the user and a filtering methodology selected by the user for each dimension chosen by the user. The filtering methodology is selected from a plurality of filtering methodologies. One or more web pages associated with information that meets all the respective values for the chosen dimensions are identified in accordance with the corresponding filtering methodologies selected for the chosen dimensions. Information about the identified web pages is sent to the user computer. At least one of the identified web pages includes a plurality of sections. A user's choice is then detected indicating a web page selected by the user from the identified web pages. Only sections of the web page selected by the user that meet the respective values for the chosen dimensions and the corresponding filtering methodologies are sent to the user computer. Signals provided by a document creator are accepted via the user input device to create a document, the document having a plurality of sections. Signals provided by the document creator are accepted via the user input device to assign a value for at least one dimension to each section of the document. A first section of the document and a second section of the document are associated with different values for the same dimension. The user is given access to the plurality of sections of the document based on the values assigned to the corresponding dimensions by the document creator. | 11-11-2010 |
20100293505 | ANATOMY-RELATED IMAGE-CONTEXT-DEPENDENT APPLICATIONS FOR EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS - The invention relates to a system ( | 11-18-2010 |
20100293506 | INTERFACE STRUCTURES AND ASSOCIATED METHOD FOR AUTOMATED MINING OF LEGACY SYSTEMS USING VISUAL CONFIGURATION TOOLS - Disclosed are embodiments of an interface structure and a method for automated data mining of a legacy system. A GUI is employed to navigate through the legacy system interface application and access a data field. Once the data field is displayed, the GUI can receive a tag from the user labeling the data field. Additionally, a screen tracing device can trace the sequence of events that ultimately results in the data field being displayed. The traced sequence and its corresponding tag are then stored in a data storage device. These processes can be repeated for multiple different data fields. Subsequently, a sequence applying device can retrieve one or more previously stored sequences in response to a request referencing the corresponding tag(s) and can apply the sequence(s) in order to access, for processing, data from the corresponding data field(s). | 11-18-2010 |
20100293507 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CREATING REPORT USING OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAM - Provided is a method and system for creating a report by using objects, the method includes: receiving input information including a first table that includes data that is to be output from among a plurality of tables stored in a database and properties of the data; generating a query language sentence used to extract the data from the first table according to the input information; extracting the data from the first data by using the query language sentence; receiving diagram selection information in which a type of diagram for presenting the extracted data is selected; establishing details of the selected type of diagram so as to present the extracted data; generating output objects presenting the extracted data as the selected type of diagram by using the diagram selection information and the established details; designating locations where the output objects are arranged in a report that is to output the output objects; and generating a report screen including the output objects arranged in the locations designated in the report. | 11-18-2010 |
20100299633 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM FOR PERFORMING OUTPUT SETUP TO DEVICE APPARATUS, AND MEMORY MEDIUM STORING SUCH PROGRAM THEREIN - In an output setup to a device apparatus, when the contents of a plurality of setting items are changed in a lump by using a compound setup consisting of a plurality of setting items, a mismatching of the set contents and a function of the device apparatus is avoided. For this purpose, according to the invention, when the compound setup can be used for a plurality of device apparatuses, the compound setup which is used for the designated device apparatus is selected, and in case of performing the output setup to the designated device apparatus by using the selected compound setup, whether the output can be performed by the contents of each setting item of the compound setup in the device apparatus or not is discriminated in accordance with the function of the device apparatus. | 11-25-2010 |
20100299634 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MENU IN MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL USING THE SAME - A method for controlling a menu in a mobile terminal is disclosed and the mobile terminal includes a display unit configured to display a menu configured to control the mobile terminal, the menu comprising first data, a memory configured to store the first data, an input unit configured to receive an input for accessing a preset website, a wireless communication module configured to access the preset website responsive to the input, and a controller configured to obtain second data related to the menu from the preset website and to display the menu comprising both the first data and the second data on the display unit. | 11-25-2010 |
20100306699 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING GESTURE-BASED REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM - A method for controlling a gesture-based remote control system ( | 12-02-2010 |
20100306700 | Electronic Land and Sea Map System - The invention relates to an electronic land or sea map system, comprising: an electronic memory of at least two land or sea maps; an imaging device for displaying at least one of the land or sea maps from the memory; selection means for entering a selection of the land or sea map to be displayed from the memory; a storage for recording along a route at least one type of data from the group at least comprising: routes traveled; routes to be traveled; and maps used; and readout means co-acting with the storage during use. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306701 | Creation, Previsualization, Communication, and Documentation of Choreographed Movement - A method for documenting choreographed motion. A music track may be stored on a storage device coupled to a computing device. A plurality of dance counts may be associated with the music track. Text notes may be associated with at least some of the dance counts. Respective time stamps may be associated with the dance counts and text notes. The computing device may play the music track while synchronously displaying the text notes based on the associated time stamps. | 12-02-2010 |
20100313166 | MULTIMEDIA REPRODUCING DEVICE AND BACKGROUND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - A menu screen generating unit generates image data for a menu screen ( | 12-09-2010 |
20100313167 | SYSTEM FOR BROWSING THROUGH A MUSIC CATALOG USING CORRELATION METRICS OF A KNOWLEDGE BASE OF MEDIASETS - A system and method to navigate through a media item catalog using correlation metrics (FIGS. | 12-09-2010 |
20100325580 | REMOTE CONTROL UNIT OF AIR CONDITIONING APPARATUS - A remote control unit of an air conditioning apparatus includes a display unit, a cursor-moving member, a confirmation member, and a controller. The display unit displays a menu and a cursor that indicates an item among a plurality of items inside the menu and is moved by the cursor-moving member when operated by a user. The confirmation member is configured to decide that the item is to be executed. The controller controls the display unit in response to the cursor-moving member or confirmation member being operated, and stores screen display modes displayed on the display unit. Upon receiving a predetermined input from the confirmation member, the controller causes items allowing selection of the display modes to be displayed on the menu. | 12-23-2010 |
20100325581 | DATA OBJECT LINKING AND BROWSING TOOL - Linking data objects, such as video objects, image objects, and audio objects, and displaying data associated with the data objects based upon the strength of the relationship between the data objects. Navigating a data collection of data objects by linking groups of data objects based upon related metadata is also disclosed. A user interface including the data associated with the grouped data objects facilitates browsing the data collection of data objects. | 12-23-2010 |
20100325582 | System and Method for Assigning and Scheduling Activities - Techniques to facilitate assignment and scheduling of activities. In accordance with a method, a chart showing a calendar of schedule for a number of available resources is provided in a first frame (or window) in a user interface menu, and a number of objects representative of a number of unplanned activities are provided in a second frame. A selection for an unplanned activity in the second frame (or a planned activity in the first frame) is received and, in response, selected ones of a number of objects in the chart are highlighted based on the selected activity. A request to assign the selected activity to a selected resource and to schedule the selected activity for a particular time duration is thereafter received. The requested assignment and scheduling may be accepted or rejected based on the requirements of the selected activity and the capabilities of the selected resource. | 12-23-2010 |
20100333019 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING MEMBER REQUEST AND RESPONSE IN A SOCIAL NETWORK - A robust approach is provided for joining a personal network and includes receiving, at a communication device, data that indicates a selected contact for a user of the communication device. In response to receiving the contact data that indicates the selected contact, automatically sending to the selected contact a request message that comprises first data and second data. The first data indicates a social networking service. The second data indicates a unique identifier for an invitation to join a personal network of the user within the social networking service. | 12-30-2010 |
20100333020 | LIFELOG-BASED LANDMARK DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A landmark display apparatus and method are provided. The landmark display apparatus may extract a landmark from lifelog information, locate the extracted landmark on a time axis, and display the landmark on the time axis. Also, when lifelog information associated with a landmark is displayed, the landmark may be displayed on the displayed lifelog information. | 12-30-2010 |
20100333021 | METHOD FOR OBTAINING INFORMATION CONCERNING CONTENT ACCESS AND RELATED APPARATUSES - The invention relates to a method for obtaining information concerning the access to a plurality of content accessible by individuals having access apparatuses (I). To this end, the method comprises obtaining a graphical representation including aggregated information on an amount of accesses of at least one piece of content from the plurality of content by a panel of individuals, the panel of individuals including individuals accessing or having accessed at least one piece of content of a subassembly of content of the plurality of content, and controlling a display of said graphical representation so that a user can select at least one piece of content from the displayed graphical representation. | 12-30-2010 |
20110004846 | Graphical display of actions for handling medical items - An information processing system can be provided in accordance with an aspect of the invention which includes a processor and instructions executable by the processor to perform a method. Such method can be performed, for example, by receiving user input in response to prompts on a display, wherein the user input identifies a processable medical item (e.g., a medical sample or medical product). The user input can select each of a plurality of discrete actions for handling the medical item. The actions can have an at least implied order to be performed. Based on the received user input, identification information can be stored which identifies the medical item. Action information can also be stored which represents the selected actions. Then, a flow diagram can be displayed with at least some of the action information and at least some of the identification information. The flow diagram can depict at least some of the selected actions, the actions being automatically arranged on the displayed screen in the at least implied order. | 01-06-2011 |
20110004847 | CAREGIVER INTERFACE FOR ELECTRONIC MEDICAL RECORDS - A caregiver user interface displays information from a patient's electronic medical record. The interface associates medical records together that include a common data item. The interface also displays information about data items, such as the status of a data item in an associated historical record. Controls can be displayed in the user interface, which are linked to the historical records. | 01-06-2011 |
20110004848 | Interface for Entering Option Orders that Simultaneously Accommodates Simple Options, Spreads, and Complex Spreads - A user interface for entering option orders is disclosed. The user interface may include a display page having, a plurality of display objects and a display line. The plurality of display objects may represent individual options, individual spreads, and commands. The display line may depict the plurality of display objects stringed together in the order selected by a user. If at least two of the plurality of display objects selected are individual spreads, then a complex spread may be depicted on the display line. Upon the selection of a command, an order may be build consisting of the plurality of display objects depicted on the display line. The order may be built on a second display page. The second display page may color code each individual option and individual spread selected and may provide adjustable fields and buttons for data customization of each individual option and individual spread. | 01-06-2011 |
20110010664 | FLEXIBLE REPORTING ON STORAGE RESOURCES - A method for providing flexible reporting for applications which utilize storage in at least one storage system comprises presenting a plurality of business views which aggregate application storage characteristics for a plurality of applications according to a reporting structure which is defined by a user, each of the business views being a hierarchical folder structure of the applications and a plurality of folders, wherein at least one folder in the hierarchical folder structure contains at least one of an application or another folder; for each of the business views, presenting the applications and folders as a plurality of nodes which are selectable by the user; and in response to a selection of one of the nodes from the plurality of business views and a report type specified by the user, generating a report based on the report type of the selected node, the report aggregating any of the application storage characteristics for the selected node according to the report type. | 01-13-2011 |
20110010665 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND APPARATUS FOR INLINE COMMENTS WITHIN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS - A communication apparatus which facilitates inline comments includes a client processing unit and an electronic memory device. The client processing unit receives an electronic communication and generates a reply communication for response to the electronic communication in an inline comment mode. The reply communication includes a copy of original content from the electronic communication. The electronic memory device is coupled to the client processing unit. The electronic memory device stores a plurality of inline comment rules. The inline comment rules facilitate adjoining comment content to the copy of original content within the reply communication according to user commands. The comment content is uniquely identified from standard response content according to the inline comment rules in effect during the inline comment mode. | 01-13-2011 |
20110010666 | METHOD FOR DISPLAYING THREE-DIMENSIONAL USER INTERFACE - A method is provided that includes displaying a user interface including at least one menu item using at least one of first image data or second image data, receiving a signal related to the at least one menu item, and changing a spacing of the first image data and the second image data displayed on a screen in response to the received signal such that a change of depth of the menu item is perceived by a viewer. | 01-13-2011 |
20110010667 | MULTIMEDIA REPRODUCTION DEVICE AND MENU SCREEN DISPLAY METHOD - A small-size digital device requires preferable operability and userfriendliness of the user interface. In a multimedia reproduction device ( | 01-13-2011 |
20110016424 | CONSUMER ELECTRONICS CONTROL (CEC) ENHANCEMENT - A method for determining transfer rate comprising selecting a first transfer rate of a plurality of transfer rates, transmitting a message at the first transfer rate over a Consumer Electronics Control (CEC) line of a High Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) network, determining whether an acknowledgment to the message having been transmitted at the first transfer rate is received, storing, in the event the acknowledgment to the message having been transmitted at the first transfer rate is received, the first transfer rate and storing, in the event no acknowledgment is received, a default transfer rate of the plurality of transfer rates. | 01-20-2011 |
20110022979 | FIELD DEVICE CONFIGURATION SYSTEM - A system to configure a field device of the type used to calculate a flow of a process fluid. The system includes a flow repository comprising a list of process fluids with which the field device can be used, fluid equation data which provides information related to fluid equations for calculating fluid parameters of the process fluid, a list of primary elements, and primary element equation data which provides information related to primary element equations and fluid equations for calculating flow of the process fluid. The flow application is adapted to retrieve data from the flow repository and to generate information which is used by field device to calculate the flow of the process fluid. | 01-27-2011 |
20110022980 | Virtual visual selection merchandising interface - A vending arrangement for computerized vending machines, retail displays, automated retail stores, or the like presents a physical display comprising a plurality of viewing windows or modules containing items to be vended. The physical windows or modules are organized into visually recognizable patterns of rows or columns physically apparent from the machine exterior. A controlling computer responds to software and provides a visual display controlled by the software for establishing screens for inputting customer selections and displaying machine options. The screen presents virtual representations of physical displays arranged in said recognizable patterns, whereby images appearing the virtual screen selected and viewed by customers correspond to actual items available in corresponding physical displays. | 01-27-2011 |
20110022981 | PRESENTATION OF DEVICE UTILIZATION AND OUTCOME FROM A PATIENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - In a graphical user interface displayed in an electronic display of a computing device, a first device profile and second device profile are presented, the first and second device profiles each comprising at least one device parameter used to configure a medical device of a subject. A user input control is presented to select one of the first or second device profiles to provide a selected device profile. A probabilistic outcome of the subject corresponding to the selected device profile is then presented. | 01-27-2011 |
20110022982 | DISPLAY PROCESSING DEVICE, DISPLAY PROCESSING METHOD, AND DISPLAY PROCESSING PROGRAM - A display processing device includes a display element, a grouping mechanism configured to group such that each of a plurality of selectable items belongs to one or more groups based on information which each item has, an assigning mechanism configured to generate and assign display objects corresponding to related items to the respective groups generated by the grouping of the plurality of selectable items by the grouping mechanism, and a display processing mechanism configured to display the display objects assigned to the groups by the assigning mechanism on a display screen of the display element. | 01-27-2011 |
20110029919 | DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR SELECTING IMAGES TO BE DISPLAYED - A method is disclosed for selecting images to be presented on a display ( | 02-03-2011 |
20110029920 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and controlling method thereof are disclosed. The present invention includes a touchscreen and a control unit, after first and second points on the touchscreen have been simultaneously touched with a pointer, if the pointer is released from the first point while the second point keeps being touched with the pointer, the control unit controlling the release of the pointer from the first point to be recognized as a first used command, the control unit, after the first and second points on the touchscreen have been simultaneously touched with the pointer, if the pointer is released from the second point while the first point keeps being touched with the pointer, the control unit controlling the release of the pointer from the second point to be recognized as a second user command. Accordingly, although the lease number of icons for executing the diverse functions are displayed on the touchscreen, the present invention facilitates the diverse functions to be selected and executed. | 02-03-2011 |
20110029921 | CONTENT DISPLAY PROCESSING DEVICE, CONTENT DISPLAY PROCESSING METHOD, AND CONTENT DISPLAY PROCESSING PROGRAM - When a user selects a menu item, content associated with the menu item is displayed without activating an application. Further, the content is displayed in accordance with a layout corresponding to contents of meta-information of the content. | 02-03-2011 |
20110035704 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, OPERATION CONTROL SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM WITH SCREEN DATA GENERATION PROGRAM RECORDED THEREON - An information processing device configured from either a PC or a web server, or from both a PC and a web server, including a command response unit for analyzing an item group associated with display target parts shown with a parts selection command received from a multifunction machine, and a communication unit for outputting the analyzed item group to the multifunction machine and receiving, from the multifunction machine, an operation setting accepted by the multifunction machine. The command response unit deems that an acceptable item to become a prohibition target based on the operation setting accepted by the communication unit has been excluded from the item group associated with the display target parts. | 02-10-2011 |
20110041094 | Browsing or Searching User Interfaces and Other Aspects - User interfaces for browsing and/or searching are described. In one embodiment, a method includes displaying a first display area for display representations of documents matching a search query, the first display area configured to display content of the documents which can have a plurality of different types of content including at least one of text-based content and a folder, and displaying a second display area for selecting a selected document to be displayed in the first display area. Other embodiments are also described, and computer readable media and apparatuses are also described. | 02-17-2011 |
20110047507 | GRAPHICALLY DISPLAYING MANUFACTURING EXECUTION SYSTEM INFORMATION DATA ELEMENTS ACCORDING TO A PRE-DEFINED SPATIAL POSITIONING SCHEME - A system and method are described that simplify defining/designing graphical display interfaces for graphically displaying related data elements. The displays provide both depictions of the data elements and the relationships between the data elements in accordance with a pre-defined data element display scheme including both element template (for particular data element types) and relationship view (spatial relationships within a display) definitions. A relationship view displays a set of provided data elements of specified type according to the element template and relationship view definitions. | 02-24-2011 |
20110047508 | STATUS INDICATORS AND CONTENT MODULES FOR RECOVERY BASED SOCIAL NETWORKING - Systems and methods for recovery based social networking are presented. Users of the social network platform are presented with selectable status indicators relating to their recovery. The selected indicators are shared with user selected supporters and health care professionals so that the supporters and healthcare professionals can support recovery. Automated analysis of the users' interactions with the social networking is also performed to predict when users will need additional support so that the supporters and healthcare professionals can be notified. | 02-24-2011 |
20110055753 | USER INTERFACE METHODS PROVIDING SEARCHING FUNCTIONALITY - Methods and devices provide an efficient user interface for activating a function by detecting a tickle gesture on a touch surface of a computing device. The tickle gesture may include short strokes in approximately opposite directions traced on a touch surface, such as a touchscreen or touchpad. The activated function may open an application or activate a search function. The index menu item may change based on the location and/or movement of the touch on the touch surface. Such functionality may show search results based on the menu item displayed before the user's finger was lifted from the touch surface. | 03-03-2011 |
20110055754 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CURSOR-BASED APPLICATION MANAGEMENT - A system and method of managing applications and event notifications using a cursor-based GUI, wherein the cursor-based GUI is located adjacent to the cursor and provides a user with the ability manage and monitor a plurality of dynamically updated applications, commands and event notifications via a persistent and centralized interface. Since the cursor-based GUI is persistent in nature, the plurality of applications, commands and event notifications can be accessed regardless of the user's computer environment. The user can manage user authentication requirements and other configuration information for the cursor-based GUI. | 03-03-2011 |
20110055755 | Method and System for Displaying Group Relationships in a Graphical User Interface - The present invention is directed to a method and system for providing a user interface representing organization hierarchy wherein a group of entities can be displayed as a node, and the node is displayed as a part of a hierarchical chart. In various embodiments, the present invention provides a graphical user interface displaying nodes that represent groups of entities, and the nodes are displayed as a part of a hierarchical chart based on the hierarchical relationship among the nodes that represent groups of entities. In various embodiments, a user is able to select actions for a group of entities displayed on the same node. Based on various criteria, nodes displaying one group of entities may, based on user selections of different grouping criteria, display a different group of entities. There are other features as well, in the graphical interface. | 03-03-2011 |
20110055756 | Method and System for Providing Graphical User Interface Having Filtering Capability - Embodiments of the present invention are directed to user interfaces and more particularly to techniques for providing user interface which allows users to select filtering lcriteria and display filtered information accordingly. In various embodiments, related information is displayed on a hierarchical chart as nodes that are connected to one another. The hierarchical chart is updated after filtering criteria are applied, and the display visibility of the nodes are changed based on the filtering results. The hierarchical relationships among the nodes are maintained before and after the filtering process. In a specific embodiment, the nodes that do not meet filtering criteria are displayed at a low visibility level on the hierarchical chart. | 03-03-2011 |
20110055757 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM SELECTING GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE SET-UPS - A mobile communication apparatus comprising a graphical user interface with a plurality of selectable graphical user interface set-ups, wherein each of the selectable graphical user interface set-ups comprises a graphical set-up to be displayed as a default screen view of a display of the mobile communication apparatus is disclosed. The mobile communication apparatus further comprises a graphical user interface set-up selection mechanism enabling a user pre-set selection criterion for selecting one of the selectable graphical user interface set-ups based on at least one parameter defined by the user pre-set selection criterion. A method and computer program for automatic selection of graphical user interface set-ups, i.e. panels, are disclosed. | 03-03-2011 |
20110061022 | Date-Day Checker - A system, method, and computer-usable medium are disclosed for validating weekday and date combinations in electronic text. A target electronic text is processed to identify weekday-date combinations. If a weekday-date combination is identified, then its format is determined and its individual data elements are parsed and then processed to determine whether the weekday-date combination is valid. If not, then a plurality of valid weekday-date combinations are generated from the parsed weekday-date data elements and then displayed to the user within a user interface. The user selects a valid weekday-date combination to replace the invalid weekday-date combination. | 03-10-2011 |
20110061023 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS INCLUDING TOUCH PANEL AND DISPLAYING METHOD OF THE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electronic apparatus includes a touch panel that displays an image and detects a touch manipulation to a surface of the touch panel, and a controller that controls the touch panel to change the image displayed by the touch panel according to a characteristic of the touch manipulation detected by the touch panel. A displaying method of the electronic apparatus includes detecting a touch manipulation to a surface of the touch panel, generating a position signal indicating a position where the touch manipulation detected in the detecting operation is performed, generating a characteristic signal indicating the characteristic of the touch manipulation, and changing an image displayed on the touch panel according to the characteristic signal. | 03-10-2011 |
20110066975 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image processing apparatus and an image processing method are provided. The image processing apparatus includes: a video processor which processes and displays an image; a receiver which receives a user's selection; and a controller which controls the video processor to display a plurality of password input screens each including a plurality of keys, display a key corresponding to the user's selection on a selected password input screen, and display a random key on at least one other password input screen from the plurality of password input screens which is different from the selected password input screen. | 03-17-2011 |
20110066976 | FUNCTION EXECUTING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE TERMINAL - A function executing method and apparatus for a mobile terminal is disclosed. The mobile terminal may execute a function. The function is associated with a target item according to information written in a selection item. The function executing method may include detecting an event related to a selection item and a target item among a plurality of menu items. The method then parses, upon detecting the event text information of the selection item. The method then executes a function associated with the target item according to the parsed text information. | 03-17-2011 |
20110078626 | Contextual Presentation of Digital Media Asset Collections - Methods, apparatus and systems for facilitating presentation of media asset collections with reference to larger media libraries re disclosed. In one embodiment, digital media assets that are in a media asset collection can be visually distinguished from those digital media assets available from a remote media repository that are related to but not within the media asset collection. | 03-31-2011 |
20110078627 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING WIRELESS CONNECTIONS IN COMPUTER - A Wireless Connection Utility (WCU) provides a unified user experience for managing various types of wireless connections, including Wireless WANs, Wireless LANs, and Bluetooth networks. The WCU functions as a gateway for a user of a computer to monitor the computer's wireless network status, to switch wireless connections, to configure wireless connection settings, and to diagnose wireless connection problems through a Wireless Helper Utility (WHU). The WCU thus provides a unified U/I layer on the top of the existing operating system components for ease of use. | 03-31-2011 |
20110083103 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING GUI USING MOTION AND DISPLAY APPARATUS APPLYING THE SAME - A method for providing a Graphic User Interface (GUI) and a display apparatus applying the same are provided. According to the method, a screen on a specific face is displayed on a Three Dimensional (3D) GUI, and if a user's manipulation is inputted when the screen of the specific face is displayed, a screen of at least one of adjoining face that corresponds to a direction of the user's manipulation, is displayed. As a result, a user is able to select a desired menu with increased ease and convenience. | 04-07-2011 |
20110087994 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, METHODS AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIA FACILITATING INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Systems, apparatus, methods and computer-readable media are provided. In some embodiments, a method can include: detecting a selection of an item, the item being displayed via user interface (UI); searching for information associated with the item for which selection is detected, wherein the searching is performed automatically based, at least, upon the detecting the selection of the item; and displaying search results, via the UI, wherein the displaying the search results is performed automatically during the selection of the item. In some embodiments, the search results comprise at least one of: a voicemail, a number of voicemails, messaging details, a portion of text, contacts information or social media information associated with the item for which selection is detected. | 04-14-2011 |
20110093812 | DISPLAYING LISTS AS REACTING AGAINST BARRIERS - A first set of entries in a list having multiple entries is displayed. Different ones of the multiple entries are displayed as the list is scrolled through in response to a first user gesture. Additionally, in response to the first user gesture when a second set of entries at an end of the list is being displayed, the second set of entries is displayed in a manner in which the second set of entries appear to react against (e.g., bounce or compress) against a barrier at the end of the list. Furthermore, in response to a second user gesture when the second set of entries is being displayed, the first set of entries at the beginning of the list is displayed. | 04-21-2011 |
20110093813 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM CONTROLLING METHOD - A disclosed image forming apparatus includes a management unit configured to receive an instruction for operating a second program which can be dynamically inserted into a first program installed in the image forming apparatus, a control unit configured to carry out a process corresponding to the instruction for operating the second program in response to the instruction received via the management unit, an install unit configured to install a program which causes the image forming apparatus function as the management unit, wherein the management unit causes a first screen for enabling selecting the second program to be displayed on a display unit, acquires the second program selected from the first screen, and instructs the control unit to validate the acquired second program, and the control unit applies the second program by inserting the second program into the first program in response to the instruction to validate the second program. | 04-21-2011 |
20110093814 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING IMAGE DATA IN CONNECTION WITH CONFIGURING A UNIVERSAL CONTROLLING DEVICE - A method for configuring a universal controlling device to enable the universal controlling device to communicate commands to one or more target appliances. A system having an associated database of original equipment remote control images that are cross-referenced to configuration information for a respective plurality of appliances receives identification data that specifies at least a brand and type of an appliance. The system uses the received identification data to discern one or more images from the associated database as being a match for the received identification data. The one or more images from the associated database that were discerned as being a match for the received identification data are then displayed to allow for the selection of one or more of the displayed plurality of images. At least a subset of the configuration information that has been cross-referenced to the selected one or more of the displayed plurality of images is used to enable the universal controlling device to communicate commands to the one or more target appliances. | 04-21-2011 |
20110099515 | ALIGNMENT TECHNOLOGY - Correspondence is determined among i) groups in a first version of one or more groups of related tables and ii) groups in a second version of one or more groups of related tables. The tables have schema and table names and determining the correspondence includes matching groups that have matching tables, wherein the matching tables have matching schema and table names. | 04-28-2011 |
20110099516 | METHOD FOR CENTRALIZED APPLICATION PACKAGE DISTRIBUTION - A package installer identifies a utility tool that is capable of opening a file attempted by a user based on metadata downloaded from a remote server, where the metadata includes information identifying one or more packages available for download from the remote server, including mime types of files that the one or more packages support. A graphical user interface (GUI) is displayed to the user prompting whether the user desires to install the identified utility tool. In response to an input from the user via the GUI, the package installer downloads a package associated with the identified utility tool from the remote server for local installation. | 04-28-2011 |
20110099517 | PRODUCT OPTION PRESENTATION IN A PRODUCT SELECTION AND MANAGEMENT WORKFLOW - A product option selection method for a plurality of products populated with a selected plurality of digital images includes causing a display of a first option selector and a second option selector. The first option selector corresponds to an additional product related to one or more of the plurality of products, while the second option selector corresponds to a product option for an individual one of the plurality of products. Options are applied to the plurality of products according to a user's manipulation of the first and second option selectors. | 04-28-2011 |
20110099518 | RECORDING DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD - A recording device is disclosed which has a push switch and no display. A menu item is sequentially changed out of a plurality of menu items, which are arranged in a specific order, by operating the push switch. Sub-pluralities of menu items are sequentially skipped based on the continuous operation of the push switch to quickly arrive at a desired menu item, without the need to select each and every menu item in sequential order. | 04-28-2011 |
20110107258 | Icon/text interface control method - An icon/text interface control method and particularly a control method incorporating with an icon/text menu interface displayed on a screen of a display device to facilitate user operation through selection. The method includes the procedures of: opening an option page, detecting contact of a user's finger on a touch panel and calculating coordinates of the finger center, mapping the position of the finger center to the screen, generating icon alteration of a corresponding option; executing a measure to prevent depressing deviation, and executing the selected option. Through a corresponding icon/text menu displayed on the screen options can be selected as desired to enable users to see and execute the selected options easily and quickly. | 05-05-2011 |
20110107259 | Enhanced Slider Bar System - A method, programmed medium and system are provided for enabling a slider bar to change “mode” or “purpose”, based on feedback from the graphical user interface (GUI). In one exemplary embodiment, a slider functions in usual manner but an audible or video signal is provided as each tab, window or object in a plurality of tabs, windows or objects is scrolled through. Within a specific time interval of feedback action, the user may stop and pause the movement of the cursor. This causes the tab, window or object to open and the slider bar mode to change from selecting to scrolling through the content of that specific tab, window or object. In another example, in addition to the “pause” action, the enhanced slider bar would accept movement perpendicular to the normal direction of slider bar movement, as indication that a new function is to be performed. | 05-05-2011 |
20110113368 | Audio/Visual Device Graphical User Interface - A user interface for an audio/visual device incorporates one or both of a touch sensor having a touch surface on which is defined a racetrack surface having a ring shape and a display element on which is displayed a racetrack menu also having a ring shape, and where the user interface incorporates both, the ring shapes of the racetrack surface and the racetrack menu are structured to generally correspond such that the position of a marker on the racetrack menu is caused to correspond to the position at which a digit of a user's hand touches the racetrack surface. | 05-12-2011 |
20110113369 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING, SHARING AND DISPLAYING ELECTRONIC CONTENT - The present disclosure provides a device, system and method to present electronic content on a first mobile electronic device in communication and configured to receive electronic content from a second electronic device. | 05-12-2011 |
20110113370 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING, SHARING AND DISPLAYING ELECTRONIC CONTENT - The present disclosure provides a device, system and method to present electronic content on a first mobile electronic device in communication and configured to receive electronic content from a second electronic device. | 05-12-2011 |
20110113371 | Touch-Based User Interface User Error Handling - A user interface for an audio/visual device incorporates the ability to allow a user to interact with two different menus that are displayed simultaneously on a single display element, perhaps one a racetrack menu and the other an on-screen menu of a source device, and incorporates a visual indication of user error that is displayed where the user has operated a first manually-operable control associated with a first one of the menus to move its marker about and has then operated a second manually-operable control associated with the second one of the menus in an apparent errant attempt to select a menu item of the first one of the menus within a predetermined period of time or at a time when it is known that operation of the second manually-operable control to select something is not associated with a valid function, perhaps as a result of the selection of a particular source of audio/visual programs. | 05-12-2011 |
20110113372 | Systems And Methods For Communicating With Media Modules - Systems and methods for communicating with media modules associated with a computing device are provided. In this regard, a representative method, among others, includes receiving an input to execute at least one media module and determining a power state of a computing device. The computing device generally has multiple power states. The method further includes launching the at least one media module based on the power state of the computing device responsive to determining the power state of the computing device. The media module is configured to be launched from any one of the multiple power states of the computing device. | 05-12-2011 |
20110119624 | PROCESS AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGEMENT OF A GRAPHICAL INTERFACE FOR THE DISPLAY OF APPLICATION SOFTWARE GRAPHICAL COMPONENTS - A process for the management of a graphical user interface ( | 05-19-2011 |
20110119625 | METHOD FOR SETTING BACKGROUND SCREEN AND MOBILE TERMINAL USING THE SAME - An apparatus and method of setting a background screen of a mobile terminal are provided. The method includes receiving a selection of background screen set menu, generating a tag information list by using at least one tag information which classifies a plurality of images stored in the mobile terminal by related image, displaying the generated tag information list, receiving a selection of at least one tag information from among the displayed tag information list, and configuring a background screen with at least one image classified as the at least one selected tag information. | 05-19-2011 |
20110126151 | IN-LANE EXCEPTION HANDLING - This disclosure describes, generally, methods and systems for implementing in-lane exception handling. The method includes displaying, on a user terminal display device, a first user interface (UI) configured to display application data in organized rows and columns, receiving, by a data management system, updates and/or edits to the application data, and calculating, by the data management system, the updated and/or edited application data. The method further includes analyzing, by the data management system, the updates and/or edits to determine one or more of associated errors, warnings, and exceptions, and displaying, within the first UI, a graphical representation for each of the errors, warnings, and exceptions in the row and/or column of the application data where the error, warning, or exception has occurred. | 05-26-2011 |
20110126152 | DISPLAY DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, CONTENTS SUPPLYING SYSTEM, AND CONTENTS SUPPLYING METHOD THEREOF - A display device; a control method thereof; a contents supplying system, and a contents supplying method thereof smoothly executing contents are disclosed. The display device includes: a display unit which displays a video; a user input unit which receives an input of a user; a communication unit which communicates with a first contents supplying server storing a plurality of contents and a second contents supplying server supplying the contents; and a control unit which displays a contents menu including contents information related to the plurality of contents in the display unit. The control unit demands supplying of contents selected among the plurality of contents depending on an input of a user, to the second contents supplying server, and receives the selected contents transmitted from the first contents supplying server to the second contents supplying server from the second contents supplying server by streaming data. | 05-26-2011 |
20110126153 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - The display device according to the proposed embodiment is configured to include a screen unit that includes a display unit to display a menu image and a sensing unit to sense a user screen touch; a memory unit that stores the menu image displayed on the screen unit; and if the screen touch is sensed by the sensing unit, a controller that displays the stored menu image on the sensed touch point, wherein the controller determines directions where the menu image is to be displayed according to the sensed touch point. | 05-26-2011 |
20110131528 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND METHOD, AS WELL AS PROGRAM - An image obtaining unit obtains a three-dimensional image, which is formed by a plurality of tomographic images obtained by carrying out tomographic imaging of a subject, and a part information obtaining unit obtains information of a result of part recognition of the subject contained in the three-dimensional image. A menu specifying unit specifies, from a plurality of menus used to display the three-dimensional image, a menu depending on a part based on the information of the result of part recognition, and a display control unit displays the specified menu on a display unit. | 06-02-2011 |
20110131529 | Information Processing Apparatus, Information Processing Method, Computer Program, and Information Processing Server - An information processing apparatus includes: an output unit outputting at least one of content information suitable for designated input and output and processed content information related to the content information in association therewith from a storage unit storing application IDs uniquely specifying applications, the content information, and the processed content information obtained by processing the content information by the applications in association therewith; and a selection unit selecting the content information or the processed content information output by the output unit and selecting the application ID based on the selected content information or the selected processed content information. | 06-02-2011 |
20110131530 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING A PLURALITY OF ITEMS - A method of displaying a plurality of items is described. The items are arranged in a plurality of hierarchical levels, each of the hierarchical levels comprises a plurality of sets of items, each set comprising at least one of the plurality of items and each item has associated therewith at least one other item in another hierarchical level. An item within a first hierarchical level is selected (step | 06-02-2011 |
20110138327 | USER INTERFACE FOR A REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION - A hand-held electronic device having a remote control application user interface that functions to displays operational mode information to a user. The graphical user interface may be used, for example, to setup the remote control application to control appliances for one or more users in one or more rooms, to perform activities, and to access favorites. The remote control application is also adapted to be upgradeable. Furthermore, the remote control application provides for the sharing of operational mode information. | 06-09-2011 |
20110145760 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EDITING A PRODUCT ASSEMBLY - The present invention provides a computer implemented method for editing a product. The product comprises three-dimensional modeled objects. The method comprises the step of displaying a three-dimensional representation of a hierarchy of the three-dimensional modeled objects. The three-dimensional modeled objects are displayed three-dimensionally in the representation. The method further comprises the step of selecting at least one of the displayed three-dimensional modeled objects. The method further comprises the step of performing an action on the selected object. The hierarchy is edited upon the performing of the action. | 06-16-2011 |
20110145761 | INTERACTIVE TASK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - A computer-implemented interactive task management system and method for use on or with a mobile computer system comprising a computer processor, a memory device, and a display screen is presented. The interactive task management system and method comprises a task management module structured to maintain and facilitate the management of a plurality of user-created tasks, and a task trigger module disposed in a communicative relation with said task management module and cooperatively structured to add or facilitate the addition of at least one task to the task management module. Further, the task trigger module is actionable by a user independent of, and without deploying, the task management module. | 06-16-2011 |
20110145762 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING POWER OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and a device for controlling power of a mobile terminal are provided. The method of controlling power of a mobile terminal includes, activating a low power mode, and applying a predefined setting value for reducing power consumption by limiting some functions of the mobile terminal in the low power mode. Therefore, by providing a low power mode of limiting some functions of the mobile terminal, unnecessary battery consumption can be prevented. | 06-16-2011 |
20110154253 | PROCESS FIELD EXTENSIBILITY FOR BUSINESS OBJECTS - A system and method for creating extension fields for business objects are described. In various embodiments, a system includes modules to display business processes and business objects thereof in graphical user interface screens. In various embodiments, the system propagates created extension fields to other business objects via metadata derived from selections in the graphical user interface. In various embodiments, a method for propagating extension fields from one business object to another business object via a data flow between the two business objects is presented. In various embodiments, the method receives instructions from a graphical user interface for the propagation of an extension field and sends instructions to a backend module to propagate the extension field from the source business object to the other business object. | 06-23-2011 |
20110154254 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SETTING GOALS AND MODIFYING SEGMENT CRITERIA COUNTS - Methods and systems for setting goals and modifying segment criteria counts are described. A method may include displaying to a user a graphical user interface (GUI) to enable the user to combine multiple search criteria having variable parameters, used in searching of a database, to produce a predefined count of search results. User selections of the multiple search criteria, values for the variable parameters, and Boolean operations to combine the search criteria may be received from the user. As the received user selections change, a count of search results retrieved from the database, based on the user selections, may be dynamically displayed. Additional methods and systems are disclosed. | 06-23-2011 |
20110154255 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN DEVICES THROUGH WIRELESS CONNECTION - An apparatus and method for synchronization between devices through a wireless connection are provided. The method includes sensing at least one event, selecting a policy corresponding to the at least one event from one or more preset policies, generating a transmission message including the event corresponding to the selected policy and transmitting to a counterpart device the transmission message, receiving from the counterpart device a reception message including the at least one event, confirming the policy corresponding to the event included in the reception message, and synchronizing a folder in real time by performing the event based on the policy. | 06-23-2011 |
20110154256 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An electronic apparatus and method of controlling the same that permits easier scrolling of files and directories. The electronic apparatus preferably includes: a display; a storage unit storing a plurality of files classified by directories; an input unit receiving input from a user; and a controller controlling the display to display a selected first directory and content of the first directory and to display at least one second directory other than the first directory corresponding to exploration in a direction by the input from the user. | 06-23-2011 |
20110154257 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTACT INFORMATION - A system for managing contacts in a communication device and related method can classify all contact information in the communication device, store the classified contact information to corresponding menus, and select a choice from the menus to acquire information of a contact. The system and method further permits users operating multiple menus to search all contact information in the communication device. | 06-23-2011 |
20110154258 | Multiple User Profiles in Portable Apparatus - Management of multiple user profiles in a portable apparatus is disclosed. A method includes storing user profiles of a group in a portable apparatus, wherein each user profile specifies user-specific parameters; performing performs a selection of a user profile from among the user profiles of the group stored in the portable apparatus on the basis of a predetermined condition; and modifying modifies an exercise data processing configuration of the portable apparatus on the basis of the selected user profile. | 06-23-2011 |
20110161874 | Analyzing objects from a graphical interface for standards verification - A method of analyzing graphical user interface (GUI) objects. The method can include dynamically scanning attributes assigned to various GUI objects assigned to a view of a GUI in order to identify attributes associated with each of the GUI objects. For each of the GUI objects, a list of attributes can be generated. A determination can be made as to whether at least one of the GUI objects has a list of attributes that does not correspond to lists of attributes for other GUI objects. When at least one GUI object has a list of attributes that does not correspond to lists of attributes for other GUI objects, an identifier can be output. The identifier can indicate that the GUI object has the list of attributes that does not correspond to the lists of attributes for the other GUI objects. | 06-30-2011 |
20110161875 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DECLUTTERING A MAPPING DISPLAY - An approach is provided for decluttering a mapping display. A decluttering manager causes, at least in part, rendering of a plurality of points of interest on a mapping display of a user device based on location information associated with each of the points of interest. The decluttering manager receives an input, from the device, for selecting a group of the points of interest on the mapping display and captures an image of the mapping display based on the input. The decluttering manager then caused, at least in part, display of the selected group of the points of interest as an overlay on the captured image. | 06-30-2011 |
20110161876 | COMPUTER AND METHOD FOR GENERATIING EDGE DETECTION COMMANDS OF OBJECTS - A computer and a method for generation commands include loading a data exchange format (DXF) image, and selecting a measurement tool and selecting a DXF feature of the DXF image. The generation commands method further includes generating an edge detection command of the selected DXF feature according to the measurement tool when the size of the selected DXF feature is not larger than the size of an image area. And an edge detection command corresponding to each of the reselected measurement tools is generated when the size of the selected DXF feature is larger than the size of the image area. | 06-30-2011 |
20110161877 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR PROVIDING A DYNAMIC VIEW AND TESTING TOOL OF POWER CABLING OF A MULTI-CHASSIS COMPUTER SYSTEM - A system, method, and computer-readable medium that facilitate display of a system configuration are provided. A graphical user interface may provide a display that indicates the position and status of system components and enables a user a convenient mechanism to determine via load group selection a universal power supply load group that is preferred to be connected to a particular chassis power supply, and further provides a mechanism to determine via load group selection which universal power supply load group is connected to a particular chassis power supply. In this manner, a user may confirm a system power supply configuration corresponds to a desired system power supply configuration. | 06-30-2011 |
20110167384 | CONTENT DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTENT DISPLAY METHOD - The invention aims to provide a user interface for efficiently displaying desired content from among a large number of contents. | 07-07-2011 |
20110173567 | DISPLAY-CONTROLLING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY-CONTROLLING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A display-controlling device includes: a display-controlling unit that controls a display unit to display an image indicating an item selected upon receipt of an instruction at a receiving unit, wherein if a first image indicating a first selected item is displayed at a first position, and an item instructed to be selected changes from the first selected item to a second selected item, the display-controlling unit causes there to be displayed, without erasure of the first image, a second image indicating the second selected item at a second position, which position is reached from the first position by movement in the first direction by an amount based on a position of the second selected item as viewed from the first selected item, with simultaneous movement in a second direction other than the first direction by a predetermined amount. | 07-14-2011 |
20110179384 | PROFILE-BASED PERFORMANCE TUNING OF COMPUTING SYSTEMS - Some embodiments of a system and a method to tune a computing system based on a profile have been presented. A profile as used herein broadly refers to a file containing various parameters of a computing system, such as kernel parameters (e.g., buffer size, network setup, etc.), usable to configure the computing system. For instance, a set of profiles are stored in a computer-readable storage device in a computing system, such as a server, a personal computer, a laptop computer, etc. A processing device miming on the computing system may receive a user selection of one of the set of profiles. In response to the user selection, the processing device may load the selected profile onto the computing system in order to tune the computing system according to the selected profile. | 07-21-2011 |
20110179385 | CONTENT CLASSIFICATION UTILIZING A REDUCED DESCRIPTION PALETTE TO SIMPLIFY CONTENT ANALYSIS - A system, method, device and interface for classifying content. The system, method, device and interface provide for rendering content, providing to a user a plurality of reaction indicators, receiving a user selection of one of the plurality of reaction indications, and associating the user selected reaction indication with a portion of the content that is being rendered at the time of receiving the user selection. | 07-21-2011 |
20110185312 | Displaying Menu Options - A method for displaying menu options is described. The method includes causing displaying of a first content on a first device, the first content comprising a video content and a plurality of menu options; causing displaying of a second content on a second device, the second content comprising a still image and the plurality of menu options; responsive to user input on the second device that selects a menu option of the plurality of menu options, causing performing of an action on the first device. | 07-28-2011 |
20110191715 | MEDICAL IMAGE DIAGNOSTIC APPARATUS - In the case where a main image taking process and a preliminary image taking process are contained in mutually the same series, an MRI apparatus displays list-view information showing a plurality of image taking processes contained in the series, together with an editing screen used for editing image taking conditions for one of the plurality of image taking processes, on a single screen. Further, when a selecting operation to select one of the plurality of image taking processes out of the list-view information has been received, the MRI apparatus switches the display of the editing screen that is currently being displayed on the single screen to a display of an editing screen used for editing image taking conditions for the one of the image taking processes that has been selected. | 08-04-2011 |
20110191716 | Content Recommendation System, Content Recommendation Method, Content Recommendation Apparatus, Program, and Information Storage Medium - A content recommendation system including a step which selects some from a plenty of music compositions in accordance with attribute conditions successively generated, a step which further selects a part or all of the selected music compositions in accordance with the similarity degree between the feature vector of each of the selected music compositions and the user preference vector, and a step which presents the selected music composition to the user. | 08-04-2011 |
20110197161 | HANDLES INTERACTIONS FOR HUMAN-COMPUTER INTERFACE - A system is disclosed for providing on-screen graphical handles to control interaction between a user and on-screen objects. A handle defines what actions a user may perform on the object, such as for example scrolling through a textual or graphical navigation menu. Affordances are provided to guide the user through the process of interacting with a handle. | 08-11-2011 |
20110197162 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ORGANIZING INFORMATION WITH SHARABLE USER INTERFACE - A method including: obtaining a first grid having a first plurality of key zones; obtaining a selection of a second grid corresponding to a first web site and having a second plurality of key zones; assigning a first key zone in the first plurality of key zones to the second grid; and populating the first key zone in the first plurality of key zones with an icon corresponding to the first web site, where the second grid is populated with data associated with the first web site and displayed within a user interface (UI) in response to a selection of the first key zone in the first plurality of key zones. | 08-11-2011 |
20110202873 | MENU LAUCHING STRUCTURE - A method is provided for acting on a selected menu item. The menu items are defined so as to have associated with them a label, a launch type, and a parameter. Depending on the launch type of a selected menu item, different actions are taken and the parameter is used in different ways. If the launch type indicates that a list or a form is to be presented upon selection of a menu item, then the parameter is passed as an input to a list or form subsystem. If the launch type indicates that an action specific to the selected menu item is to be performed, then a pre-defined function within an object representing the entity indicated by the selected menu item is called, the name of the pre-defined function being determined from the value of the parameter. The method of defining and acting on menu items allows both common functions and functions specific to a menu item to be associated with menu items. | 08-18-2011 |
20110202874 | MOBILE SEARCH SERVICE INSTANT ACTIVATION - In embodiments of the present invention a computer-implemented method and system of activating a mobile search service on a mobile communication facility includes providing a user interface associated with a display of the mobile communication facility that simultaneously presents and activates a search box concurrently with activating the mobile communication facility by a user thereof, wherein activation of the search box does not require any button selection beyond that associated with activating the mobile communication facility. | 08-18-2011 |
20110202875 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, METHOD OF SELECTING MENU, AND PROGRAM FOR SELECTING MENU - An electronic device includes a storage portion for storing a plurality of menus, a multi-point-acceptable display-integrated tablet, a display control unit for causing the display-integrated tablet to display a display screen including the plurality of menus, an input processing unit for outputting an indicated position in accordance with an input while the input is provided to the display-integrated tablet, a selection unit for selecting menus based on a plurality of simultaneously output indicated positions, and an output portion for outputting the selected menus. | 08-18-2011 |
20110209088 | Multi-Finger Gestures - Bezel gestures for touch displays are described. In at least some embodiments, the bezel of a device is used to extend functionality that is accessible through the use of so-called bezel gestures. In at least some embodiments, off-screen motion can be used, by virtue of the bezel, to create screen input through a bezel gesture. Bezel gestures can include single-finger bezel gestures, multiple-finger/same-hand bezel gestures, and/or multiple-finger, different-hand bezel gestures. | 08-25-2011 |
20110209089 | MULTI-SCREEN OBJECT-HOLD AND PAGE-CHANGE GESTURE - Embodiments of a multi-screen object-hold and page-change gesture are described. In various embodiments, a hold input is recognized at a first screen of a multi-screen system, and the hold input is recognized when held in place to select a displayed object on the first screen. A motion input is recognized at a second screen of the multi-screen system, where the motion input is recognized while the displayed object remains held in place and is effective to change one or more journal pages. An object-hold and page-change gesture can then be determined from the recognized hold and motion inputs. | 08-25-2011 |
20110219335 | Accommodating Very Large Fonts on Memory-Constrained Electronic Devices - Accommodation of large fonts on a memory-constrained electronic device is provided by storing a first set of font bitmaps on the electronic device in various faces, styles and sizes and storing a second set of font bitmaps in one size and style. When a command is received to display text corresponding to a string of character numbers, parameters are also provided for face, style, and size. For each character number in the string of character numbers, a font bitmap is selected corresponding to the character number. When the character number is within a first set of values, a font bitmap is selected from the first set of font bitmaps according to the specified size and style parameters. When the character number is within another set of values, the style and font parameters are ignored and a font bitmap is selected from the second set of font bitmaps. | 09-08-2011 |
20110219336 | WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE WITH USER INTERACTION SYSTEM - A wireless terminal device having network access is disclosed. Selection of menus is simplified by allowing selection of more than one input such as direct touching of the screen, virtual keyboards or roller buttons. A focus marker in the form of a border around a field may be used to limit the area of selection. An object menu icon is visible without needing a right click of a mouse to make selection of the menu easier. The selection of options is localized and parsed at the network server before a response to the user selection is sent back to the terminal. | 09-08-2011 |
20110225545 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE OBJECTS - A method of displaying graphical user interface objects is disclosed and may include displaying a GUI object menu on a display and displaying a wrinkled portion at at least one an end of the GUI object menu. The wrinkle indicator may indicate that one or more GUI objects are available off screen at an edge of the display adjacent to the wrinkle indicator. | 09-15-2011 |
20110231792 | VIRTUAL CULTURAL ATTACHE - A method and system for presenting choices of different translations of a message and corresponding interpretations of the different translations. The message that is input by a sender to be sent to an intended recipient is received. Choices of the different translations of the message and different corresponding interpretations of the different translations are retrieved and presented. The different translations are in a language understood by the recipient. The different interpretations are specific to a culture of the recipient. A selection of a translation of the different translations is received. The selection of the translation is based on a review of the different interpretations by the sender. The selected translation is presented to the recipient. | 09-22-2011 |
20110231793 | USER INTERFACE SELECTION MODES - There is disclosed a method of controlling a user interface comprising the steps of: positioning a cursor over a displayed object and dragging the cursor; and determining a state of a mode of operation, wherein: in a first state, the object under the cursor is dragged with the cursor; and in a second state, a selection area is dragged with the cursor. | 09-22-2011 |
20110231794 | Method and System for Retrieval of Instant Messenger History - Method and system for retrieval of Instant Messenger history from a computer, in the absence of the Instant Messenger program or user login information. Files containing messages are discovered by file names, folder structure or content patterns. Files can be discovered on a storage device, in an archive or image file or in the Recycle Bin. Messages may be discovered from file fragments or copies of active RAM memory by using patterns in their content. Messages are presented to an investigator sorted by various criteria, such as Instant Messenger program, chat participants and message timestamps. | 09-22-2011 |
20110231795 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE FOR EACH USER AND DEVICE APPLYING THE SAME - A method for providing a user interface (UI) for each user and a device applying the same are provided. The method displays an icon indicating that a user has approached, if the user approaches an approach recognition area, and displays a personalized area allocated to the user, if a manipulation to select the icon is input. Accordingly, the user uses the device simply by approaching the device without going through an extra log-in process, so that the user can use the device more easily. | 09-22-2011 |
20110231796 | METHODS FOR NAVIGATING A TOUCH SCREEN DEVICE IN CONJUNCTION WITH GESTURES - A method for navigating a touch screen interface associated with a touch screen device including activating a first contact indicator within an object contact area on a touch screen interface of the touch screen device, in which the object contact area is configured to move within the touch screen interface in response to movement of the first contact indicator. The method further includes activating a point indicator within the object contact area away from the first contact indicator, in which the point indicator is configured to move within the object contact area in response to the movement of the first contact indicator. The method further includes positioning the point indicator over a target position associated with the touch screen interface and selecting a target information for processing, in which the target information is selected in reference to the target position. | 09-22-2011 |
20110239159 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTION OF DEFAULT MEDIA BASED ON MEDIA SIZE IN AN IMAGE PRODUCTION DEVICE - A method and apparatus for selection of default media based on media size in an image production device is disclosed. The method may include receiving a request to display a printer user interface, displaying the printer user interface, the printer user interface having selections to enable a user to select a default media type for each default media size, receiving one or more default media selections from the user using the printer user interface, receiving a request to print a print job, and printing the print job with media designated by at least one of the one or more default media selections. | 09-29-2011 |
20110239160 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETECTING MESSAGES IN A PARSING PROCESS - The subject matter discloses a method of handling messages received to an email client of a computerized device, the method comprises detecting the received message, said message is generated by a machine in a structured format; identifying the detected message to be conformant to a structured template related to a computerized application; generating a response upon identifying the message. In some cases, the rules are generated by a server connected to a plurality of computerized devices to create efficient and fast rules and templates. | 09-29-2011 |
20110246937 | ENHANCED MEDIA CONTENT TAGGING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Exemplary enhanced media content tagging systems and methods are described herein. An exemplary method includes a media content tagging system recording a live transmission of media content in response to a user request that the media content be recorded, receiving, from a media content access device, tag data representative of a user-defined tag specifying a segment of the media content, optimizing the user-defined tag, and distributing the optimized user-defined tag to another media content access device for use by the another media content access device to identify and present the segment of the media content. In certain embodiments, the optimization of the user-defined tag may be based on an analysis of aggregated user-defined tags, an analysis of the media content, or a combination thereof. Corresponding methods and systems are also disclosed. | 10-06-2011 |
20110246938 | ENHANCED METADATA PERSISTANT USER INTERFACE NAVIGATION - A method and apparatus receive a user login and first menu selections through a graphic user interface of a multi-function printing device. The method processes one or more first sheets through a document handler of the multi-function printing device by following the first menu selections. Once finished processing the first sheet (or set of sheets) through the document handler, the method can then receive different (second) menu selections from the user. Then, the method processes one or more second sheets through the document handler by following the second menu selections. In order to provide greater ease of use, the methods herein present the user with an option to revert back to any of the previous menu selections (e.g., the first menu selections) through the graphic user interface. If the user chooses to revert to the first menu selections, the methods herein can process one or more third sheets through the document handler of the multi-function printing device by following the first menu selections. Eventually the method will receive a user logout through the graphic user interface, and after the method receives the user logout, the method clears the settings relating to the first menu selections and the second menu selections. | 10-06-2011 |
20110246939 | Information Processing Method and Graphical User Interface - There is provided an information processing method including the steps of: generating and displaying, in a display unit, a display screen having a color arrangement selection area in which color arrangement selection objects to select a combination of colors are displayed and a search result display area in which search results of content are displayed; generating color arrangement information in accordance with the combination of the color arrangement selection objects positioned in predetermined positions inside the color arrangement selection area; determining a color arrangement mood provided by the combination of colors represented by the color arrangement information based on the generated color arrangement information; searching for the content from the content associated with the color arrangement mood using the determined color arrangement mood; and displaying search results of the content in the search result display area. | 10-06-2011 |
20110246940 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, MANUAL PROVISION SYSTEM HAVING THE SAME, AND MANUAL PROVISION METHOD - Manuals of various electronic devices are stored in a portable memory device, and the manuals are displayed on the electronic devices as the portable memory device is connected with the electronic devices whenever the manuals are necessary, so that users easily refer to the manuals. Convenience of the users is improved. The portable memory device is individually utilized, so user satisfaction is improved. The portable memory device storing the manuals is provided to the users free of charge, so the user satisfaction is improved. Wastes and environment contamination caused by book-type manuals are reduced. Since the portable memory device is used instead of the book-type manual, the size of a box for accessory parts is minimized, so that transportation cost is reduced. | 10-06-2011 |
20110252367 | GENERATING APPARATUS, GENERATING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Disclosed herein is a generating apparatus including a display controller configured, on the basis of computer graphics description data for use in creating a computer graphics virtual space necessary for generating a computer graphics image, to display a plurality of element descriptors representative of a plurality of elements arranged in the computer graphics virtual space; and a specification information generator configured to generate specification information for specifying a parameter for defining an element corresponding to an element descriptor by a selecting operation by a user from among the displayed plurality of element descriptors as a parameter subject to adjustment that is adjusted by an adjusting operation by the user. | 10-13-2011 |
20110258579 | BUSINESS PROCESS DEBUGGER WITH PARALLEL-STEP DEBUG OPERATION - A system for enabling a developer to concurrently debug parallel activities in a business process or workflow, or other software process. A production server includes a business process, which includes a parallel activity. The production server is operable to receive a request to debug the business process, present a graphical representation of the business process, receive input which indicates where a breakpoint is to be added to the business process, and insert the breakpoint. When a request to debug the business process is received, the production server instantiates the business process and executes the instance, and pauses execution of the instance when a breakpoint is reached and enters debug mode. It can then receive an instruction to perform a parallel-step operation on the parallel activity, execute a plurality of current activities in the parallel activity concurrently, and pause execution before executing a next activity and waits for further input. | 10-20-2011 |
20110258580 | Apparatus and Methods - Apparatus comprising one or more processors configured to provide a user with location service selection criterion signalling. The location service selection criterion signalling allows for user selection of one or more differing types of location service, wherein each of the differing types of location service are for the provision of location related data for the apparatus. The apparatus also comprises one or more inputs configured to receive user selection criterion signalling representative of user input responsive to said location service selection criterion signalling, and one or more processors configured to allow for use of the user selection criterion signalling to select one or more differing types of location service in the provision of location related data for the apparatus. | 10-20-2011 |
20110265032 | DISPLAY OF FILTERED DATA VIA ORDERED VALUES - Embodiments are disclosed that relate to display of filtered data via ordered values. One embodiment provides for filtering a collection of items via a range of ordered values associated with a rule user interface object. Upon receiving an adjustment to the rule interface object which changes the range, the collection is filtered to display selected items corresponding to that updated range. Further, based on a comparison between the updated range and a threshold, display of the rule may be updated to display values associated with a different granularity level. | 10-27-2011 |
20110265033 | APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD, FOR SELECTING MULTIPLE FILES AT A CONSUMER ELECTRONICS DEVICE - A user interface apparatus, and an associated method, for facilitating user selection of multiple files stored at a consumer electronic device, such as a mobile communication station. A contiguous selection procedure is provided in which a user selects a pair or more of file representations displayed upon a touch screen. Representations of files contiguous to the selected file representations are ascertained, and such files are aggregated. A non-contiguous selection procedure is also provided. A detector detects selection to enter into a multi-select mode. And, a detection is further made of selection made by a user of files to be aggregated. | 10-27-2011 |
20110265034 | METHOD FOR HANDLING OBJECTS REPRESENTING ANNOTATIONS ON AN INTERACTIVE INPUT SYSTEM AND INTERACTIVE INPUT SYSTEM EXECUTING THE METHOD - An interactive input system, method and computer readable medium for handling objects representing annotations on an interactive input system are disclosed. The method includes creating an annotation on the interactive input system, associating the annotation with a temporary grouping region, and in the event that a threshold amount of time passes before a further annotation is created within a threshold distance of the temporary grouping region, disabling the temporary grouping region to thereafter prevent automatic grouping with the annotation of any further annotation. | 10-27-2011 |
20110265035 | GRAPHICAL CONTEXT MENU - A system and method for displaying a graphical context menu on a display screen of a mobile communication device. The method includes receiving a menu request, determining the number of menu items based on the context of the menu request, generating a graphical context menu based on the determined number of the determined number of menu items, inserting the menu items into the generated graphical context menu, and displaying the generated graphical context menu on the display screen with the inserted menu items. The graphical context menu can include menu items displayed in a 3×3 grid, a 2×3 grid or a 1×3 grid. The graphical context menu can include a default menu item in the center of the grid and a full menu option in the bottom most right slot of the grid. | 10-27-2011 |
20110265036 | Method and Device for Displaying Information Arranged in Lists - In a method for displaying information, a portion of a list is displayed on a display area, which includes a plurality of list entries, and the displayed portion of the list is changed by a first operator action of a user, the entries of the list being run through consecutively by the first operator action. By a second operator action multiple list entries are skipped so as to reach a list entry that is not contained in the displayed portion of the list entries that were displayed while performing the second operator action. In a device for displaying information, the above method steps are implementable. | 10-27-2011 |
20110265037 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A technique is provided, which can help the user to know well that process modes have been switched among them, thereby enabling the user to work more efficiently. | 10-27-2011 |
20110271230 | Visualization and navigation system for complex data and discussion platform - A visualization and navigation technology for complex data sets supports interactive engagement which can result in changes of data in the data sets is suitable for applications providing discussion platforms. A sequence of representations of the node-link structure is presented on a display. Each representation in the sequence includes an upper-level node feature such as a wheel-like construct, intermediate-level node features, and lower-level node features. The upper-level node feature includes a rim. The intermediate-level node features and lower-level node features are positioned on the display along the rim. The lower-level node features and intermediate-level node features are positioned in groups along the rim according to a source parameter. Pointer activated functions are included which cause changes in the representations. A pane for presenting content can be included and linked with the wheel-like construct. | 11-03-2011 |
20110271231 | DYNAMIC EXTENSIONS TO LEGACY APPLICATION TASKS - Methods, systems, and techniques for adding extensions to legacy tasks as part of modernizing such tasks are provided. A user can add dynamically add task extensions to an individual legacy task by configuring them, even while a task is running. Role extensions can be added to a home desktop of a role through configuration parameters. Task extensions can be made accessible to users through UI controls added as part of the modernization procedure when a legacy task data stream is received from a host computing system. Example embodiments provide a Role-Based Modernization System (“RBMS”), which uses these enhanced modernization techniques to provide role-based modernization of menu-based legacy applications. | 11-03-2011 |
20110271232 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SEMANTIC SEARCH, CONTENT CORRELATION AND VISUALIZATION - Methods and systems for searching over large (i.e., Internet scale) data to discover relevant information artifacts based on similar content and/or relationships are disclosed. Improvements over simple keyword and phrase based searching over internet scale data are shown. Search engines providing accurate and contextually relevant search results are disclosed. Users are enabled to identify related documents and information artifacts and quickly, ascertain, via visualization, which of these documents are original, which are derived (or copied) from a source document or information artifact, and which subset is independently generated (i.e., an original document or information artifact). | 11-03-2011 |
20110276919 | Systems and Methods for Providing Context Recognition - Systems and methods are disclosed for launching a child application to perform functions on a document created by a parent application without the need for integration of the child application within the parent application. In one implementation, a system detects a child application available for activation by a processor of a computer and determines what functions the child application can perform. The system then determines that the function can operate on an open file, and once the system receives a selection of the function, the system launches the child application and performs the function on the open file. In another implementation, the system determines that the function may operate on a plurality of open files, creates an interface that allows selection of one of the plurality of open files, and launches the child application and performs the function on a selected file. | 11-10-2011 |
20110276920 | Systems and methods for selecting data elements, such as population members, from a data source - Systems and methods for selecting data elements, such as population members, from a data source include translating the data source into a reverse schema. The reverse schema includes one or more data objects, each data object having a reverse access identifier and at least one unique identifier from the data source corresponding to the reverse access identifier. In some embodiments, access to data elements is provided using the reverse schema translation. A user may select a filter represented by a reverse access identifier in order to exclude those data elements associated with that reverse access identifier. In response, information associated with non-excluded data elements, such as population size, is provided for display. | 11-10-2011 |
20110283230 | IN-SITU MOBILE APPLICATION SUGGESTIONS AND MULTI-APPLICATION UPDATES THROUGH CONTEXT SPECIFIC ANALYTICS - A system for implementing simultaneous functionality for a wireless communications device (WCD), including a processor for a first specially programmed computer in the WCD for: displaying, on a screen of a GUI for the WCD, a visual representation for a first application; receiving, via the GUI, input data for a plurality of fields for the first application; presenting respective sensory representations of a plurality of applications via the GUI while maintaining the visual representation on the screen; and receiving, via the GUI, respective inputs selecting the applications while maintaining the visual representation. The system includes a processor for a second specially programmed computer processor separate from the WCD for: identifying respective portions of the input data usable by the applications; simultaneously populating the first application and the applications with the input data and the respective portions of the input data, respectively; and implementing the first application and the applications. | 11-17-2011 |
20110283231 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PERFORMING ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES BY INTERACTIONS WITH VISUAL REPRESENTATIONS OF DATASETS - This disclosure provides examples of computerized methods and software for performing analytical procedures by interacting with visual representations of datasets. In one aspect, a visualization of a first dataset is displayed in a first portion of a GUI, where that visualization is associated with a set of criteria applied to the first dataset. A visualization of a second dataset is displayed in a second portion of the GUI. A selection of at least a portion of the data from the visualization of the first dataset is received, the selection associated with at least one set of set of criteria from the first dataset. A request to apply the selection to the second dataset is received, and, based thereon, the set of criteria from the first dataset is applied to the second dataset to generate a third dataset. A visual representation of the third dataset is then displayed in the GUI. | 11-17-2011 |
20110283232 | USER INTERFACE FOR PUBLIC AND PERSONAL CONTENT BROWSING AND SELECTION IN A CONTENT SYSTEM - A computer-implemented system and method providing a user interface for content browsing and selection in a content system. Embodiments include: gathering available content information related to a plurality of content items from a plurality of content sources via a data network, the plurality of content sources including a public content source and a personal content source; processing the content information, using a processor, to provide digital representations of the plurality of content items, the digital representations including a digital representation of a public content item from the public content source and a digital representation of a personal content item from the personal content source; and displaying available content information related to the selected content item in response to receiving a selection of the content item, the available content information including at least one user-selectable command option for obtaining an additional level of detailed information related to the selected content item. | 11-17-2011 |
20110283233 | CART TRACKING SYSTEM - A system and method for distributing or auditing carts on collection routes includes the ability to add addresses to the route from a handheld device carried on the route. Additionally, the user can add a house to a known address where there was previously not a house. Additionally, the user can add an identifier (such as an RFID tag) to an existing cart along the route. | 11-17-2011 |
20110289452 | USER INTERFACE FOR CONTENT BROWSING AND SELECTION IN A CONTENT SYSTEM - A computer-implemented system and method for providing a user interface for content browsing and selection in a content system. Embodiments include: gathering available content information related to particular items of content from at least one source of a plurality of content sources; processing the content information to provide a digital representation of a content item; receiving a selection of the content item, the selection being in response to a user action performed on the digital representation corresponding to the content item; and displaying an expanded dimension of information associated with the selected content item in response to receiving the selection of the content item, the expanded dimension of information including at least one user-selectable command option to obtain an additional level of detailed information related to the selected content item. | 11-24-2011 |
20110289453 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A controller may include first and second input operating sections to input an instruction, and a control unit to control selection of an object on a screen display based on an instruction input at the first and second input operating sections. When an enter instruction is input at one of the first and second input operating sections following input of a movement instruction at the other of the first and second input operating sections, the control unit may control start of a function of an object at a position indicated based on the input of the movement instruction at the other of the input operating sections. | 11-24-2011 |
20110289454 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECORDING DATA REPRESENTING FEELINGS FELT BY PERSONS IN POSITIONABLE LOCATIONS, AND ASSOCIATED SERVER - A method is dedicated for recording of data relating to positionable locations. Said method includes the following steps: i) recording main data, representing at least one feeling felt by a person in a location, using a radio communication terminal (T) used by said person and equipped with a positioning device (DL), ii) determining the geographical position of said location by means of the positioning device (DL) of the terminal (T), and iii) storing the main data recorded in correlation with said specific geographical position. | 11-24-2011 |
20110296344 | Apparatus and Method for Digital Content Navigation - An electronic device includes a processor, a memory for storing digital content and a display. The processor forms a content navigation bar for the digital content. The content navigation bar is rendered on the display and includes a first section marker corresponding to a first section of the digital content. A set of page markers corresponds to pages within the first section of the digital content. The set of page markers includes a boundary page marker. A second section marker is adjacent to the boundary page marker. | 12-01-2011 |
20110302530 | JUMP, CHECKMARK, AND STRIKETHROUGH GESTURES - Techniques involving gestures and other functionality are described. In one or more implementations, the techniques describe gestures that are usable to provide inputs to a computing device. A variety of different gestures are contemplated, including an activate gesture, a fill gesture, a level gesture, a jump gesture, a checkmark gesture, a strikethrough gesture, an erase gesture, a circle gesture, a prioritize gesture, and an application tray gesture. | 12-08-2011 |
20110307830 | System and method for simplifying discovery of content availability for a consumer - There is presented a system and method for simplifying discovery of content availability for a consumer. The system comprises a content availability database storing content records accessible through a server, and an aggregator configured to update the content records. The system also comprises a content discovery application configured to display an information pane corresponding to one of the content records according to a data related to the consumer, the information pane including one or more selectable display features indicating the distribution status of a content unit corresponding to the content record. The content discovery application is further configured to receive an input from the consumer selecting one of the selectable display features indicating distribution status and to identify at least one provider of the content unit according to the selected distribution status. | 12-15-2011 |
20110314416 | COLLECTED MEDIA CONTENT DATA - Collected media content data is described. In embodiments, browsing inputs are received from a client device when a user interacts with the client device to browse media content available via the Internet. Media content data associated with the media content that is displayed for viewing at the client device can be collected, and media items that are associated with the media content data can be determined. Identifiers of the media items that are correlated with the user can be stored, and the identifiers of the media items then communicated to a media content playback device that is associated with the user. | 12-22-2011 |
20110314417 | QUEUING METHOD AND SYSTEM - A queuing method and system. The method includes retrieving by a computer processor of a stationary computing system or a computing device, queue data placing an individual onto an initial queue list for receiving a service and ID data identifying the individual. The computer processor presents a status of the individual with respect to the queue list. The computer processor receives a request associated with the service and in response presents options for the individual. The computer processor receives a selection for an option and generates a modified queue list. | 12-22-2011 |
20110314418 | List Authoring Surface - A list authoring surface (LAS) is provided that includes a lightweight user interface component for entering, displaying, manipulating, and providing reminders for one or more tasks that takes the place of hand-written notes, scraps of paper, or “sticky” notes. The list authoring surface may be deployed across a multitude of software applications and may be readily accessed anywhere on a stationary or mobile desktop or display screen. Information may be manually or automatically entered into the list authoring surface user interface. An event timeline that uses a “fuzzy” reminder method allows for reminders to be associated with tasks where some tasks must be accomplished or must occur at hard dates/times, but where other tasks may be accomplished or may occur during soft or “fuzzy” date/time ranges. | 12-22-2011 |
20110314419 | CUSTOMIZING A SEARCH EXPERIENCE USING IMAGES - Systems, methods, and computer storage media having computer-executable instructions embodied thereon that present images customized for a user. In embodiments, a search query input by a user and user data associated with the user are referenced. The search query and/or user data is utilized to select one or more images to display via a display screen. Such an image(s) can be, for example, a background image that is presented as a background to a search results webpage and/or an icon image that represents a category of search results. | 12-22-2011 |
20110320976 | POSITION BAR AND BOOKMARK FUNCTION - A graphic user interface combines a position bar for moving between pages in a document and with a page bookmarking or referencing function. The position bar includes a selectable box that can be used to set a reference mark on a particular page of a document. The user interface also interprets input near the position bar to change the page to the page of the reference mark when the input is within a predefined range of the reference mark. | 12-29-2011 |
20110320977 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A GROUP OPERATION THEREIN - A mobile terminal and method of controlling a group operation therein are disclosed, by which tasks can be controlled with ease in a manner of designating one or more tasks to a task group in case of performing the one or more tasks simultaneously. The present invention includes a memory storing a task group including one or more tasks and a controller executing the one or more tasks belonging to the task group by a task group operation. And, the one or more tasks belonging to the task group are set to be correlated to each other. Moreover, if the one or more tasks belonging to the task group are executed by the task group operation, the controller simultaneously controls the one or more tasks by a single control operation. | 12-29-2011 |
20120005625 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and a control method thereof capable of together deleting or changing messages exchanged with a pre-stored specific person, a call history, contents associated with a relevant file, etc. classified into each category in a selective manner when deleting or changing the specific person's address is discussed. The control method of a mobile terminal includes displaying a function execution result screen on a display unit, displaying a pre-stored category screen on the display unit when one content is selected from the function execution result screen, and deleting information relating to the selected content when at least one category included in the displayed category screen is selected. | 01-05-2012 |
20120017173 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DESIGNATING A GIVEN FILE AS SELECTED IN A COMPUTING DEVICE - A method and apparatus for designating a given file as selected in a computing device are provided. A list of file types are provided at a display device in response to receiving a first indication that a file is to be selected from an input device, the first indication received within a first application being processed by a processing unit. A native application associated with a given file type is launched in response to receiving a second indication that the given file type has been selected from the list, the native application for processing the given file type. A third indication that the given file has been selected within the native application is received, thereby designating the given file as selected in the first application. | 01-19-2012 |
20120017174 | Evidentiary Information Items Relating to Multiple Proceedings - The invention concerns managing information, such as managing evidence that is relevant to multiple legal proceedings. After the item has been received and stored in common database ( | 01-19-2012 |
20120023444 | INTERNET TV CONTENT SHARING AND REVENUE GENERATION USING BUDDY LISTS AND SHORT MESSAGES - A CE device such as an Internet protocol TV (IPTV), Internet-enabled digital radio, Internet-enabled game console. Instead of or in addition to device-centric authentication, user-centric authentication may be used with an Internet TV server which stores information on the preferences of each user and which also enables users to login to the Internet TV service from any enabled device. By means of the server the user can recommend Internet TV content to other system users on a buddy list, and should a buddy accept a user's recommendation and view recommended content the user is rewarded for each successful referral and the referring user's credibility rating improves. | 01-26-2012 |
20120023445 | MANAGING EXTENSION PROJECTS WITH REPOSITORY BASED TAGGING - According to some embodiments, information about a delta change package may be received. The delta change package may be, for example, associated with a customer extension project to be applied to content from a business service provider. A description tag for the delta change package may be received from a user, and the delta change package may be associated with the description tag in a repository of the business service provider. | 01-26-2012 |
20120023446 | PRESENTATION OF A DIGITAL MAP - The invention relates to user access to data sets associated with a digital map via a user terminal. According to the invention the digital map together with data indicators associated with positions on the map and providing data sets are obtained. Here each data indicator is provided with at least one priority setting. A selection of data indicators is then made for the map when it is scaled for presentation via the user terminal and divided into sectors. Each sector comprises a number of neighbouring positions and is associated with a corresponding data indicator threshold defining how many data indicators that are allowed to be presented together with this sector. The selection involves selecting data indicators according to their priority settings and limited by the corresponding data indicator threshold for being presented with each sector. Then the scaled digital map is presented via the user terminal together with the selected data indicators. | 01-26-2012 |
20120030618 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ASSIGNING ATTRIBUTES TO A PLURALITY OF SAMPLES - Systems and methods for assigning attributes to a plurality of samples are provided. An exemplary system includes an instrument configured to perform an experiment on a plurality of samples in a multi-sample support device and to produce a plurality of measured values. The system further includes a computer system in communication with the instrument. The computer system is configured to receive the plurality of measured values from the instrument, store the plurality of measured values in a memory configured as a grid of cells representing the grid of the multi-sample support device, display the grid of cells in a graphical user interface, receive a selected cell from the graphical user interface, receive two or more attribute values for the selected cell from the graphical user interface, and store the two or more assigned attribute values along with a measured value of the selected cell in the memory configured as a grid of cells. | 02-02-2012 |
20120030619 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS APPLYING THE SAME - A method for providing a user interface and a display apparatus applying the same are provided. According to the method for providing the user interface, if a flick touch manipulation of a first axis direction is sensed, a category of a displayed content list is changed, so that a user can change the category of the content list. | 02-02-2012 |
20120030620 | Temporally Sequenced Recommendations in Subscription-Based Systems - A system and method for temporally sequenced recommendations in subscription-based systems delivers to users of a subscription-based system multiple recommended objects that are arranged in a temporal sequence. The delivered recommended objects are in accordance with user subscriptions and/or inferences of preferences that are based, at least in part, on usage behaviors. Variations of the system and method include delivering recommended objects in accordance with the contents of the objects and user direct feedback with regard to the objects. Information as to why objects were delivered to users may be provided to the users. | 02-02-2012 |
20120030621 | Temporally Sequenced Adaptive Recommendations of Activities - A system and method for temporally sequenced recommendations of activities delivers to users temporally sequenced objects comprising user activities, wherein the delivered objects are selected based, at least in part, on inferences of preferences from usage behaviors. The delivered objects may include activities associated with processor-based devices in addition to human activities. Variations of the system and method include delivering the temporally sequenced objects in accordance with the contents of the objects and user feedback with regard to the objects. Information as to why objects were delivered to users may be provided to the users. | 02-02-2012 |
20120036474 | Table Management - The different illustrative embodiments provide a method, computer system, and computer program product to manage a display of objects. A processor unit displays a graphical control configured to receive a user input of a value to control the display of a set of objects relative to a group of properties for the set of objects in a table. A processor unit changes the display of the set of objects to a ratio in a plurality of ratios in the table for the set of objects relative to the group of properties for the set of objects in the table based on the value. | 02-09-2012 |
20120036475 | MENU DISPLAY APPARATUS, MENU DISPLAY METHOD AND PROGRAM - Provided is a menu display apparatus that displays a menu of a plurality of applications, including an acquisition unit that acquires display data of content information representing content to be displayed in the menu of the content managed by each application from each application and a display controller that controls a display of the content information in each area according to setting conditions for the area provided for each of the applications in the menu and the display information of the content information acquired from each application. Accordingly, the display of the content information to be displayed in the menu in each area is controlled according to setting conditions for the area provided for each application in the menu and display data of the content information acquired from each application. | 02-09-2012 |
20120042281 | SAME-DISPLAY COMPARISON OF CONTENT FOR DIFFERENT RENDITIONS OF A SINGLE COMPUTER PROGRAM - An method for use in a computer system for determining correspondence between at least two renditions of a single computer program includes enabling the identification of a selected screenshot related to navigation within the computer program and, as a response to the identification, accessing a reference screenshot captured during navigation within a first rendition and a corresponding screenshot captured during navigation within a second rendition. The reference screenshot and the corresponding screenshot are presented on a display, thereby enabling a same-display comparison of content of the reference and corresponding screenshots. | 02-16-2012 |
20120047461 | Reputation-Based Safe Access User Experience - Reputation-based resource lookup may include determining the reputation of resources that are to be accessed. Based on the reputation of the resource, a user experience is provided. Protection can be provided from known and suspicious resources, by providing warnings, such as unique graphical visual warnings and textual messages. Furthermore, additional information may be provided as to the desired resource. A user may be further required to go through several pages or asked various questions before accessing a resource. | 02-23-2012 |
20120047462 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes an image processor which processes an image to display an image content; a display unit which displays thereon an image content that is processed by the image processor; and a controller which displays a user interface (UI) menu including a plurality of UI items to search the image content, as one of a two-dimensional (2D) layout by which the plurality of UI items are arranged in a 2D manner, and a three-dimensional (3D) layout by which the plurality of UI items are arranged in a 3D manner , and changes displaying the one of the layouts to display the other of the layouts according to a user's command while maintaining a continuity of the arrangement of the plurality of UI items. Accordingly, search for an image content can be efficiently performed by using a UI menu. | 02-23-2012 |
20120047463 | METHOD OF CONFIGURING MENU SCREEN, USER DEVICE FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON PROGRAM FOR EXECUTING THE METHOD - A method of configuring a menu screen is provided. The method includes generating at least one area within a display area; and arranging at least one menu item in the generated area, a user device for performing the method, and a computer-readable storage medium having recorded thereon a program for executing the method. | 02-23-2012 |
20120060116 | CONTENT SIGNATURING USER INTERFACE - Content signaturing is provided by a display device comprising one or more source inputs, where each source input is configured to receive a content signal from a corresponding content source. The display device further comprises a content identification module to send sample information derived from each received content signal to a signature processor and to receive from the signature processor content information for each corresponding content source. The display device further comprises a user interface module to produce a unified user interface including a menu option for each content source, where each menu option includes content information identified via the content identification module for the corresponding content source. The display device further comprises a display to visually present the unified user interface. | 03-08-2012 |
20120060117 | USER INTERFACE PROVIDING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method and apparatus for providing a user interface are disclosed. The apparatus provides a visible area composed of a first touch region to receive a touch gesture for shifting list items and a second touch region to receive a touch gesture for changing selection status of each item. | 03-08-2012 |
20120060118 | PORTABLE MEDIA DEVICE WITH WORKOUT SUPPORT - Improved techniques and systems for utilizing a portable electronic device to monitor, process, present and manage data captured by a remote sensor are disclosed. The portable electronic device offers a convenient user interface that can be visual and/or audio based customized to a particular application, user-friendly and/or dynamic. The portable electronic device can pertain to a portable media player and thus also provide media playback. | 03-08-2012 |
20120066643 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRESENTING A USER INTERFACE - An application for a system for portraying a user interface of one device on another includes two devices, a primary device and a secondary device. Upon detection of the primary device, either within wireless range or direct connection, the devices communicate with each other, the secondary device portrays the user interface currently displayed on the primary device on a display of the secondary device. Thereafter, the primary device is controlled by user input devices interfaced to the secondary device that control the portrayed user interface | 03-15-2012 |
20120066644 | COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREON DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM, DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM, DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - Based on an output signal outputted from an input device, a plurality of selection objects having at least a part thereof displayed on a display area of a display device are moved relative to the display area. Among the moved plurality of selection objects, when an end-located selection object reaches a predetermined position of the display area, at least one of the plurality of selection objects displayed on the display area are transformed and displayed. | 03-15-2012 |
20120072868 | FREQUENCY CONVERTER WITH TEXT EDITOR - A frequency converter includes a symbol string editor in which the potential input symbols are grouped into at least two symbol lists. One of the lists is treated as a current symbol list, which can be scrolled and from which the symbols can be selected as the user input. In addition, a user is allowed to control change of the current symbol list such that the symbols in all of the symbol lists are available for selection. This arrangement allows for scrollable lists to be significantly shorter than a single list of potential symbols would be, which makes entering symbol strings faster. | 03-22-2012 |
20120072869 | COPY SUPPORTING DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, COPY SUPPORT METHOD, AND COPY SUPPORTING PROGRAM - A copy supporting device includes a receiving unit, a content list display unit, a first input accepting unit, a sub menu display unit, a second input accepting unit, and a relevant content extracting unit. The sub menu display unit displays, on the basis of attribute information of the designated content which is designated from the content list by the external input, a sub menu which includes items designating relevance to the designated content. The second input accepting unit accepts a designation of an item in the sub menu by the external input. The relevant content extracting unit extracts contents related to the designated content from the content list on the basis of the designated item. | 03-22-2012 |
20120079424 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING PROTECTION LEVELS WHEN REPLICATING DATA IN AN OBJECT STORAGE SYSTEM - A redundant array of independent nodes are networked together. Each node executes an instance of an application that provides object-based storage. The nodes are grouped into a plurality of systems each having multiple nodes. A data protection level method comprises setting a numerical value of a system dynamic data protection level for each system of nodes; and in response to user input, setting a value of a data protection level for one or more data objects in a system, the value being a fixed numerical value or a dynamic value. If the one or more data objects have a dynamic value of the data protection level in a system, the one or more data objects inherit the system dynamic data protection level of the system in which the one or more data objects reside. The value of the data protection level represents a number of copies of data of the one or more data objects to be kept where the one or more data objects reside. | 03-29-2012 |
20120079425 | ECONOMIZER CONTROLLER PLUG AND PLAY SYSTEM RECOGNITION WITH AUTOMATIC USER INTERFACE POPULATION - An economizer controller system having a plug and play recognition approach with an automatic user interface population mechanism. A check may be made for sensors connected to the controller. The control type of the sensors may be determined. The menu structure may be repopulated based on the control type. The user interface may then be updated. This approach may be repeated as needed. | 03-29-2012 |
20120079426 | COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM STORED THEREIN, DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A game apparatus obtains a real world image ( | 03-29-2012 |
20120084728 | BUTTON CONTROL SYSTEM FOR MEDICAL TOUCH SCREEN AND METHOD THEREOF - A button control system for medical touch screen and method thereof comprises a central control module, a touch signal input module, a lock time control module, a button lock module, a button unlock module and a cleanse display module, wherein the central control module determines the signal inputted by the touch signal input module, and selects to control the button lock module or the button unlock module thereby locking or unlocking a touch button; furthermore, the lock time control module is configured to set up the lock time for the touch button so as to preset the lock time of the touch button as cleansing the touch screen by the user, and after pressing down the cleanse touch button on the touch screen, it allows to control to lock or unlock other touch buttons and also to effectively prevent the occurrence of the situation where the screen button is erroneously touched as performing the cleanse process. | 04-05-2012 |
20120089944 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a display apparatus and a control method thereof, the display apparatus including: a display unit; an image receiver which receives an image signal; an image processor which processes the image signal received by the image receiver and displays an image corresponding to the processed image signal on the display unit; and a controller which maps a plurality of objects in the image displayed on the display unit corresponding to four directions including up, down, right, and left, and controls the image processor so that a second object corresponding to a same row as a first object is selected when a first transfer command instructing a transfer in a right or left direction is received through up, down, right, and left keys with the first object being selected among the plurality of objects. | 04-12-2012 |
20120096399 | WEB/CLOUD HOSTED PUBLISH AND SUBSCRIBE SERVICE - A subscription request is received from a user into a graphic user interface of a printing device to subscribe to a subject which is administered and published by a network hosted service. The printing device forwards the subscription request to a computerized device connected to the printing device through a computerized network. The computerized device is connected to a plurality of different printing devices. The printing device receives a printer-specific publication from the computerized device over the computerized network in response to the subscription request. The method stores the printer-specific publication within computer-readable memory of the printing device. The method may or may not receive a command from a user through the graphic user interfact of the printing device before the printing device acts upon the specific publication (subject) received from the publishing device. | 04-19-2012 |
20120096400 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING MENU ITEM - A method for selecting an item in a terminal using a touchscreen or a mouse includes displaying items, and selecting or deselecting items that are present on a touch movement route or a mouse drag route. | 04-19-2012 |
20120096401 | Integration Of Static And Dynamic Data For Database Entities and The Unified Presentation Thereof - A method is disclosed for presenting static and dynamic data corresponding to an entity within an application on a mobile device. An entity object is created as part of a data model within the application such that the entity object has a plurality of fields with the plurality of fields having static data corresponding to the entity. Based on the static data corresponding to the entity, dynamic data corresponding to the entity is received into the entity object from at least one of a plurality of applications executable within the mobile device. The static and dynamic data from the entity object corresponding to the entity is displayed simultaneously within a user interface of the application in a single presentation view. | 04-19-2012 |
20120096402 | Method, an Apparatus, and a Computer Program Product for Reducing the Need of User Prompts - The application concerns an apparatus, a computer program product and a method comprising electronically controlling an application to be executed with default policies throughout application tasks; noticing when a default policy is an inappropriate action for an application task being encountered in said application; activating another policy from a list of default and alternative policies to said application. The solution reduces the need of user prompts when a situation expecting a policy decision is encountered. | 04-19-2012 |
20120110502 | USING SCREEN CAPTURES TO PROVIDE AUTOMATIC CONTEXTUAL SMART INPUT-IN DEVICE SELECTION MENU - A two-way smart input-in device recognition mechanism determines which input slots of a multi-input display device (such as a television) are actually occupied, and obtains a screen capture of a graphic image for each such device. An embodiment of the present invention automatically associates the screen capture graphics with input-in device locations to enable presenting an intelligent visual input-in selection menu, which may be rendered in response to activation of a Menu button of a remote control device. Preferably, the input-in selection menu only displays graphics for currently-occupied input-in slots. | 05-03-2012 |
20120110503 | IMAGING PRODUCT SELECTION SYSTEM - A computer system for selecting image products includes a display for displaying digital images, and for displaying representations of image products. Digital images are composited into the displayed representations to form digitally composited image product views. Programming controls displaying the composited image product views separately from the unselected representations. One or more of the displayed composited image product views are selected and assembled or fabricated. | 05-03-2012 |
20120110504 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROJECT AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT - A method and system for project and portfolio management is disclosed. The method may include tagging one or more data records of projects of a plurality of projects with one or more tags, and displaying on a display device the one or more tagged data records with information relating to said one or more tags. A computer program product is also disclosed. | 05-03-2012 |
20120117510 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY ESTABLISHING A CONCURRENT DATA CONNECTION WITH RESPECT TO THE VOICE DIAL FEATURES OF A COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A system and method for automatically establishing a concurrent data connection between a communications device and a remote data server upon initiating a voice call. A data connection application can be configured in association with a communications device in order to concurrently connect the communications device and a remote data server on initiating a voice call. A directory server can be employed to match an outgoing contact number with respect to the communications device with a list of data-active contact numbers stored in the directory server. If a match is found, the location data can be transmitted to the communications device. The data connection application can be further communicated with the remote data server in order to visually transmit a wide range of potential business application associated with the remote data server to the communications device. | 05-10-2012 |
20120117511 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AN EXTERNAL MENU DISPLAY - Systems and methods are provided for sending a data request from a secondary display device to a main display device for menu data present on the main display device, wherein the main display device is capable of performing a set of functions and wherein the menu data corresponds to the set of functions, receiving the menu data associated with the data request, generating a menu at the secondary display device according to the data and displaying the menu such that the menu provides the user with means for viewing one or more of the set of functions, receiving a selection with relation to the menu to perform at least one function of the one or more of the set of functions from a user at the secondary display device and sending a command to the main display device to perform the at least one function at the main display device. | 05-10-2012 |
20120124516 | Electronic Device Control Based on Gestures - Systems and methods for electronic device control based on gestures are provided. A particular method includes sending a menu from a gesture controller to a display device. The menu includes selectable options to control at least one electronic device. The method includes detecting a first user gesture at the gesture controller in response to three dimensional ( | 05-17-2012 |
20120124517 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE PROVIDING IMPROVED MEDIA SELECTION - A digital image display device for displaying a collection of digital media assets, comprising a display screen; a processor; a network connection for receiving digital media assets provided by a plurality of individuals; an image memory for storing the received digital media assets together with associated metadata; and a user interface. A program memory stores instructions for causing the processor to execute the steps of: displaying identifiers on the display screen for a plurality of individuals who have provided digital media assets; receiving input from a user of the digital image display device identifying a particular individual; selecting digital media assets provided by the identified individual responsive to the metadata; and displaying the selected digital media assets on the display screen. | 05-17-2012 |
20120124518 | Managing Operations via a User Interface - Techniques for managing operations via a user interface are described. In implementations, a user interface is displayed that includes an option to cause serial processing of multiple operations. In response to a user selection of the option, the multiple operations are processed serially. | 05-17-2012 |
20120131503 | APPLICATION DISPLAYING METHOD FOR TOUCH-CONTROLLED DEVICE AND TOUCH-CONTROLLED DEVICE THEREOF - A method for displaying applications of a touch-controlled device includes the steps of: generating an electronic signal according a gesture applied on a touch panel of the touch-controlled device; generating a detection result according to the electronic signal, wherein the detection result includes a first position of the gesture corresponding to the touch panel; when the detection result indicates that the detected gesture is a multi-fingered grab gesture, starting an application container; and outputting a control signal to the touch panel according to the application container, in order to display the application container at the first position. | 05-24-2012 |
20120131504 | THERMOSTAT GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A thermostat for controlling an HVAC system is described, the thermostat having a user interface that is visually pleasing, approachable, and easy to use while also providing intuitive navigation within a menuing system. In a first mode of operation, an electronic display of the thermostat displays a population of tick marks arranged in an arcuate arrangement including a plurality of background tick marks, a setpoint tick mark representing a setpoint temperature, and an ambient temperature tick mark representing an ambient temperature, the setpoint temperature being dynamically changeable according to a tracked rotational input motion of a ring-shaped user interface component of the thermostat. In a second mode, the a plurality of user-selectable menu options is displayed in an arcuate arrangement along a menu option range area, and respective ones of the user-selectable menu options are selectively highlighted according to the tracked rotational input motion of the ring-shaped user interface component. | 05-24-2012 |
20120151412 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, ICON SELECTION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus includes a display, a controller, and an operation unit. The controller is capable of collectively displaying a plurality of icons in a first area of the display. The operation unit includes a second area provided near the display to correspond to the first area and is capable of selecting an icon displayed in the first area by operating a position in the second area that corresponds to a position of the icon. | 06-14-2012 |
20120159388 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IN-CONTEXT APPLICATIONS - In a method and system for providing in-context applications, a context is selected by a user. Context-specific metadata is retrieved from a context data structure. At least one application identified in the context data structure is loaded for the context. A user interface that includes at least one selectable user interface element is rendered for the context. The selectable user interface element is used to select the at least one loaded application. Based on a determination that a selectable user interface element has been selected, the context-specific metadata is passed to the selected application for use in retrieving context-related data. The context-related data is received via the application. | 06-21-2012 |
20120159389 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC GENERATION OF PROCEDURES - A system and method for dynamic generation of procedures is disclosed. The method comprises: (a) storing asset types defining attributes; asset instances, inheriting attributes of one of the asset types and having attribute-values; procedure statements being associated to conditional rule(s) to be applied to an attribute-value of an asset instance; and procedure templates, each defining a unique combination of asset type and a group of said procedure statements. The method further comprises (b) for a given asset instance and a given procedure template: (i) iteratively reading each of the procedure statements of the group of procedure statements being associated to the given procedure template; and (ii) presenting, on a user interface, each one of the procedure statements where a condition is met when the corresponding conditional rule(s) is applied to the attribute-values of the given asset instance, in order to dynamically generate an asset specific procedure. | 06-21-2012 |
20120167006 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USER INTERFACE QUICK FILTER - According to some embodiments, an initial set of data is presented in a user interface; an indication of a selection of a sub-set of the initial set of data is received, the selection being made by directly selecting a portion of the initial set of data in the user interface; automatically determining at least one query statement based on the received indication of the selection of the sub-set of the initial data; and executing the at least one query statement against a collection of data to produce a result set of data. The at least one query statement functions to include data items similar to the selection of the sub-set of the initial data, exclude data items similar to the selection of the sub-set of the initial data, and combinations thereof. | 06-28-2012 |
20120179995 | IMAGE LAYOUT ADJUSTMENT METHOD - A computer implemented method of making an image product comprising the steps of providing a graphic user interface for digitally displaying an image product containing two or more digital images, selecting one of the two or more digital images in the displayed image product via the graphic user interface, selectively digitally increasing or decreasing a size of the selected one of the digital images with respect to at least one other of the digital images using a single user action. | 07-12-2012 |
20120185800 | Information Management with Non-Hierarchical Views - Information items in a file system are arranged into groups that are created according to a grouping component. A non-hierarchical view displays visual representations (e.g., icons, thumbnail images) of the information items arranged in visually delineated groups according to an arrange type that can be specified for each group. Various view formats are available including icon, list and column view formats. In each view format, a condensed mode can be selected for one or more groups, resulting in multiple visual representations of items being displayed in a fixed amount of screen space in the non-hierarchical view. In icon view, each condensed group includes a single row of visual representations that can be navigated separately from other groups in the non-hierarchical view. | 07-19-2012 |
20120192108 | GESTURE-BASED MENU CONTROLS - In one example, a method includes receiving a first user input comprising a first motion gesture from a first location of the presence-sensitive screen to a second, different location of the presence-sensitive screen, wherein the first location is substantially at a boundary of a presence-sensing region and a non-sensing region of the presence-sensitive screen. The method also includes, responsive to receiving the first user input, displaying a group of graphical menu elements positioned substantially radially outward from the second location. The method further includes receiving a second user input to select at least one graphical menu element based on a second motion gesture provided at a third location of the presence-sensing region. The method also includes, responsive to receiving the second user input, determining an input operation, wherein the input operation executes a operation associated with the selected at least one graphical menu element. | 07-26-2012 |
20120192109 | Method for Integrating a Component Into an Information System of a Vehicle - A method of integrating a component into an information system of a vehicle is provided, in which at least one application executable or provided by the component is made available to a user of the vehicle by a man-machine interface of the information system. The integration of the component into the information system with respect to the input and/or output of information by the user is carried out in a personalized manner with respect to a user of the component. | 07-26-2012 |
20120204128 | TOUCH GESTURE FOR DETAILED DISPLAY - In general, the present disclosure is directed to techniques for displaying, e.g., events of multiple calendars or annotations in a word processor in a single view. In one example, a method includes, providing a first calendar and a second calendar, wherein the first calendar includes a first group of calendar events at least some of which have corresponding textual event details, and wherein the second calendar includes a second group of calendar events at least some of which have corresponding textual event details; receiving a user input to select one of the first calendar or the second calendar; displaying the one or more corresponding textual event details of the first group of calendar events for the first calendar; and displaying visual representations of the second group of calendar events for the second calendar without displaying the corresponding textual event details. | 08-09-2012 |
20120204129 | SERVICE PLATFORM FOR IN-CONTEXT RESULTS - Various embodiments provide a service platform that integrates services, such as web services and/or local services, across a variety of applications. In at least some embodiments, services can be integrated with legacy applications that are “unaware” of such services, as well as applications that are aware of such services. | 08-09-2012 |
20120204130 | Modifying Time Associated with Digital Media Items - A computer-implemented method includes displaying multiple content items in a user interface, where each content item has an initial time value. Input is received to modify time values of the multiple content items. Input of a new time value for a content item of the multiple content items is also received. A change amount value is determined based on the difference between an initial time value of the content item and the new time value. For each content item, the initial time value is modified to a different time value by applying the change amount value to the initial time value. | 08-09-2012 |
20120210274 | User-aided image segmentation - Some embodiments provide a program that provides a graphical user interface (GUI). The GUI includes a display area for displaying an image that includes several pixels. Each pixel includes a set of pixel values in a three-dimensional color space. The GUI includes a first selectable GUI item for activating a color masking tool (1) for selecting a set of pixels in the image and (2) for defining a three-dimensional volume to encompass the pixel values of the set of pixels in the three-dimensional color space. The three-dimensional volume serves as an approximation of a rectangular cuboid that has at least one rounded corner. The GUI includes a second selectable GUI item for applying a color correction operation to the image by modifying pixels in the image that have pixel values encompassed by the three-dimensional volume in the three-dimensional color space. | 08-16-2012 |
20120210275 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING OPERATION THEREOF - A method of controlling an operation of a display device according to a user input and a display device using the same are provided. The method displays a plurality of menu items selectable for an object adjacently to the object when a first point inside the object displayed on a screen is selected, receives selection of a second point outside the object to place at least one of the displayed menu items between the first and second points in a state where the first point has been selected, and executes a menu item, selected from among the menu items according to a location of the second point, for the object. As the location of the second point is moved, the selected menu item is changed. | 08-16-2012 |
20120221972 | Electronic Book Contextual Menu Systems and Methods - An electronic book system provides interfaces particularly suited to students' use of textbooks. A finger press on a touch screen produces a contextual menu with user choices that relate to where the finger was pressed or what the user was recently doing with the book. A student provisionally navigates through a book by a specific gesture which, when it stops, returns the user to the previous position in the book. Annotations are displayed and hidden using specific gestures and through selective movement of the reader as sensed by its accelerometer. | 08-30-2012 |
20120227011 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CUSTOMIZED MENUS - A method and apparatus for customizing menus on a consumer electronic device, such as a television, based on, for example, the region where the device is located when it is connected to the network. Although the available network content and services differ by region, a single device may be manufactured and sold in all of these regions and countries, which is more efficient and flexible. This enables separate models to display menus based on uniform menu definitions. | 09-06-2012 |
20120227012 | Graphical User Interface for Large-Scale, Multi-User, Multi-Touch Systems - A method implemented on the graphical user interface device to invoke an independent, user-localized menu in an application environment, by making a predetermined gesture with a pointing device on an arbitrary part of a display screen or surface, especially when applied in a multi-touch, multi-user environment, and in environments where multiple concurrent pointing devices are present. As an example, the user may trace out a closed loop of a specific size that invokes a default system menu at any location on the surface, even when a second user may be operating a different portion of the system elsewhere on the same surface. As an additional aspect of the invention, the method allows the user to smoothly transition between the menu-invocation and menu control. | 09-06-2012 |
20120233567 | PROVIDING ITEM SPECIFIC FUNCTIONALITY VIA SERVICE-ASSISTED APPLICATIONS - Embodiments extend functionality of a first application with actions from one or more second applications specifically applicable to a content item selected by a user. The selected content item belongs to a category. A description of the selected content item distinguishes the selected content item from other content items in the same category. At least one of a plurality of second applications is selected based on a comparison between the description and application data associated with the second applications. The computing device identifies, to the user, the actions from the second applications applicable to the selected content item. Upon selection of an action, the computing device executes the corresponding second application and provides output data within the context of the first application, or otherwise integrated with the first application experience. In some embodiments, the computing device offers the user execution of a third party application specifically applicable to the selected content item. | 09-13-2012 |
20120233568 | DATA COMMUNICATION NETWORK FOR PROCESSING DATA TRANSACTIONS - A data transaction processing system in which transaction data is entered by the user in response to prompts in a template which is tailored to each user application. The template and entered data are accumulated into data transactions which are immediately transmitted upon completion to an external database server for processing and storage. The data transaction is received via standard protocols at a database server which, depending upon the application, stores the entire data transaction, explodes the data transaction to produce ancillary records which are then stored, and/or forwards the data transaction or some or all of the ancillary records to other database servers for updating other databases associated with those database servers. The transaction entry device is integrated with a telephone and is accessed via a touch screen, an optional keyboard, a magnetic card reader, voice entry, a modem, and the like. | 09-13-2012 |
20120233569 | MANAGING USER INTERFACE CONTROL PANELS - A computer-implemented method includes displaying a user interface on a display device, the user interface displaying a content item, in response to receiving input, displaying a user interface control panel including a user interface control, the user interface control configured to enable modifying one or more attributes of the content item, and in response to detecting a first selection of the user interface control, displaying a portion of the user interface control panel and hiding a portion of the user interface control panel, the displayed portion of the user interface control panel including the user interface control. | 09-13-2012 |
20120240080 | PROFILE BASED SEARCHING AND TARGETING - A system and a method of segmenting information, is provided where a user may select a topic from a displayed topic list, including a question indicative of the topic and a response which then displays correlated content to the response. Another option is for the user to select a pre-generated compounded statement, where upon selecting, the correlated content is displayed. The correlated content is provided a priority and specific sequence, where the user may select a filter from a plurality of filters and there are options to remove and/or switch responses. An opposite correlated content is also provided, that is opposite responses to the correlated content and a public content is that is indicative of what is popular among the public. The user is provided with a tracking overlay comprising a rating panel, including rating factors, and a selecting panel, including commands for sorting the correlated content. | 09-20-2012 |
20120246597 | System And Method For Configuring A Configurable Product - Product configuration selections automatically cross-over between plural product types based upon end user component selections. If end user component selections initiate a cross-over trigger, the end user is presented with an option to cross over from an initially-selected product type to a product type associated with the cross-over trigger. Upon selection of the cross-over product type, the product configuration is automatically reconfigured to update components selected by the end user for the initially-selected product type to components associated with the cross-over product type. | 09-27-2012 |
20120254795 | Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Portable Multifunction Device - Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display are disclosed. While displaying an application interface of an application, the device detects a multitouch edit initiation gesture on the touch screen display. In response to detection of the multitouch edit initiation gesture, the device displays a plurality of user-selectable edit option icons in an area of the touch screen display that is independent of a location of the multitouch edit initiation gesture. The device also displays a start point object and an end point object to select content displayed by the application in the application interface. | 10-04-2012 |
20120254796 | METHOD OF CONVERTING DIGITAL DATA - A method is disclosed to convert digital data using a memory card operatively engaged with an apparatus such as a digital camera having control buttons but that does not have a keyboard or keypad. The memory card comprises a central processor, a conversion module and a storage module. The method includes placing the apparatus in a predetermined mode; activating the conversion module in the memory card; selecting at least one file stored in the memory card; and converting the selected at least one file. | 10-04-2012 |
20120260213 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ARRANGING USER INTERFACE OF THE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - In a method for arranging a user interface displayed on a touchscreen of an electronic device, a first touch operation is received from the touchscreen when the electronic device receives a trigger instruction for arranging the user interface. The method confirms an icon on a current page displayed on the touchscreen to be moved according to the first touch operation, and controls the confirmed icon to move towards coordinate values of the first touch operation. If a second touch operation has been received while receiving the first touch operation, the method further confirms an orientation of the second touch operation, and controls the current page of the user interface to move towards the orientation of the second touch operation. If the first touch operation has not been received, the method positions the confirmed icon on the user interface. | 10-11-2012 |
20120266105 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ASSOCIATING EVENTS WITH OBJECTS IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device includes a plurality of objects. The plurality of objects include short message service (SMS) messages, pictures, music, and videos. The electronic device allows user-selected associations between one or more events and a particular user-selected operation behavior of an object. When the selected operation behavior of the object is triggered, the electronic device starts the associated one or more events automatically. | 10-18-2012 |
20120272185 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MIXED-MEDIA CONTENT GUIDANCE - Systems and methods for mixed-media content guidance are provided. One or more interactive tools are provided for searching and/or filtering media content (e.g., music content, movie content, etc.). In some embodiments, these interactive tools may include a two-dimensional selection region, where the two-dimensional selection region is divided into a plurality of sub-regions and defines an intersection between a first criterion and a second criterion. In response to receiving a user selection of a sub-region from the two-dimensional selection region, a subset of a plurality of media identifiers may be determined. At least a portion of the subset of media identifiers may be selected for presentation to the user. | 10-25-2012 |
20120272186 | User Interface for Data Comparison - Systems and methods perform comparison of data represented as charts, for example, bar graphs, pie charts, line charts or stacked bar charts. The charts present visual representations mapping source values to target values. A user can select charts associated with a data records for comparison from an index of data records. The user selects a chart and a particular source value from the reference chart. The target values corresponding to the source value from other charts are compared against the target value from the reference chart. An aggregate of the target values associated with the source value from each chart may be presented to the user. The user can also use multi-touch input to select object representing data and drag them to perform actions associated with the objects. The actions performed on the objects depend on the locations of the objects as the user drags them. | 10-25-2012 |
20120272187 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING AT LEAST A PORTION OF A FLOW OF PROGRAM ACTIVITY OF A COMPUTER PROGRAM - A method of controlling at least a portion of a flow of program activity of a computer program including executing, by a processor, a computer program stored in memory to initiate the flow of program activity, the flow of program activity including a program environment generated by the computer program and displayed on a graphical user interface, wherein the computer program is adapted to allow an end user to interact with the program environment and at least one graphical menu being displayed on the graphical user interface in conjunction with the program environment, wherein the computer program is adapted to allow an end user to interact with the at least one graphical menu without interrupting the ability of the end user to interact with the program environment. | 10-25-2012 |
20120278760 | PREDICTIVE BACKGROUND DATA TRANSFER FOR IMPLANTABLE MEDICAL DEVICES - Data is transferred from an implantable medical device (IMD) to one or more external devices passively in the background of an active communications session based on a prediction of data that will be requested by a user. | 11-01-2012 |
20120278761 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING DUPLICATE ITEM DISPLAY - A system and method for displaying items in a list includes displaying a representation of duplicate items within the list as a visual attribute, wherein the duplicate items include a common body portion. In response to user interaction with the visual attribute, the list is expanded, wherein the expanding causes the display of the duplicate items. In response to user interaction with the visual attribute, the list is collapsed, wherein the collapsing causes the removal of the display of the duplicate items. | 11-01-2012 |
20120284666 | SEARCH PLATFORM WITH PICTURE SEARCHING FUNCITON - A search platform capable of displaying a frame on a display for searching data in a database; the database receiving uploading data; the search platform includes: at least one picture icon displaying on the frame to be as a search condition as a user selects the picture icon. A data is classified to the search condition as the data is uploaded to the database. The search platform further comprises texture icons displaying on the frame to be as a third search condition as a user selects the texture icon. Virtual images and practical images can be displayed on the frame. search platform of the present invention can search a database by selecting the picture icons as the search conditions. Thus an easier and direct searching method is provided to users. Furthermore, the knowledge about the names of an object can be neglected. | 11-08-2012 |
20120284667 | LINKING AND MANAGING MATHEMATICAL OBJECTS - A method for creating a second mathematical object based on a first mathematical object in a computing apparatus having a graphical user interface includes selecting a first mathematical object in response to an instruction received from a user; creating a second mathematical object using data of said first mathematical object; linking said first mathematical object to said second mathematical object; and creating a visual link between said first mathematical object and said second mathematical object. | 11-08-2012 |
20120290975 | FEATURE LICENSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Systems and devices are disclosed for enabling direct transfer of feature licenses between utility meters. In one embodiment, a system includes: a computing device communicatively connected to a first utility meter and a second utility meter, the computing device adapted to manage a transfer of a feature license between the first utility meter and the second utility meter by performing actions comprising: obtaining feature license data about the first utility meter and the second utility meter; receiving a selection of the feature license to be transferred from the first utility meter to the second utility meter; and transferring the selected feature license from the first utility meter to the second utility meter. | 11-15-2012 |
20120290976 | NETWORK DISTRIBUTION OF ANATOMICAL MODELS - Techniques for presenting a three-dimensional (3D) anatomical representation of an anatomical structure are described. 3D models of various anatomical structures may be stored as prepackaged anatomical data. A user device, e.g., a networked workstation, may receive the prepackaged anatomical data from a networked computing device, e.g., a server, and present at least a portion of a 3D model as a 3D anatomical representation. The user device may also present a menu with the 3D anatomical representation that allows the user to manipulate the 3D anatomical representation and measure various aspects of the 3D anatomical representation. In some examples, the user device may also present a representation of a medical device in conjunction with the 3D anatomical representation. | 11-15-2012 |
20120290977 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AN INTERACTIVE MOBILE-OPTIMIZED ICON-BASED PROFILE DISPLAY AND ASSOCIATED SOCIAL NETWORK FUNCTIONALITY - An icon-based interactive personal profile search and matching system configured within social network platforms and technologies enabling a user to generate a personalized interactive icon-based user profile representing icon profile elements optimized for display and functionality on mobile devices. The icon profile system utilizes and integrates selected personalized icon profile elements and associated data for searching, compatibility matching, invitations, communities, services advertisements, and calendar functions. In certain social network environments icon elements are unitized to aggregate users based on a selected common icon profile element and in further environments automatically compare and report compatibility between unknown users, which vastly improves social network functionality. | 11-15-2012 |
20120290978 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AN INTERACTIVE MOBILE-OPTIMIZED ICON-BASED SINGLES AND DATING PROFILE DISPLAY AND ASSOCIATED SOCIAL NETWORK FUNCTIONALITY - An icon-based interactive singles and dating profile, search and matching system and method configured within singles' social network platforms and technologies enabling a user to generate a personalized interactive icon-based profile representing various icon profile elements optimized for display and functionality on mobile devices. The icon profile system utilizes and integrates selected personalized icon profile elements and associated data for searching, compatibility matching, invitations, communities, services, advertisements and calendar functions. In singles and dating social network environments icon elements are unitized to aggregate users based on a selected common icon profile element and in further environments automatically compare and report compatibility between unknown users, which vastly improves dating network functionality. | 11-15-2012 |
20120290979 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AN INTERACTIVE MOBILE-OPTIMIZED ICON-BASED PROFILE DISPLAY AND ASSOCIATED PUBLIC FIGURE SOCIAL NETWORK FUNCTIONALITY - An icon-based interactive public figure profile, search, status update delivery, and matching system and method configured within open and exclusive public figure social network platforms and technologies enabling a public figure and fan to generate a personalized interactive icon-based profile representing icon profile elements optimized for display and functionality on mobile devices. The icon profile system utilizes and integrates selected personalized icon profile elements and associated data for searching, compatibility matching, invitations, services, advertisements, communities, and calendar functions. In public figure social network environments icon elements and exclusive celebrity social environments are unitized to aggregate fans based on a selected icon profile element and in further environments automatically compare and report compatibility between all unknown users which vastly improves social network functionality. | 11-15-2012 |
20120290980 | METHOD FOR NAVIGATING IDENTIFIERS PLACED IN AREAS AND RECEIVER IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - The present invention relates to a method for navigating over documents represented by identifiers displayed on a navigation menu. Each document is associated with a plurality of numerical values characterizing it according to a plurality of criteria. Each identifier of a document is placed at a position dependent on a part of the parameter values associated with this document. The whole set of the documents is subdivided into a given number of regions. The sums of the values associated with all the documents of a region and corresponding to a certain number of criteria are virtually equal for each region. The outer contour of the regions is displayed so as to enable its selection. The selection of a region triggers the display in full screen mode of all of the identifiers of the selected region. The invention also relates to a display device capable of executing the navigation method. | 11-15-2012 |
20120290981 | INFORMATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, OPERATION METHOD BY INFORMATION TERMINAL APPARATUS AND PROGRAM THEREOF - An information terminal apparatus is provided which presents an operation menu according to a target apparatus just by photographing the target apparatus by a built-in camera, thereby intuitively executing operation appropriate for the target apparatus. The information terminal apparatus includes a target recognition unit which recognizes a target apparatus from an image taken by photographing the apparatus by the built-in camera, a menu management unit which presents operation menu information preserved in advance according to the target apparatus based on a recognition result obtained by the target recognition unit, and a processing unit which gives an operation instruction according to operation contents selected based on the operation menu information. | 11-15-2012 |
20120297337 | COMPUTER-BASED TECHNOLOGY FOR AIDING THE REPAIR OF MOTOR VEHICLES - A computer-assisted inspection system provides computer architectures and software controlled algorithms to automatically provide vehicle inspections and repair recommendations including estimated repair time and cost of depression type damage such as dents. Features provided by a handheld wireless touchscreen based inspection device include flat car part picking, auto grading including seller grading, and automatic calculation of body and bumper dent repair parameters and directions. | 11-22-2012 |
20120297338 | METHOD FOR SELECTION OF A DOCUMENT SHOT USING GRAPHIC PATHS AND RECEIVER IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - The present invention relates to a method for selection of shots represented by identifiers displayed in a navigation menu. A document is divided into shots. Several attributes such as the moment of appearance of the shot in the document are assigned to each shot. The navigation menu disposes the identifiers according to a first axis according to the moment of appearance of the associated shot and according to a second axis according to the value of a second attribute according to a criterion other than the moment of appearance. A third attribute is determined for each shot according to a criterion other than the two first criteria, the shot identifiers having the same value as this third attribute are connected graphically. In this way the user perceives the value of several attributes associated with each shot and can easily select the shot that interests him. The invention also relates to a display device able to display the navigation menu. | 11-22-2012 |
20120297339 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM - According to an aspect, an electronic device includes a display unit, a touch sensor, and a control unit. The display unit displays an image and an icon. The touch sensor detects a contact. When a first operation of coming in contact to the icon and moving in a first direction is detected, the control unit causes the display unit to move the image in the first direction with keeping the icon displaying. | 11-22-2012 |
20120297340 | HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE PROVIDING FEEDBACK TO FACILITATE NAVIGATION AND THE ENTRY OF INFORMATION, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD - A method of facilitating the input of information in a handheld electronic device having a plurality of input elements such as, without limitation, keys. The method includes receiving a signal indicating that a particular one of the input elements is being touched in a first manner, providing a feedback signal, such as a sound or graphic, that identifies the particular input element after the signal is received, and performing a function associated with the particular input element when it is being touched in a second manner. Also, a handheld electronic device that includes an input apparatus having a plurality of input elements, a processor, and a memory in electronic communication with the processor. The memory stores one or more routines executable by the processor for implementing the method described above. | 11-22-2012 |
20120297341 | Modified Operating Systems Allowing Mobile Devices To Accommodate IO Devices More Convenient Than Their Own Inherent IO Devices And Methods For Generating Such Systems - A computerized system for hopping between an existing population of I/O devices, each I/O device being operative to communicate with operating systems in accordance with a respective I/O protocol, the system comprising a mobile operating system operative to execute at least one application by communicating with a selectable individual one of the existing population of I/O devices, including selectably interacting with the selectable individual I/O device in accordance with its respective I/O protocol, wherein the population of I/O devices from which the individual I/O device is selected includes a plurality of I/O devices including at least one I/O device which is not housed with the operating system; and hardware within which the mobile operating system resides and interacting with the mobile operating system. | 11-22-2012 |
20120304119 | FILE ACCESS WITH DIFFERENT FILE HOSTS - A file access request is received from an application. One or more file types for the file access request are identified, and one or more file hosts supporting files of the identified one or more file types are also identified. A user interface is displayed, the user interface including a hosted area. Within the hosted area, at least one of the one or more file hosts displays a portion of the user interface identifying one or more files of at least one file host that can be selected for retrieval, or one or more locations that can be selected to which the one or more files are saved. | 11-29-2012 |
20120304120 | DATA-DRIVEN MENUING SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING A FLEXIBLE USER INTERFACE ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An architecture for altering the content of a menuing system with little or no change to existing firmware of an electronic device is disclosed. A menu text file is generated and the menu text file is compiled into source code. Menu firmware is compiled and liked using the source code into a downloadable binary for the electronic device. The downloadable binary does not alter existing firmware of the electronic device. | 11-29-2012 |
20120311494 | Persistently Displaying Transient Content - In some implementations, a transient user interface is transformed into a persistent user interface in response to receiving a selection of a graphical object displayed on the transient user interface. In some implementations, in response to receiving the selection, content displayed on the transient user interface is displayed on the persistent user interface. | 12-06-2012 |
20120311495 | Continuum-Based Selection of Product Choice - Systems, methods and computer program products for facilitating searching, obtaining and displaying product choice recommendations using inputs, including continuum-based inputs, and variable-sized visual representations are disclosed. In an embodiment, a user is presented with at least one continuum-based selector and at least one product choice visual representation. At least one input indicating user interest value in a product attribute is received and compared with stored result values of product choices. A unique weighing value indicating the relevancy of the product choice is generated for each product based on the comparison performed. The user is then presented with at least one product choice visual representation which may be modified based on the unique weighing value of the product choice. | 12-06-2012 |
20120324398 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIMEDIA CONTENT PLAYBACK - A method and apparatus for multimedia content playback are disclosed. Upon detecting user entry of a content selection command, the apparatus randomly selects a number of multimedia content items from an entire list of stored multimedia content. A playlist is created containing the selected multimedia content items as entries, and the playlist is displayed. At least one multimedia content item on the playlist is played back upon reception of a playback command for the playlist. | 12-20-2012 |
20120324399 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CUSTOMIZING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A display apparatus which displays an operation screen of one or more function-setting components including setting information of a function of an application. The apparatus includes a function list display unit which displays a list of functions for each application software; layout specifying information specifying a layout of the function-setting components on the operation screen; display mode information defining a display mode of setting information and the setting information for each function; a screen generating unit which generates a function-setting component list screen which displays in a list the function-setting component of the function; and an arrangement determining unit which determines an arrangement in the operation screen of a function-setting component to be arranged, a selection of which is accepted from the function setting component list screen, and updates the layout specifying information with a layout including the function-setting component to be arranged. | 12-20-2012 |
20120331419 | Menu Promotions User Interface - A system includes a processor and a memory coupled to the processor. The memory includes instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the processor to perform a method that includes displaying a plurality of menu items (each associated with one of a plurality of media content items) in a graphical user interface. The method also includes, when a particular promotion associated with a particular media content item is to be displayed, displaying the particular promotion proximate to a particular menu item of the plurality of menu items and enabling a direction command. Selection of the direction command causes a cursor position to jump directly to the particular menu item from a different menu item of the plurality of menu items. | 12-27-2012 |
20120331420 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SEARCHING FOR DOCUMENTS - A computer system is disclosed. The computer system includes one or more processors, and a memory storage storing one or more instructions for implementing a search tool. The instructions, when executed, instruct the computer system to perform a set of steps. The steps include receiving a search query from a user computer, the search query including one or more search terms to use to perform a first search. The steps further include, based on the one or more search terms, performing the first search, and providing for display at the user computer a list of one or more law-related documents responsive to the search query, a list of one or more recommended sources in which to perform a second search for documents, and a list of legal topics associated with the responsive documents. | 12-27-2012 |
20130007657 | METHOD FOR QUICK RESPONSE ICONIC TAGS ON OFFLINE SIGNAGE, DOCUMENTS AND VISUAL MEDIA - This invention discloses an improved method for tagging ( | 01-03-2013 |
20130007658 | GROUPING EXPANDED AND COLLAPSED ROWS IN A TREE STRUCTURE - A method for viewing a tree structure can include retrieving, by a computer, the tree structure having a plurality of nodes for viewing on a display, receiving, by the computer, a user selection of a first node for expansion, receiving, by the computer, a user selection of a second node for expansion and grouping the first node and the second node. | 01-03-2013 |
20130007659 | REPRESENTING AN INTEREST PRIORITY OF AN OBJECT TO A USER BASED ON PERSONAL HISTORIES OR SOCIAL CONTEXT - A method and apparatus assigns a quantative variable to each object (or set of objects) in a collection available to a user. The quantative variable is referred to as the Interest Priority Value (IPV). The IPV defines a range of states of the object, between ‘accessed’ and ‘unaccessed’, and is calculated based on one or more attributes of the object. A object with the highest IPV is the most ‘unaccessed,’ and the object with the lowest IPV is the least ‘unaccessed.’ The IPV may be used in a visual representation of the collection of objects, thereby permitting a user to readily identify and obtain those objects of greatest interest to the particular user. | 01-03-2013 |
20130007660 | TOUCH GESTURE FOR DETAILED DISPLAY - In general, the present disclosure is directed to techniques for displaying, e.g., events of multiple calendars or annotations in a word processor in a single view. In one example, a method includes, providing a first calendar and a second calendar, wherein the first calendar includes a first group of calendar events at least some of which have corresponding textual event details, and wherein the second calendar includes a second group of calendar events at least some of which have corresponding textual event details; receiving a user input to select one of the first calendar or the second calendar; displaying the one or more corresponding textual event details of the first group of calendar events for the first calendar; and displaying visual representations of the second group of calendar events for the second calendar without displaying the corresponding textual event details. | 01-03-2013 |
20130014053 | Menu Gestures - Menu gesture techniques are described. In one or more implementations, a menu is displayed on a display device of a computing device. The menu has a plurality of selectable items along with a visual indication that is configured to follow a touch input across the display device and indicate that each of the plurality of selectable items is selectable via a drag gesture. One or more inputs are recognized by the computing device as movement of the touch input across the display device to identify the drag gesture to select at least one of the plurality of selectable items in the menu. | 01-10-2013 |
20130014054 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EDITING TEXTS IN MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for editing a text in a mobile terminal are provided. The method includes a copying step of changing a color of at least one text selected by a copy icon if the copy step is selected while displaying texts on a display, and storing the at least one color-changed text, and a pasting step of pasting a text selected from a list including at least one text stored in the copying step to a specific location on the display if the paste step is selected. | 01-10-2013 |
20130014055 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR INDUCING USE - The device for inducing use according to the present invention comprises an input unit for receiving user input, an event storage unit for storing a plurality of events which can be perceived by the user, an event extraction unit for extracting one of the events stored in the event storage unit if the user input is sensed at the input unit, and an event expression unit for displaying the event extracted from the event extraction unit to the user; thereby making it possible to induce the user to use the input unit in an enjoyably engaged fashion. | 01-10-2013 |
20130014056 | Method and Process for Representing Information on a Display Device of a Vehicle - A method of operating a display device of a vehicle is provided on which information is representable in list form with a number of list entries, while the display device size is given and the type and font size are predefined. Each list entry has a second number of maximally representable characters. For the first number of list entries currently to be represented on the display device, it is determined whether, in each case, two mutually successive list entries each have a number of characters that is greater than the second representable number. In the affirmative case, the representable second number of characters of the mutually successive list entries is compared with respect to distinctiveness. When an indistinctiveness is determined, a distinctiveness of these two list entries will be established on the display. | 01-10-2013 |
20130019201 | Menu ConfigurationAANM Cabrera-Cordon; Luis E.AACI BothellAAST WAAACO USAAGP Cabrera-Cordon; Luis E. Bothell WA USAANM Gall; Ching Man EstherAACI BellevueAAST WAAACO USAAGP Gall; Ching Man Esther Bellevue WA USAANM De Bonte; Erik L.AACI WoodinvilleAAST WAAACO USAAGP De Bonte; Erik L. Woodinville WA US - Menu configuration techniques are described. In one or more implementations, a user's orientation is determined with respect to the computing device based at least in part on a part of the user that contacts the computing device and at least one other part of a user that does not contact the computing device. A menu is displayed having an orientation on a display device of the computing device based at least in part on the determined user's orientation with respect to the computing device. | 01-17-2013 |
20130019202 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DELIVERING INFORMATION OF VARIOUS TYPES TO A USER - Some embodiments relate to techniques for performing a search for content, in which a user may issue a search query, and the search engine or engines to which that query is provided may be determined dynamically based on any of a variety of factors. For example, in some embodiments, the search engine or engines to which the query is provided may be determined based on the content of the search query, and/or auxiliary information such as the user's location, demographics, query history and/or browsing history. | 01-17-2013 |
20130024811 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WEB PAGE NAVIGATION - A system and method for navigating web pages in a web site is disclosed. The system and method includes displaying a web page comprising navigation elements and non-navigation elements, receiving a first user input indicating a user interaction with a non-navigation element displayed on the web page and displaying a navigation menu at a location on the web page based at least in part on a location of the non-navigation element interacted with by the user, in response to receiving the first user input. | 01-24-2013 |
20130024812 | FOREGROUND/BACKGROUND ASSORTMENT OF HIDDEN WINDOWS - Graphical navigation of foreground and background applications running on a mobile computing device across multiple active user environments, even when graphics information for background applications is not maintained by a mobile operating system of the mobile computing device. A last graphical representation of an application screen may be captured as the application state is transitioned from the foreground state to the background state. The last graphical representation may be associated with a position in an application activity stack representing foreground and background mobile operating system applications. The navigation techniques may be used in a computing environment with multiple active user environments. A first active user environment may be associated with the mobile operating system. A second active user environment may be associated with the mobile operating system or a desktop operating system running concurrently with the mobile operating system on the mobile computing device. | 01-24-2013 |
20130024813 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND MEANS FOR EXPRESSING RELATIVE SENTIMENTS TOWARDS SUBJECTS AND OBJECTS IN AN ONLINE ENVIRONMENT - The present invention relates to rating and ranking relative passions for subjects and objects using an electronic device connected to the internet. | 01-24-2013 |
20130024814 | MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal is disclosed. The mobile terminal may include a display module and a controller. The display module displays a plurality of icons on a background thereof. The controller changes the background to a specific background predetermined for a specific icon upon selection of the specific icon from the plurality of icons, and executes a specific application corresponding to the specific icon using information corresponding to a specific region of the changed background when the selected specific icon is moved to the specific region. | 01-24-2013 |
20130031509 | Displaying Physical Signal Routing in a Diagram of a System - Displaying physical signal routing of a system. A diagram of the system may be displayed. The system may include physical components connected via physical connections and logical components implemented on various ones of the physical components. The diagram may include a plurality of icons connected by wires. At least a first subset of the icons may represent logical elements of the system and wires between the first subset of icons may represent logical connections between corresponding logical elements. User input requesting signal routing information of the system may be received. In response, a signal route corresponding to a first logical connection between a first logical element and a second logical element may be visually indicated. | 01-31-2013 |
20130042204 | AUTOMATIC DATA ENTRY TO AN AUTOMATED RESPONSE SYSTEM (ARS) - A method for reporting a credit card loss using a mobile communication device includes prompting a user to select from among two or more formats (e.g., DTMS and speech) a format in which a loss report is to be sent to an automated response system (ARS). The user selects one of the formats and the mobile communication automatically accesses the requested information, generates the loss report in the selected format and outputs it to the ARS. | 02-14-2013 |
20130047120 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION PERTAINING TO PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE OF A BUILDING OR PROPERTY - A computer implemented system and method for displaying information pertaining to physical infrastructure in a building or on a property via a mobile software application operating or a mobile device are provided. The mobile software application includes steps of (a) optionally displaying a list of selectable buildings and/or areas at a property, (b) optionally displaying a list of selectable floors if a building having multiple floors is selected, (c) displaying a list of points of interest for the selected floor, building or area, and (d) displaying a floor plan or area map with selected points of interest highlighted. | 02-21-2013 |
20130047121 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PARAMETER CONFIGURATION - A system for parameter configuration includes a display unit, a storage unit, and a processing unit, in which a basic input and output system (BIOS) and a parameter setting interface are stored in the storage unit. The parameter setting interface includes a two-dimensional (2D) screen, a three-dimensional (3D) icon and plural parameter setting menus. A method for parameter configuration includes executing the BIOS and calling the parameter setting interface using the processing unit; displaying the 2D screen on the display unit; displaying 3D icon on the 2D screen; selecting one of object images of the 3D icon; displaying a parameter setting menu corresponding to the selected object image on the 2D screen; and adjusting parameter values of the BIOS using the corresponding parameter setting menu. The invention provides an easy and convenient operation for the user because setup parameters of the BIOS can be set intuitively. | 02-21-2013 |
20130055152 | OBJECTIZING AND ANIMATING IMAGES - Concepts and technologies are described herein for objectizing and animating images. In accordance with the concepts and technologies disclosed herein, a presentation program is configured to import an image, to analyze the image and/or data describing the image, and to identify entities within the image. The presentation program creates objects corresponding to the identified entities, and program presents the identified entities and/or the created objects via a user interface. The presentation program also can be configured to present one or more user interfaces via which a user selects entities and/or objects and specifies or controls animations of the selected entities or objects. | 02-28-2013 |
20130055153 | APPARATUS, SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PERFORMING ACTIONS AT A COMPUTING DEVICE - In one implementation, content is received via a user interface and a plurality of descriptors are output in response to the content. Each descriptor is associated with a target from a plurality of targets. A target from the plurality of targets is selected in response to user input, and the content is provided to the target. | 02-28-2013 |
20130055154 | User Graphical Interface for Displaying a Belonging-Related Stream - A system and machine-implemented method for providing a user profile associated with a first user for display including a stream area displaying one or more belonging-related posts including a user link to a user associated with the post and a belonging link to a belonging associated with the post, receiving an indication of a user selection of the user link associated with a post, providing a contact profile of a user associated with the post for display upon receiving the indication of the user selection of the user link, receiving an indication of a user selection of the belonging link to the belonging associated with a post and providing a belonging profile of the belonging associated with the post for display upon receiving the indication of the user selection of the belonging link by the first user. | 02-28-2013 |
20130055155 | INTERACTIVE AND VISUAL PLANNING TOOL FOR MANAGING INSTALLS AND UPGRADES - A method for generating an upgrade plan for assets included in a virtualized computing environment includes receiving a selection of one or more target assets to receive updates. The method further includes receiving a selection of one or more upgrade packages, determining a first set of target assets that is capable of being upgraded with at least one selected upgrade package, determining a second set of target assets that depend on the first set of target assets, and generating an upgrade plan for the first set of target assets and the second set of target assets. | 02-28-2013 |
20130055156 | INFORMATION PROCESSING TERMINAL, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM - An information processing terminal ( | 02-28-2013 |
20130055157 | SCHEDULE MANAGING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A schedule managing method and apparatus in which the method preferably includes: displaying on a display a deadline setting icon for setting a deadline of at least one schedule; selecting the deadline setting icon; and setting the deadline of the schedule in response to the selection of the deadline setting icon. The schedule managing apparatus preferably includes: a display unit for displaying a deadline setting icon for setting a deadline of at least one schedule; a pointer for selecting the deadline setting icon displayed by the display unit; and a controller for io setting the deadline of the schedule in response to the selection of the deadline setting icon. | 02-28-2013 |
20130055158 | Method for Text Input, Apparatus, and Computer Program - A method for text input by ambiguous input sequences entered by a user is disclosed. The method comprises a primary process of receiving a user input on an input device having a plurality of selectable input items being associated with characters, an input sequence being generated in dependence of selection of an input item, wherein the generated input sequence corresponds to the sequence of input items that have been selected, and wherein the generated input sequence has a textual interpretation that is a textual interpretation that is ambiguous, and displaying on a display a textual interpretation. The method also comprises a secondary process, initiated upon receiving an input associated with a delete-character command, deleting an interpreted character, and returning to the primary process where interpretations associated with the deleted character for that position of input text are excluded, wherein the primary and secondary processes are performed until a user input associated with a confirm-text command is received. An apparatus comprising an input device having a plurality of selectable input items enabling text input by ambiguous input sequences entered by a user, the apparatus further comprising a processor and a display, wherein the processor is arranged to control the text input processes. A computer program is also disclosed. | 02-28-2013 |
20130055159 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR AN IMPROVED TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACE - A row displayed on a touchscreen surface of a portable electronic device is linked to a first resource and includes at least one link to a second resource. A technique allows the row to have a first tap target for accessing the first resource and a second tap target for accessing the second resource. An area of the first tap target is greater than an area of the second tap target. This provides a large surface area for tapping the first tap target in order to easily access the first resource. The second resource can still be accessed by tapping the second tap target. | 02-28-2013 |
20130055160 | DEVICE, METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - According to an aspect, a device includes a touch screen display and a controller. The touch screen display displays an object corresponding to either an application in execution or an application terminated. The controller erases the object when a flick gesture with respect to the object is detected through the touch screen display. | 02-28-2013 |
20130061173 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR TRANSMITTING A DATA FILE VIA A SHARED FOLDER - An information processing apparatus for storing a data file in an open folder that is monitored to determine whether the data file is stored, the information processing apparatus includes a display control unit configured to display a selection screen for receiving collective selection for a plurality of the open folders generated in a shared folder that can be browsed by a plurality of information processing apparatuses; a selection unit configured to select the plurality of open folders received via the selection screen displayed by the display control unit, and a registration unit configured to register the plurality of open folders selected by the selection unit as transmission destinations. | 03-07-2013 |
20130061174 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMICALLY PROVIDING PRODUCT CONFIGURATIONS - Product data management systems and methods. A method includes determining a user identification and identifying a plurality of product contexts corresponding to the user identification and based on a user role, including performing a query on a database. The method includes displaying configuration items corresponding to the identified contexts and receiving a user selection of a configuration item. The method includes launching a tool based on the selected confirmation item, including loading configuration data according to the selected configuration item and corresponding identified context. | 03-07-2013 |
20130061175 | Portable Electronic Device for Photo Management - A portable electronic device with a touch screen display for photo management is disclosed. One aspect of the invention involves a computer-implemented method in which the portable electronic device displays an array of thumbnail images corresponding to a set of photographic images. The device replaces the displayed array of thumbnail images with a user-selected photographic image upon detecting a user contact with a corresponding thumbnail image in the array. The user-selected photographic image is displayed at a larger scale than the corresponding thumbnail image. The portable device displays a different photographic image in replacement of the user-selected photographic image in accordance with a scrolling gesture. The scrolling gesture comprises a substantially horizontal movement of user contact with the touch screen display. | 03-07-2013 |
20130067404 | CONTACT SELECTOR THAT FACILITATES GRANULAR SHARING OF CONTACT DATA - Described herein are technologies pertaining to transmitting electronic contact data from a first application to a second application by way of an operating system without generating a centralized contact store or providing the second application with programmatic access to all electronic contact data retained by first application. | 03-14-2013 |
20130067405 | System and Method for Project Model Reuse - A computerized system and method for management of one or more project models is presented. The system and method provides for a computer interface operating on a user's computer device having a processor and associated computer memory, a display and one or more input device. The computer device is in communication with the computer database, and the processor and memory are configured to provide various interfaces interface for the user to access and manage the project model libraries. The user may have a user account and one or more user profiles, and each user profile being associated with one or more project membership, as well as a single project model library. | 03-14-2013 |
20130067406 | DISPLAY SYSTEM, IMAGE DATA OBTAINING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - In a display system comprising a plurality of electric devices spatially separated from each other, and a display section which displays images based on image data obtained from the electric devices, a menu screen representing functions of the plurality of electric devices is displayed on the display section, selection of any one of the functions is accepted via the menu screen, and image data is obtained from any one of the electric devices based on the accepted selection, and is displayed on the display section. | 03-14-2013 |
20130067407 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING A USER INTERFACE - A method for providing a user interface, wherein a real subset of a set having several objects can be displayed by a control device of a display unit, a graphic element is displayed by way of the position of a first graphic sub-element relative to a second graphic sub-element, and the displayed subset is changed by an operating process. Objects are divided into n disjoint subsets, wherein n is a natural number greater than 2 and n positions are defined relative to the second graphic sub-element, and the first graphic sub-element is displayed only for one of these n positions if no operating process for changing the subset is carried out, wherein the positioning of the first graphic sub-element on one of the n positions shows which of the n subsets is currently being displayed. | 03-14-2013 |
20130074007 | Association of Information Entities Along a Time Line - The invention relates to the field of man-machine interfacing. In particular, it relates to a user interface allowing a unified approach for organizing and navigating data on a computing device, such as a work station, a desktop computer, a tablet PC, a laptop computer and/or a mobile device. A user interface method executed on a processor for displaying, on a screen, indicia for a set of entities along a time line represented by a linear indicia is described, wherein an entity of the set of entities is associated with a time instant on the time line. The method comprises the steps of: displaying on the screen a first indicia for a first entity associated with a first set of entities; displaying on the screen a second indicia for a second entity associated with a second set of entities; determining the distance on the screen between the first indicia and a set operation area associated with a set operation; determining the distance on the screen between the second indicia and the set operation area; determining a third set of entities based on the determined distances and based on the set operation performed on the first and second set of entities; and displaying on the screen indicia for the third set of entities along the time line at time instants associated with the third set of entities. | 03-21-2013 |
20130074008 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An image processing apparatus having functions includes an image processing unit that executes the functions; a memory that stores a function table including function identification information identifying the functions, initial values preset for the functions, and registered values set for the functions by a user, in a corresponding manner to each other; a display processing unit that displays a function list screen on which initial value buttons for calling up an initial value function screen accepting an input of an instruction from the user to execute the function using the initial values, and first registered value buttons for calling up a registered value function screen accepting an input of the instruction from the user to execute the function using the registered values are arranged; and an accepting unit accepting a selection of the initial value button or the first registered value button on the function list screen from the user. | 03-21-2013 |
20130074009 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MATCHING APPROPRIATE CONTENT WITH USERS BY MATCHING CONTENT TAGS AND PROFILES - A method and system is provided for classifying and labeling information content and also for profiling a user for accessing the information content, both using a coordinated labeling technique so that content from multiple sources may be searched, identified and/or presented to the user according to the user's profile. This technique provides an ongoing update of information content and sources while filtering out unnecessary information that is irrelevant to the user's profile, resulting in focused availability of information to the user. The user profile is matched with content of interest and matching content information may automatically be updated and made available to a user, in conformity with the user's profile. Content providers may now jointly use a common labeling scheme to improve the experience of their users and to provide content providers a technique to associate users with common facets of classification. | 03-21-2013 |
20130074010 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ADDING MENU ITEM TO ANDROID MENU - A method and device for adding a menu item to an Android menu are provided. The method includes: receiving a request for opening a local menu, where the request carries a menu ID, and creating a local menu corresponding to the menu ID; obtaining according to the menu ID, in a stored correspondence between a menu item of a third-party application and the menu ID, a menu item of a corresponding third-party application; and adding the menu item of the third-party application to the local menu, and displaying the local menu to which the menu item of the third-party application is added. The device includes a first creating module, an obtaining module, and an adding module. The present invention is capable of adding a menu item of a third-party application to a local menu of a mobile phone without modifying an Android platform code. | 03-21-2013 |
20130080973 | IN-VEHICLE APPARATUS AND COTNROL METHOD OF IN-VEHICLE APPARATUS - An in-vehicle apparatus and a control method of an in-vehicle apparatus, which is applied to a multimedia terminal having, for example, a function of navigation equipment and a function of video playback so as to improve usability to a user in a case of accepting an operation through a touch panel and a remote commander. A touch panel menu screen suitable for an operation through a touch panel and a remote commander menu screen suitable for an operation through a remote commander are switched to be displayed so as to accept an operation by a user. | 03-28-2013 |
20130086519 | EMOTIONAL RATINGS OF DIGITAL ASSETS AND RELATED PROCESSING - Improved techniques are disclosed to associate emotions (or feelings) with digital assets, such as digital media assets. In one embodiment, a graphical user interface can be presented to assist a user in associating emotions or feelings with a digital asset (e.g., digital media asset). The emotions of a user can be graphically represented by images, such as icons. For example, by selecting one or more of the images or manipulating a user control in relation to the images, a user can associate (e.g., tag) emotions to a digital asset. Once digital assets are associated (e.g., tagged) with one or more emotions, operations (e.g., playlist creation, search, shuffle, etc.) can be performed based on emotions. | 04-04-2013 |
20130086520 | METHOD OF SORTING ARTICLES FOR TREATMENT ACCORDING TO A CYCLE OF OPERATION IMPLEMENTED BY AN APPLIANCE - A method of sorting articles for subsequent treatment in an appliance. The method may sort the articles on a mobile device and the sorted articles may be treated according to a cycle of operation implemented by the appliance. | 04-04-2013 |
20130086521 | Management System User Interface For Comparative Trend View - Methods, mediums, and systems include use of a system manger application in a data processing system to manage a building automation system, to display a trend view chart on a graphical user interface, based on a trend view definition, showing the changing value of point data over time from a building automation system device, and to automatically display a comparative chart, based on the trend view definition, of historical point data from the building automation system device upon selection of a predefined comparative trend view button and an offset time period. | 04-04-2013 |
20130086522 | DEVICE, METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - According to an aspect, a device includes a touch screen display and a controller. The touch screen display displays a lock screen including an application icon associated with an application. The controller adds an information icon to the application icon when there is new information with respect to the application. | 04-04-2013 |
20130086523 | DEVICE, METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - According to an aspect, a device includes a display and a controller. The display displays a home screen in which an icon corresponding to an application to be executed in foreground or background is arranged. The controller controls the display such that the icon corresponding to the application executed in the background is displayed in a first mode and the icon corresponding to the application not executed in the background is displayed in a second mode. | 04-04-2013 |
20130091461 | IDENTIFICATION OF SHARING LEVEL - Technologies are described herein for identifying a sharing level of content items in a content library. The content library includes a first content item having a first sharing configuration and a second content item having a second sharing configuration. The first sharing state associated with the first content item is set based on the first sharing configuration. The second sharing state associated with the second content item is set based on the second sharing configuration. A content list including multiple rows and a sharing hint column is displayed. A first row corresponds to the first content item, and a second row corresponds to the second content item. A first icon corresponding to the first sharing state is arranged under the sharing hint column on the first row. A second sharing icon corresponding to the second sharing state is arranged under the sharing hint column on the second row. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091462 | MULTI-DIMENSIONAL INTERFACE - A device can display content on a page associated with a dimension. A user can adjust an orientation of the device to adjust a displayed orientation of the page, enabling pages for additional dimensions to be displayed. A user can select one of these dimensions, and adjust an orientation of the device to enable the user to access content for the selected dimension. The change in orientation can be a tilt or flick of the device in a first direction to select a dimension, and then a user could tilt or flick the device in another direction to view pages, sub-dimensions, or other groupings of content among that dimension. Such an approach can enable a user to quickly locate content corresponding to a sub-dimension without having to scroll down a long page of content or otherwise manually navigate to specific content. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091463 | SEMANTIC SELECTION AND PURPOSE FACILITATION - Computer-implemented methods for proposing actions to a user to select based on the user's predicted purpose for selecting content are provided. In one aspect, a method includes receiving an identifier of a referent entity associated with user-selectable content, identifying, based on a prediction of a purpose in selecting the content, at least one action to be executed that is associated with the entity, and providing, for display, at least one identifier of the at least one action to the device for selection by a user. Systems, graphical user interfaces, and machine-readable media are also provided. | 04-11-2013 |
20130097557 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING A DISPLAY COMPONENT OF AN ADAPTIVE DISPLAY SYSTEM - An adaptive display system includes a display component to present an image to a user, a sensor for detecting a vision characteristic of the user and generating a sensor signal representing the vision characteristic of the user; and a processor in communication with the sensor and the display component, wherein the processor receives the sensor signal, analyzes the sensor signal based upon an instruction set to determine the vision characteristic of the user, and controls a visual output of the display component based upon the vision characteristic of the user. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097558 | ADAPTIVE ARTISTRY - Aspects of the disclosure relate to generation, distribution and play back of adaptive artistry projects. An adaptive artistry project may include one or more adaptive artistry works. Each adaptive artistry work may include a plurality of specific adaptations or iterations created by an artist to be played under specific conditions. Thus, an end user's media experience for a particular work may be modified based on the status of conditions such as the time of day, the weather, the ambient lighting, the user's mood, or other environmental conditions. The status of the conditions may be obtained from local or remote sources. Adaptive artistry works may also be compiled into adaptive playlists that may themselves be dynamically modified based on the conditions. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097559 | Mass Decision Mode in a Mobile Application - Systems and methods of providing a mass decision mode in a mobile application are provided. An object management module receives a plurality of objects to be presented to a user via a mass decision mode graphical user interface (GUI) of a client application residing on a client device. A mass decision module generates the mass decision mode GUI, the mass decision mode GUI including a description of the respective objects of the plurality of objects and a mass decision option. The mass decision option is an option to apply a deviant decision to a first portion of the one or more objects and to apply a default decision to a remainder portion of the one or more objects upon being selected. A deviant decision module assigns, upon receiving a selection of an object of the one or more objects, the deviant decision to the object. | 04-18-2013 |
20130104077 | DRUG CALENDAR AND REMINDER SYSTEM - A drug calendar and reminder system is provided which allows for a user to be reminded when and how to take regularly scheduled drugs. The drug calendar and reminder system allows a user to input one or more drugs including their dosage instructions and schedule, and creates interactive reminders to facilitate the regular taking of these drugs. The drug calendar and reminder system can be further configured to receive content from content providers, such as drug interaction services, drug databases, doctors, and pharmacies such that a user can readily access information from these providers as needed. The drug calendar and reminder system can also be configured to compile the user's drug information, and can be configured to allow content providers access to this information. | 04-25-2013 |
20130111401 | INTERVIEWEE EVALUATOR | 05-02-2013 |
20130111402 | DISPLAYING A SET OF DATA ELEMENTS | 05-02-2013 |
20130111403 | IN-VEHICLE DISPLAY APPARATUS | 05-02-2013 |
20130117713 | SELECTION AND ORGANIZATION BASED ON SELECTION OF X-Y POSITION - An X-Y interaction (XYI) facilitates rapid relationship pairing by creating tap or selection zones that intersect variables. The y-axis contains an indefinite number of variables (items) that can be assigned to x-axis variables (groups). “Items” are individual bits of information or data, like a transaction, song, item, or a to-do task. “Groups” are predefined buckets that apply specific rules or actions or represent specific things or people. Items get assigned to groups, and then the rules are applied to them. Items along the y-axis can be organized based on where along an x-axis a user selects an item. The selection can be by tapping, and one item can be selected for multiple groups. | 05-09-2013 |
20130125051 | Historical review using manipulable visual indicators - Historical review using manipulable visual indicators is described, including providing a visual indicator of activity associated with a file, the visual indicator being presented as a function of time, presenting an element associated with the visual indicator, the element being configured to be manipulated by an input device, and manipulating the element associated with the visual indicator, the element being configured to send a request to access data associated with one or more versions of the file when positioned relative to a portion of the visual indicator. | 05-16-2013 |
20130125052 | Expandable user interface menu - Expandable user interface menu techniques are described, including displaying a menu having a menu item, receiving an input indicating selection of the menu item, and expanding the menu, based on one or more parameters associated with the menu item, to present a structure configured to receive another input associated with the menu item, the menu item remaining displayed while the menu is expanded. | 05-16-2013 |
20130125053 | DETERMINING SEMANTIC INFORMATION OF BUSINESS APPLICATIONS - Various embodiments of systems and methods to determine semantic information of a plurality of business applications are described herein. In one aspect, a selection of user interface elements of a first business application and a second business application of the plurality of business applications are received. Further, data processing paths to a business object field and a corresponding database table field associated with the user interface elements are identified. Furthermore, semantic information of the plurality of business applications is determined by grouping the identified data processing paths, which can be used for applications such as business application integration, business data migration and the like. | 05-16-2013 |
20130125054 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT DISPLAYS ICON, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus which is capable of improving the visibility and operability of icons for a user. The image processing apparatus includes a console section. A button data import-processing section acquires location information of a server on a network. A server stores icon data indicating an icon to be displayed on a console section, for use in executing predetermined processing. When the location information is acquired, a communication section accesses the server indicated by the location information to thereby acquire icon data. The console section is caused to display the icon indicated by the acquired icon data. | 05-16-2013 |
20130125055 | INFORMATION-PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION-PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION-PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An exemplary information-processing device includes: a first display control unit that controls a display unit to display plural items of application information; a first selecting unit that selects one item of application information from among the plurality of items of application information; a second display control unit that controls the display unit to display related information corresponding to the selected item of application information; a second selecting unit that selects a retail version application program or a trial version application program corresponding to the selected item of application information, based on an input by a user; a downloading unit that downloads the selected application program; a third display control unit that controls the display unit to display information for prompting a user to select whether the retail version application program is downloaded after the trial version application program is executed. | 05-16-2013 |
20130132897 | CHROMATOGRAPHY CONFIGURATION INTERFACE - Systems and methods that facilitate the setup and visualization of a configurable process, for example a chromatography experiment to be conducted using a configurable chromatography system. A user interface displays category regions representing sections of a process, and displays a plurality of selectable items representing components appropriate for placement in the category regions. A user interface control causes selection of one of the selectable items and placement of the selected item into one of the category regions, to define a selected process configuration. The user interface control may be a scrolling control that causes a set of selectable items appropriate for placement in the respective category region to scroll through the category region. When the computer displaying the user interface is also connected to the system being configured, the user interface may also facilitate setup, monitoring, and control of the resulting process. | 05-23-2013 |
20130132898 | System, Method and Software Product in Eyewear Marketing, Fitting Out and Retailing - A system, method and computer program product for facilitating eye glasses selection, configuration and marketing is disclosed. Aspects of the invention assist in eyeglasses frame selection and lens configurations and selection. Photos of individuals needing/seeking eye glasses can be taken or uploaded; eyeglasses and/or frames may be simulated or merged into photos and shared via network connection. Optical code reading ability provides fast access to eyewear information. Eyewear industry information is provided to assist in retail and associate operations and eyeglasses frame and lens selections. | 05-23-2013 |
20130132899 | MENU FOR A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A mobile communication device having a user interface for invoking a text editing command is provided. The interface comprises a reduced set of commands which is accessed by actuating an input device on the mobile communication device, the reduced set of commands comprising a set of context-sensitive commands derived from a full-function set of commands associated with a text-based application. The input device may be a dedicated input device, such as a trackball, for accessing the set of context-sensitive commands. | 05-23-2013 |
20130139106 | GRAPHIC FLOW HAVING UNLIMITED NUMBER OF CONNECTIONS BETWEEN SHAPES - Techniques are described herein that are capable of generating a graphic flow having an unlimited number of connections between shapes. The shapes are provided in a visual representation of a workspace defined by pixels. For instance, a first shape may have an outer perimeter defined by a first subset of the pixels; a second shape may have an outer boundary defined by a second subset of the pixels, and so on. Any pixel in each subset may serve as a connection point. For example, a first pixel of the first subset may serve as a first connection point based on any of a variety of first criteria, and a second pixel of the second subset may serve as a second connection point based on any of a variety of second criteria. In accordance with this example, a connection may be provided between the first and second connection points. | 05-30-2013 |
20130139107 | DEVICE, METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - According to an aspect, a device includes a touch screen display and a controller. When a predetermined gesture is detected through the touch screen display, a controller displays a paused application which is pausing an editing process. | 05-30-2013 |
20130145316 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND FAN-SHAPED ICON ARRANGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - A method of operating an icon display unit of a mobile terminal is provided. The method includes storing registered icons and configuration information, displaying an icon display unit on a screen of the mobile terminal within a movement range of a user's thumb according to the configuration information, the icon display unit having a predetermined shape, displaying one or more of the registered icons on the icon display unit and executing a particular icon on the icon display unit according to a first touch input applied to the particular icon. A mobile terminal is also provided. | 06-06-2013 |
20130145317 | ICON-BASED USER INTERFACES - Within the field of computing, many user interfaces may present a set of records. Presented herein are user interfaces that may be advantageous in some scenarios, involving the presentation of a stack of unit boxes having a stack order. A current unit box may present a record filling an entirety of the display and including at least two icons respectively depicting an item of information in the record. The device may also accept a gesture from a user along a first axis, such that a gesture in a forward direction along the first axis (e.g., tapping a right half of a touch-sensitive display) visual transitions to a next unit box in the stack order, and a gesture in a direction opposite the forward direction (e.g., tapping a left half of the display) along the first axis visually transitions to a preceding unit box in the stack order. | 06-06-2013 |
20130152016 | USER INTERFACE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SAME - A method for providing a user interface on a touch screen display, the user interface for performing one of executing an application, accessing a file and accessing a weblink, the method comprising displaying an icon on the touch screen display; detecting an interaction with the icon displayed, said interaction being performed by a hand of a user; displaying a plurality of icons on the touch screen display, each icon of the plurality of icons for performing one of executing an application, accessing a file and accessing a weblink, the plurality of icons forming a portion of a circle substantially centered on the hand such that each icon is accessible with a minimum displacement of a finger of an open hand of the user. | 06-13-2013 |
20130159927 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH TOUCH SCREEN AND SCREEN UNLOCKING METHOD THEREOF - An exemplary provided screen unlocking method for an electronic device with a touch screen comprises the following steps: displaying a screen unlocking interface on the touch screen; generating unlocking signals in response to an unlocking operation applied on the touch screen; determining whether the enduring touch time period of the unlocking operation reaches a predetermined touch time period, and whether the touch area of the unlocking operation reaches a predetermined touch area, according to the unlocking signals; and unlocking the touch screen when the enduring touch time period of the unlocking operation reaches the predetermined touch time period, and the touch area of the unlocking operation reaches the predetermined touch area. An electronic device using the screen unlocking method is also provided. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159928 | VIRTUAL MULTIPLE SIDED VIRTUAL ROTATABLE USER INTERFACE ICON QUEUE - An apparatus generally directed to controlling a video game. The apparatus preferably includes a tablet computer, an electronic game communicating with the tablet computer, and an input device for controlling movement of a virtual object provided by the electronic game. Preferably, the input device includes a pair of opposing side structures adjacent opposing sides of a plurality of sides of the tablet computer. The input device further preferably includes a plurality of input switches, wherein said input switches are adjacent each of the at least two opposing sides of the plurality of sides of the tablet computer, and a bridge structure disposed between the pair of sides to form a three sided structure. The third structure mitigates inadvertent removal of the tablet computer from the three sided structure when the tablet computer is fully nested within the three sided structure. | 06-20-2013 |
20130159929 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONTENTS-RELATED INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for providing content-related information. The method includes requesting contents-related information from a contents information management server, receiving at least one contents-related information from the contents information management server, displaying the at least one contents-related information, receiving a user selection of one contents-related information item from among the at least one contents-related information and reproducing contents from a reproduction time corresponding to the selected contents-related information item. | 06-20-2013 |
20130167082 | CATEGORY SEARCH METHOD AND MOBILE DEVICE ADAPTED THERETO - A category search method and a mobile device adapted thereto are provided. The mobile device includes a display unit for displaying screens according to a search function, and a controller. The controller controls the display unit to output a first search bar of higher category items, according to a first touch event that occurs on a certain area of the display unit, and a second search bar including lower category items of an item on the first search bar where a second touch event occurs. | 06-27-2013 |
20130167083 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EDITTING SCREEN IN WIRELESS TERMINAL - A screen editing apparatus and method capable of editing a background screen in a wireless terminal, the apparatus including: a display unit for displaying a fixed area selected by a user on a background screen; and a controller for controlling the display unit to display the fixed area selected by the user on the background screen. | 06-27-2013 |
20130167084 | INFORMATION TERMINAL, METHOD OF CONTROLLING INFORMATION TERMINAL, AND PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION TERMINAL - An information terminal includes: a display unit which displays one or more objects; a sensor unit which obtains a position of a first point and a position of a second point designated by a user on the display unit; and a control unit which selects, from among the one or more objects, at least one object displayed on a straight line determined by the first point and second point, and when the first point or the second point is moved along the straight line, moves the selected object in a direction corresponding to a direction of the movement of the first point or the second point. | 06-27-2013 |
20130167085 | CONSUMER SELF-PROFILING GUI, ANALYSIS AND RAPID INFORMATION PRESENTATION TOOLS - An input and processing system allows user input information such as user affinity to efficiently determine user characteristics from content as well as novel input of commands such as copy/paste on a small mobile device screen among other computing devices. A client/server is also made more efficient due to the enhanced gathering of information. Also disclosed is a system for rapid presentation of information such as barcodes at barcode scanners. A system can request multiple barcodes, coupons or the like by detecting a signal from a scanner that information presented has been read. | 06-27-2013 |
20130167086 | DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A digital image processing apparatus and a method of controlling the digital image processing apparatus, the digital image processing apparatus including: a display unit to display an image; a tool generation unit to generate an editing tool that applies an image editing effect to a displayed image; an effect generation unit to generate the image editing effect depending on a movement of the editing tool; and a contents generation units to generate a moving image including a generation process of the image editing effect and the movement of the editing tool. | 06-27-2013 |
20130174089 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LIST SELECTION - A terminal to select a list object includes an interface to receive a first flick input for the list object, a controller to convert the list object into a group object, and a processing unit to process the group object according to a received command event. A method for selecting a list object includes receiving a first flick input for the list object, assigning a portion of a display of a terminal as a selected target display region, converting the list object into a group object by associating the list object with the selected target display region, and processing the group object based on a received command event. | 07-04-2013 |
20130174090 | CONTACT SEARCHING METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND APPLIED MOBILE TERMINAL - The present invention provides a contact searching method, including: receiving first input of a user; selecting a first grapheme from a first graphemes sequence according to the first input, the first graphemes sequence being displayed on a display; where the first graphemes sequence is associated with an initial unit of characters in multiple contact labels; receiving second input of the user; selecting a second grapheme from a second graphemes sequence according to the second input, the second graphemes sequence being displayed on the display, and the second graphemes sequence being associated with a secondary unit of characters in the multiple contact labels; where each of the contact labels comprises at least two units of characters, and a unit character is formed or represented by at least one grapheme; and searching for and displaying a contact label on the display, where contact label is matched with the first grapheme and the second grapheme. | 07-04-2013 |
20130179833 | APPLICATION SHORTCUT USER INTERFACE SYSTEMS AND METHODS - An exemplary method includes a user computing device 1) determining current states, such as current integration states and/or current operational states, of software applications included in a suite of software applications relative to the user computing device, 2) identifying, based on the current states, access options for the software applications included in the suite of software applications, and 3) providing, by the user computing device for display, a graphical user interface that includes the access options configured to be selected by a user of the user computing device to access the software applications included in the suite of software applications. Corresponding methods and systems are also disclosed. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179834 | Dynamic Glyph-Based Search - A method and apparatus for a dynamic glyph based search includes an image server. The image server analyzes images to determine the content of an image. The image and data related to the determined content of the image are stored in an image database. A user can access the image server and search images using search glyphs. In response to selection of a generic-search glyph, the image server finds related images in the image database and the images are displayed to the user. In addition, refine-search glyphs are displayed to a user based on the selected generic-search glyph. One or more refine-search glyphs can be selected by a user to further narrow a search to specific people, locations, objects, and other image content. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179835 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ITEM SELECTING METHOD USING THE SAME - A method for selecting an item displayed on a display screen is provided. The method includes displaying a pointer on the screen, receiving an input of user manipulation to move the pointer displayed on the screen, and if the pointer moves closer to the item and if the pointer is placed without overlapping at least a part of the item, displaying a graphical user interface (GUI) indicating that it is possible to select the item with the pointer. | 07-11-2013 |
20130179836 | SEARCHING METHOD FOR A PLURALITY OF ITEMS AND TERMINAL SUPPORTING THE SAME - A terminal for searching a plurality of items includes: a communication unit for receiving a plurality of items configured in at least one of a list type and a grid type from a memory or an outside; an input unit or a display unit of a touch function for generating a separate display request of at least one selected from the plurality of items; and a controller controlling such that the at least one selected item is separately displayed on a selection item display region. | 07-11-2013 |
20130185674 | DATA PROCESSING TERMINAL, DATA SEARCH METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM - To facilitate an operation to display desired data among a set of similar data using a touch panel, a data processing terminal displays first group information being part of a plurality of group information and first data relevant to the first group information in association with each other as selectable areas on an input/output means, upon accepting a selection of the first group information from the user, displays, on the input/output means, a group selection area for selecting any of the plurality of group information including second group information not being displayed on the input/output means, upon accepting a selection of the second group information from the user through the group selection area, acquires second data relevant to the selected second group information from the storage means, and displays the second group information and the second data in association with each other as the selectable areas on the input/output means. | 07-18-2013 |
20130191781 | DISPLAYING AND INTERACTING WITH TOUCH CONTEXTUAL USER INTERFACE - When a user uses touch to interact with an application, a contextual touch user interface (UI) element may be displayed that includes a display of commands that are arranged in sections on a tool panel that appears to float over an area of the display. The sections include a C/C/P/D section, an object specific section and may include a contextual trigger/section and an additional UI trigger. The C/C/P/D section may comprise one or more of: cut, copy, paste and delete commands. The object specific section displays commands relating to a current user interaction with an application. The contextual trigger/section displays contextual commands and the alternative trigger section displays another UI element comprising more commands when triggered. | 07-25-2013 |
20130191782 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus capable of displaying information about a plurality of content data pieces recorded in a recording medium by a display unit includes a first display control unit configured to control the display unit such that information about content data is displayed in an arrangement based on attribute information of the content data, and a second display control unit configured to control the display unit such that information about content data is displayed in an arrangement based on other attribute information, wherein the second display control unit controls the display unit to display information indicating existence of the content data of which information is displayed by the first display control unit and information indicating existence of content data of which information is not displayed by the first control unit in a distinguishable manner. | 07-25-2013 |
20130191783 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a decision unit configured to determine whether the existence of the plurality of content data pieces is to be displayed using individual information corresponding to each piece of the content data or using representative information that combines the content data pieces into one based on the display position of the information indicating existence of each piece of the content data, and a display control unit configured to control a display unit to display the information indicating existence of the content data based on the display position based on a determined result of the decision unit. The display control unit controls the display unit to change a display form of the representative information according to whether at least one of the plurality of content data pieces of which existence is displayed by being combined into the representative information satisfies a predetermined condition. | 07-25-2013 |
20130198687 | SELECTION OF PRESETS FOR THE VISUALIZATION OF IMAGE DATA SETS - A computer-automated image visualization method for displaying images from an image data set comprising a plurality of image elements, each image element having an associated image value, including providing a visualization application with a library of presets, each preset defining a mapping between image values and their representation in a graphical user interface; loading an image data set from a data file containing the image data set; displaying an initial representation of the loaded image data set on a graphical user interface; receiving user input from a location in the representation to indicate a region of interest in the image data set; determining properties of image elements in the region of interest; making a list of potentially suitable presets from the library of presets based on the determined properties of the region of interest; and presenting the potentially suitable presets to the user for selection. | 08-01-2013 |
20130205251 | User Interface for Accessing Documents from a Computing Device - An application-centric model is employed for the storage, searching and retrieval of documents. By entering a command directed to a particular application program, such as clicking on an icon for that program, a user interface panel displays documents stored on the computing device that are associated with that application. From the panel, the user can perform various actions with respect to the displayed documents. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205252 | CONVEYING HIERARCHICAL ELEMENTS OF A USER INTERFACE - Techniques are disclosed for generating a view of a data flow model. One or more groupings of data flow objects in the data flow model is determined, based on an ontology. At least a first one of the groupings is collapsed in the view. The view is output for display in a user interface configured to selectively expand and collapse the first group based on user input. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205253 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMPLETING SCHEDULE INFORMATION, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON PROGRAM FOR EXECUTING THE METHOD - Methods and apparatus are provided for completing schedule information. A device displays keyword information corresponding to at least one piece of character information, and at least one piece of recommended schedule information selected from a plurality of domains and having a correlation with the keyword information, in response to inputting the at least one piece of character information. Schedule information is automatically completed according to at least a selection of a piece of recommended schedule information from the displayed at least one piece of recommended schedule information. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205254 | System and Method for Assigning and Scheduling Activities - Techniques to facilitate assignment and scheduling of activities. In accordance with a method, a chart showing a calendar of schedule for a number of available resources is provided in a first frame (or window) in a user interface menu, and a number of objects representative of a number of unplanned activities are provided in a second frame. A selection for an unplanned activity in the second frame (or a planned activity in the first frame) is received and, in response, selected ones of a number of objects in the chart are highlighted based on the selected activity. A request to assign the selected activity to a selected resource and to schedule the selected activity for a particular time duration is thereafter received. The requested assignment and scheduling may be accepted or rejected based on the requirements of the selected activity and the capabilities of the selected resource. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205255 | Virtual Opening of Boxes and Packs of Cards - Systems and methods for virtual opening of packages such as boxes and packs of cards are provided herein. Exemplary systems may execute methods via one or more processors, which are programmed to generate a visual representation of a package, receive input from the user, the input indicating opening of the package, and provide feedback to the user corresponding to the opening of the package that at least partially mimics a physical opening of the package. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205256 | Spatially Driven Content Presentation In A Cellular Environment - Techniques are provided for integrated content presentation via cells arranged geometrically in a cellular environment. Users can navigate various orientations and zoom states of the cellular environment to access information via different applications, different media types, different visual representations and from different underlying content sources. The information can be organized according to various logical relationships. Upon receiving an indication of a zoom state associated with a cell or a group of cells arranged in the cellular environment, a content reference at that zoom state is retrieved. Further, the content reference is resolved to retrieve and output content, including a visual representation associated with the zoom state. | 08-08-2013 |
20130205257 | Systems and Methods for Providing Information Pertaining to Physical Infrastructure of a Building or Property - A computer implemented system and method for displaying information pertaining to physical infrastructure in a building or on a property via a mobile software application operating or a mobile device are provided. The mobile software application includes steps of (a) optionally displaying a list of selectable buildings and/or areas at a property, (b) optionally displaying a list of selectable floors if a building having multiple floors is selected, (c) displaying a list of points of interest for the selected floor, building or area, and (d) displaying a floor plan or area map with selected points of interest highlighted. | 08-08-2013 |
20130212527 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY BINDING SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS TO DEVICES - A system stores semantic information relating to several devices. The semantic information relates to a description of data that are associated with the devices. The system stores a database of software applications that can be used in connection with the devices. The system displays to an output device one or more software applications that can be used in connection with a particular device, and receives into the system a selection of the one or more software applications that are to be used in connection with the particular device. The system transmits data to and receives data from the particular device as a function of requirements of the selected one or more software applications and semantic information relating to the particular device. | 08-15-2013 |
20130212528 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTED DATABASE KEYWORD SEARCHING - A method performed by a mobile communications device, including: populating a central database on the device with a title for each of a plurality of software modules installed on the device and associating each title with its software module; populating the central database with at least one keyword associated with each of the plurality of software modules and associating each keyword with its software module; receiving at the device a search query; displaying at the device a search result identifying at least one of the software modules installed on the device having either a title or one or more associated keywords matching the search query; and in response to receiving at the device a selection of a software module identified in the search result, activating the selected software module. | 08-15-2013 |
20130212529 | USER INTERFACE FOR TOUCH AND SWIPE NAVIGATION - A method and device to create a user interface for touch and swipe navigation in a touch sensitive mobile device is provided. A touch action performed by a user is identified on the touch screen display, a context related to the touch action is identified, a menu is displayed based on the identified context, and a menu option corresponding to direction of swipe performed onto the menu is selected from among options of the menu, without removing the touch. | 08-15-2013 |
20130219333 | Extensible Framework for Facilitating Interaction with Devices - Embodiments include a method of providing an assistant application that identifies a plurality of applications available to a device and receiving, via the device, natural language input. The natural language input can be evaluated to identify a subset of the plurality of applications in order to provide output comprising one or more suggested commands. Each suggested command can correspond to one of the subset of identified applications. In response to selection of a suggested command, the corresponding application can be invoked. Prior to invoking the application, the context for invoking the application and/or the context of the input may be evaluated in order to determine one or more parameters associated with the application. The natural language input can be used to suggest commands that include one or more suggested parameter values to pass to when invoking the application. Similar techniques can be used for accessing data services. | 08-22-2013 |
20130219334 | TRIP AND TRAVEL TOOL - A server transmits a first page to be displayed. The first page includes a location entry representing a location to visit on a trip and at least two map elements, the two map elements and location entry being organized as a list in a first order on the first page. A request to move a selected map element of the two map elements within the list is received. Parameters of the selected map element are changed to form changed parameters that change the position of the selected map element within the list. The server transmits a second page to be displayed based on the changed parameters, the second page comprising the location entry and the two map elements organized as a second list in a second order. | 08-22-2013 |
20130219335 | Method and Apparatus for Placing Icon - A method and an apparatus are disclosed for placing icons, which relate to the field of handheld terminal devices and solve the problem where when there are many icons on a main menu or desktop, after the icons on the main menu or desktop are sorted according to initial letters, it is still difficult for a user to find a required program icon from the many icons. The technical solutions of the present invention include: obtaining a characteristic value of an application downloaded from a third party; and according to a preset mapping relationship between a characteristic value and a terminal icon category, placing icons of the application according to a terminal icon category corresponding to the characteristic value of the application. | 08-22-2013 |
20130219336 | OPERATING DEVICE FOR OPERATING AT LEAST ONE ELECTRIC DEVICE - The invention relates to an operating device ( | 08-22-2013 |
20130227476 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION ON A GRAPHIC USER INTERFACE - Provided herein are a method, apparatus and computer program product for arranging and re-arranging information presented on a display. In particular, methods may include providing for display of a plurality of tiles, each in a respective first location; receiving an input proximate a first point on a display; and moving at least one of the plurality of tiles toward the first point in response to receiving the input proximate the first point. The tiles may include representations of applications, data, or information. The plurality of tiles may include tiles related to a first group and tiles related to a second group, where moving at least one of the plurality of tiles toward the first point may include moving the tiles related to the first group toward the first point while the tiles related to the second group remain in their respective first locations. | 08-29-2013 |
20130227477 | SEMAPHORE GESTURE FOR HUMAN-MACHINE INTERFACE - An embodiment of the invention provides a gesture recognition system (GRS) that displays a graphical user interface in which symbols are grouped into “pods” on a display screen, and a user enters a desired symbol into a computer by selecting a pod containing the desired symbol, and then selecting the symbol from a display of the symbols in the selected pod using hand motions without having to contact the display screen or use a manual controller. | 08-29-2013 |
20130227478 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A DISPLAY - A method comprises detecting, by a portable electronic device having a display, a gesture, selecting a category of selectable items based on the gesture. The method further comprises identifying one or more selectable items within the selected category to be displayed, and displaying the one or more selectable items. | 08-29-2013 |
20130227479 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DYNAMIC LIST VIEWS AND DETAIL PAGES - Systems and methods are provided for dynamic list views and detail pages. A database system can update a subscribed field in a data record when the field is updated and when a user interface is displaying the field in a list view. The system can provide a notification of an update for a subscribed field in a data record when the field is updated and when a user interface is displaying the field in a list view. The system can update a subscribed field in a data record when the field is updated and when a user interface is displaying the field in a detail page for a list view. The system can provide a notification of an update for a subscribed field in a data record when the field is updated and when a user interface is displaying the field in a detail page for a list view. | 08-29-2013 |
20130227480 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTING OBJECT IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE HAVING TOUCHSCREEN - An apparatus and a method for selecting an object in an electronic device having a touchscreen are provided. The method for selecting an object, includes when a first touch is detected, setting a point of the first touch as a first reference point, and when movement of touch points from the first touch point is detected, selecting at least two objects, included in a first object selection area according to the first touch point and a first movement path of the touch points. | 08-29-2013 |
20130227481 | APPARATUS CUSTOMIZATION - An apparatus, computer-implemented method for customizing an apparatus, and system for customizing an apparatus are disclosed. A user interface may allow a user to define content for customizing a selected apparatus. Based on the selected apparatus and the user-defined content, a label may be created that can be applied to the apparatus by a user. In this manner, an apparatus may be customized by applying and/or reapplying a label with user-defined content. | 08-29-2013 |
20130232446 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR UNLOCKING ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present invention provides an electronic device including a touch screen, an image processing unit, a determination unit, and a switching unit. The touch screen receives a predetermined gesture and displays a plurality of screen layers including a lock layer and a desktop. The image processing unit inserts the lock layer above the desktop in a locked mode, wherein the lock layer comprises a lock icon disposed at a predetermined position. The determination unit determines whether the predetermined gesture has been executed at the predetermined position on the lock layer when the touch screen has been triggered by the predetermined gesture in the lock mode. The switching unit forces the electronic device to enter a normal operating mode from the lock mode and execute an application corresponding to the lock icon at the predetermined position when the predetermined gesture has been executed at the predetermined position. | 09-05-2013 |
20130232447 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MANAGING DATA - Systems and methods for managing data, such as metadata. In one exemplary method, metadata from files created by several different software applications are captured, and the captured metadata is searched. The type of information in metadata for one type of file differs from the type of information in metadata for another type of file. Other methods are described and data processing systems and machine readable media are also described. | 09-05-2013 |
20130239051 | NON-DESTRUCTIVE EDITING FOR A MEDIA EDITING APPLICATION - Some embodiments provide a method for defining a data structure that represents an edited image managed by an image editing application. The defining of the data structure includes defining an identifier for identifying an original version of the edited image. The defining of the data structure includes defining a set of identifiers for identifying a set of edit instructions for applying edits to the original version of the edited image. The defining of the data structure includes defining a set of cached images for storing a set of different versions of the edited image. | 09-12-2013 |
20130239052 | MULTITOUCH CONTROL OF PETROTECHNICAL SOFTWARE - A method can include commencing a petrotechnical analysis workflow that includes a plurality of tasks; initializing one or more touch modules associated with the workflow; accessing data associated with the workflow; rendering one or more visualizations of the data to a touchscreen; and sensing multiple touches via the touchscreen for controlling one or more actions associated with the workflow according to the one or more touch modules. Various other apparatuses, systems, methods, etc., are also disclosed. | 09-12-2013 |
20130239053 | GENERATING INTERACTIVE MENU FOR CONTENTS SEARCH BASED ON USER INPUTS - The disclosure is related to a method for providing an interactive menu data for contents search. At least one query word may be generated based on user inputs at user equipment. A server may generate an interactive menu data based on the received at least one query word. The server may provide the generated interactive menu data to the user equipment. | 09-12-2013 |
20130254710 | STACKS FOR CONTENT ORGANIZATION - Stacks that associate different electronic content are created using tags that are associated with electronic content. Stacks may be personal, organizational and/or shared. A tag may be associated with different types of electronic content (e.g. documents, people, contacts, meetings, emails, . . . ) that may be stored in different locations. The tag acts as an identifier that travels with the content as the electronic content is used. Content may be automatically/manually tagged. As the tagged content is used, the different applications that interact with the content (e.g. a messaging application, a content application) can use the tag to perform different actions. Changes to content with a tag may be aggregated such that users looking at the “consolidated” view can see all changes made to content or activity related to that content. | 09-26-2013 |
20130254711 | Designing Operations Interface to Enhance Situational Awareness - Enhancing situational awareness in operations management includes: generating a user interface incorporating multiple display interfaces; receiving event data for a plurality of events monitored by an operator viewing the multiple display interfaces; receiving context data for the plurality of events, wherein the context data is received from multiple sources; matching the plurality of the events with the context data; determining the events which the operator must handle as priority events; displaying the priority events; and reducing saliency of any events and tasks that are not associated with the priority events. | 09-26-2013 |
20130254712 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING GUI TO DISPLAY LIST OF ITEM IN TERMINAL AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method and a terminal for displaying a list of items are provided. The method includes determining items to be displayed, each item having a title, determining a set of items in which at least one of a length and a rate of a coinciding portion of the titles of the determined items is greater than a preset value, displaying the set using a portion that coincides with the titles of the items, as the title of the set, receiving a set selection input, and displaying a list of items included in a set selected by the set selection input. | 09-26-2013 |
20130254713 | Sourcing and Work Product Techniques - Sourcing and work product techniques are described. In one or more implementations, a system includes one or more modules implemented at least partially in hardware and that are configured to collect data related to an opportunity described in a posting. The data is collected via an application made by a user to the posting, a recommendation made on behalf of another user based on the posting, and at least one discovery made via a search. The system also includes at least one module implemented at least partially in hardware and configured to generate a user interface that includes representations of users from the data and a portion that is configured to display potential candidates responsive to one or more selections made via the user interface of one or more of the representations. | 09-26-2013 |
20130254714 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING FLOATING USER INTERFACE - An apparatus and method of providing a floating user interface is provided. A floating user interface including menus for executable terminal functions is activated and a terminal function is executed through the floating user interface, thus enabling a user to conveniently perform terminal functions through the floating user interface under any environment of the terminal. | 09-26-2013 |
20130254715 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING SCREENS IN A PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method of managing screens of a portable terminal includes: requesting a movement of an icon; displaying summary information corresponding to each of the screens in response to the request; requesting a movement and a rearrangement of the icon in relation to one piece of summary information among the displayed summary information; and moving the icon to and rearranging the icon on a screen corresponding to the summary information in relation to which the movement and the rearrangement of the icon is requested. | 09-26-2013 |
20130254716 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRESENTING CONTENT VIA SOCIAL NETWORKING MESSAGES - An example approach is provided for presenting content in a user interface associated with social networking messages based on gaze tracking information. A content presentation platform determines a rendering of a user interface presenting one or more social networking messages. The content presentation platform further determines a selection of at least one of the one or more social networking messages based, at least in part, on gaze tracking information. The content presentation platform also causes, at least in part, a presentation of content at the user interface based, at least in part, on the selection. | 09-26-2013 |
20130263049 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONTENT LISTS USING CONNECTING USER INTERFACE ELEMENTS - An approach is provided for providing content lists using connecting user interface elements. The content-based patching platform causes, at least in part, a rendering of a user interface depicting at least one location-based content list and at least one other location-based content list. Next, the content-based patching platform determines one or more interactions with at least one connecting user interface element to cause, at least in part, an association of the at least one location-based content list with the at least one other location-based content list. Then, the content-based patching platform determines to create at least one mixed content list from the at least one location-based content list, the at least one other location-based content list, or a combination thereof based, at least in part, on the association. | 10-03-2013 |
20130263050 | METHOD OF NAVIGATING AXES OF INFORMATION ELEMENTS - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for shifting an active information element among information elements disposed on an array thereof, a group of arrays thereof and a plurality of arrays thereof. A system and an interface configured to carry out the method is hereby provided. | 10-03-2013 |
20130263051 | NAVIGATION APPARATUS AND NAVIGATION APPARATUS DISPLAY METHOD - Disclosed herein is a navigation apparatus for displaying maps on a display section based on map data held in a recording section, the navigation apparatus including: a current position detection section configured to detect the current position of the navigation apparatus; a touch-sensitive panel configured to be installed on a display screen of the display section; and a control section configured to control changes in what is displayed on the display section in response to operations performed by a user on the touch-sensitive panel. | 10-03-2013 |
20130268886 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRIP PLANNING AND MARKETING TRIP ITEMS - In some embodiments, systems and methods for assisting in trip planning are provided. A calendar interface is presented to a traveler. In some embodiments, trip items may be added by the traveler to the calendar interface via import, entry, or selection from a trip item tray. In some embodiments, trip items may be presented in a trip item tray based on a match rank value representing a correspondence between preferences associated with the trip and attributes of the trip items. In some embodiments, interfaces may be presented to a supplier of trip items that allow the supplier to push relevant trip items to selected travelers during their travel upon detection of a push event. | 10-10-2013 |
20130268887 | DEVICE AND PROCESS FOR AUGMENTING AN ELECTRONIC MENU USING SOCIAL CONTEXT DATA - A process to augment a restaurant menu displayed electronically to a user is disclosed. The process may be implemented over a network. The user belongs to a social media environment and has friends or other data pertaining to that environment. The process uses this data to select or highlight content given by those contacts for a menu item on the electronic menu presented to the user. An algorithm selects those reviews to provide the best information to the user. | 10-10-2013 |
20130268888 | DYNAMIC USER INTERFACE FOR PREVIEWING LIVE CONTENT - A dynamic user interface for previewing live content includes multiple tiles. A selection can be received from a user to define a tiled user interface layout that includes the multiple tiles each configured to display content from an associated content gallery. The content can be displayed on the multiple tiles in the tiled user interface layout, and one or more of the tiles change over time to display different pieces of the content from the associated content gallery of a tile. | 10-10-2013 |
20130275913 | Presentation of Items on a Display - A user terminal in a group of user terminals for which interaction statistics concerning items are provided in an interaction data server and being associated with an entity identifier administrated by an entity handling server, comprises a user input unit, a display, a communication interface, an item memory comprising a set of items, an entity memory with the entity identifier and an item presentation control unit configured to fetch the entity identifier, request entity specific data from the entity handling server, receive the entity specific data, obtain interaction statistics regarding items in the set from the interaction data server, determine priorities of the items in the set based on the interaction statistics and the entity specific data, select a group of items from the set based on their priority settings and the size of the display, and present the group of items on the display. | 10-17-2013 |
20130275914 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TOUCH PANEL - An electronic device and its method for controlling touch panel are disclosed. The electronic device includes a touch panel and a processing module. The touch panel displays a functional menu. The processing module analyzes a movement trajectory formed by the plurality of input signals to obtain each input area passed by the movement trajectory and a receiving sequence. The processing module controls a display location of the functional menu to be displayed in the touch panel based upon the input area and the receiving sequence. The processing module determines whether or not the first block is greater than the second block in the plurality of input areas corresponding to the input signal. When the first block is greater than the second block, the touch panel starts the first mode. When the first block is smaller than the second block, the touch panel starts the second mode. | 10-17-2013 |
20130275915 | APPRATUS AND METHOD FOR LOADING APPLICATION OF PORTABLE DEVICE - In a computerized method for loading applications of a portable device, a usage frequency of each of the applications is counted during a time period when the portable device is in a power-on state. The applications that are installed in an external or embedded storage of the portable device are searched and the usage frequency of each of the applications is obtained, when the portable device is booted or rebooted. The applications are arranged in a sequence according to the usage frequency of each of the applications, and each of the applications is loaded from the external or embedded storage to a random access memory of the portable device in sequence according to an arrangement order of each application in the sequence. | 10-17-2013 |
20130283208 | GAZE-ENHANCED VIRTUAL TOUCHSCREEN - A method, including presenting, by a computer, multiple interactive items on a display coupled to the computer, receiving an input indicating a direction of a gaze of a user of the computer. In response to the gaze direction, one of the multiple interactive items is selected, and subsequent to the one of the interactive items being selected, a sequence of three-dimensional (3D) maps is received containing at least a hand of the user. The 3D maps are analyzed to detect a gesture performed by the user, and an operation is performed on the selected interactive item in response to the gesture. | 10-24-2013 |
20130283209 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE THEREOF - A display apparatus and method are provided. The display apparatus includes a display unit, a user interface (UI) generator which generates a UI to operate an executed application program, a communication unit which receives a control signal from a control device of a plurality of control devices wherein each of the plurality of control devices includes a control grade in order to select the UI; and a controller which determines whether the control device of the plurality of control devices which has transmitted the control signal has a control authority to select the UI, based on the control grade of the control device of the plurality of control devices, and operates the application program according to the control signal if the control device of the plurality of control devices has the control authority. | 10-24-2013 |
20130283210 | Support Mechanisms for Improved Group Policy Management User Interface - Provided are support mechanisms for a user interface mechanism that performs group policy management. The support mechanisms include a context menu map that provides a consistent and efficient way to generate interactive context menus for nodes using only straightforward declarations. The declarations are processed to invoke code with corresponding parameters that in turn generates a data structure corresponding to a context menu that is to be displayed. The data structure is processed into another data structure, from which data is extracted to meet the requirements of a hosting management application. An intermediary communications object is provided to separate the user interface into multiple components which each exchange data. A progress dialog is also provided to update the user as to the progress of lengthy operations performed on various managed objects, and to drive those operations. Refresh logic replicates changes made at one location in the user interface to other nodes. | 10-24-2013 |
20130290899 | OBTAINING STATUS DATA - Examples of the present invention provide systems and method for obtaining status data of a device having a plurality of component parts comprising displaying a visual representation of the device and at least some of its component parts, and in response to a user action selecting a portion of the visual representation performing one of: displaying a visual representation of the portion and subcomponents of the portion, and obtaining and displaying data related to the selected part. | 10-31-2013 |
20130290900 | System and Method for Voice Activated Provisioning of Telecommunication Services - A system and method for provisioning communications services. A remote device controlled by a user is linked with a provisioning system. A verbal selection of a menu associated with a library is received for performing one or more actions within the provisioning system. One or more verbal commands associated with the menu are received. A determination is made of an action within the library associated with the one or more verbal commands. The action associated with the one or more verbal commands is performed in the provisioning system to provision the communications services. | 10-31-2013 |
20130290901 | REMOTE CONTROL, DISPLAY DEVICE, TELEVISION RECEIVER DEVICE, AND PROGRAM FOR REMOTE CONTROL - In regards to the conventional technology for performing operational inputs by referring a GUI and by means of a touch sensor, there exists a problem in which the relationship of correspondence between on-screen locations of selection items on a GUI and touchpad locations cannot be accurately grasped. Moreover, cases in which a touch panel equipped with an information display function instead of a touch sensor is used cause problems in that the cost thereof or power consumed thereby can be relatively high, etc. In order to solve the problems described as above, the present invention provides a remote control that selects an icon on a GUI as a target of operation using a touch sensor, and which is characterized by a configuration that allows a user to easily identify the relationship of correspondence by brightening of a touch sensor on a touchpad corresponding to icon arrangement on a GUI. | 10-31-2013 |
20130298079 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UNLOCKING AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method for controlling an unlocking operation includes detecting an unlocking event, displaying a virtual control mechanism for performing the unlocking operation, detecting a touch input on a touch screen of an electronic device, determining whether the touch input is an unlocking touch input, and unlocking a component of the electronic device. An electronic device includes a touch screen to receive a touch input, and to display a virtual control mechanism, and an unlocking unit to detect an unlocking event, to determine whether the touch input is an unlocking touch input, and to unlock a component of the electronic device. | 11-07-2013 |
20130311943 | System for Collecting User Ratings and Reviews in Web Environments - This invention relates to software computing systems and, more specifically, to systems for voting, rating, sharing content and/or posting comments on, for example, web pages and/or web applications, and preferably those software computing systems which include a graphical interface configured with elements that, on closing, allow the sending of data structures relating to web content ratings, preferences, comments or recommendations made by the user. | 11-21-2013 |
20130311944 | HANDLES INTERACTIONS FOR HUMAN-COMPUTER INTERFACE - A system is disclosed for providing on-screen graphical handles to control interaction between a user and on-screen objects. A handle defines what actions a user may perform on the object, such as for example scrolling through a textual or graphical navigation menu. Affordances are provided to guide the user through the process of interacting with a handle. | 11-21-2013 |
20130311945 | INPUT DEVICE - An input device is provided in which a selectable object intended by a user is selected temporarily by the proximity position detecting section when the user brings the selection commanding body close to the display screen, and is judged to have been selected as a regular one when the user brings the selection commanding body into contact with the display screen at a position that is within a prescribed distance of the selectable object in a state that the user is notified of its temporary selection. | 11-21-2013 |
20130318473 | Unified Settings for Multiple Account Types - Account types that support one or more data classes (e.g., email, contacts, calendar, instant messaging) can be added and configured on a mobile device using a unified settings user interface. The user interface allows the user to easily activate and deactivate one or more data classes for an account type. The user interface can support one or more predefined account types and can allow the user to add and configure new account types. Visual indicators are provided in the user interface to remind the user of the data classes that are active on the mobile device for a particular account. Users can configure settings that effect a particular data class in all accounts on the mobile device. Users can also configure settings that are specific to a particular account. | 11-28-2013 |
20130318474 | LOCATION OF A TOUCH-SENSITIVE CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method includes detecting a touch on a touch-sensitive display at a location not associated with a control, displaying, in association with the location, a displayed control, and activating the displayed control. | 11-28-2013 |
20130326402 | MASTER SLAVE REGION BRANDING - Methods and apparatus provide for a region brander configured to uniformly apply branding (i.e graphical modifications) upon both content data and application data to effectuate a seamless branding of an entire region of a graphical user interface (GUI). The region brander defines a hierarchy relationship between content and a branding extension (i.e. embedded modification information) with respect to a region in a Graphical User Interface (GUI). The region brander further defines a master region in the GUI to apply the hierarchy relationship to display the content and the branding extension in the master region. A slave region in the GUI can also be defined to apply the hierarchy relationship in order to: (i) display, in the slave region, the branding extensions related to content selected in the master region, and (ii) display episodic content related to content selected in the master region. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326403 | METHOD OF SETTING ALTERNATE STYLE ASSIGNMENTS TO MENU ELEMENTS OF AN APPLICATION - A method, apparatus and computer program product for setting alternate style assignments to menu elements of an application are presented. At least one menu element of an application is selected. An alternate style is assigned to the at least one menu element. The at least one menu elements of the application is displayed, wherein the at least one menu element is presented in the alternate style assigned to the element. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326404 | Disable Feature of Computing Device - A computing device to detect if a power button of the computing device is accessed as computing device initially receives power from a power source. The computing device disables a feature of the computing device if the power button is accessed as the computing device initially receives power from the power source. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326405 | Method and Apparatus Pertaining to Radiation Treatment Plan Optimization States - A control circuit stores a plurality of radiation treatment plan states as pertain to optimization of a given radiation treatment plan. The control circuit detects a user's selection of a particular one of the plurality of radiation treatment plan states and responsively displays dose distribution information as corresponds to that selected state. The control circuit can automatically store at least some of those states and/or can provide the user with an opportunity to selectively save a particular state. The control circuit can provide the user with an opportunity to modify optimization objectives such that at least two of the states correspond to different optimization objectives for the radiation treatment plan. The control circuit can also display a radiation treatment plan state selector to facilitate the user selecting the particular state. An individual selector for each state can provide a visual indication of merit as pertains to each such state. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326406 | PERSONALIZED CONTENT FROM INDEXED ARCHIVES - Personalized content is generated from different media items using a content index. The content index is generated or updated by identifying segments of media items that are of particular interest to users. User interactions with the media items are analyzed and metadata of segments of media items that are determined to be of particular interest to the users is recorded. The parameters associated with a request for personalized content for a user are matched with the recorded metadata to identify relevant media items or segments of media items which are transmitted to the user as the personalized content. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326407 | Problem Reporting in Maps - For a mapping application, a method for reporting a problem related to a map displayed by the mapping application is described. The method identifies a mode in which the mapping application is operating. The method identifies a set of types of problems to report based on the identified mode. The method displays, in a display area of the mapping application, a graphical user interface (GUI) page that includes a set of selectable user interface (UI) items that represent the identified set of types of problems. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326408 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF AN ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND CONTROL PROGRAM OF AN ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - One embodiment provides an electronic apparatus including: an output module configured to detect a first text from texts displayed on a display according to an operation by a user, and to output a menu according to an attribute of a neighborhood region of the first text; a supplementing module configured to supplement, if a first action item of action items included in the menu is selected by a user, the neighborhood region of the first text according to the first action item and to generate a supplemented neighborhood region; and a processor configured to perform an action corresponding to the first action item according to the supplemented neighborhood region. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326409 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, STORING MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY METHOD - An example information processing device includes: a first determination unit that determines a first group of contents including at least one of first contents usable by the information processing device without restriction; a second determination unit that determines a second group of contents including at least one of the first contents and at least one of second contents usable by the information processing device with a restriction; and a display controller that displays a first object corresponding to the first group of contents determined by the first determination unit and a second object corresponding to the second group of contents determined by the second determination unit. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326410 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, STORING MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY METHOD - An example information processing device includes: a selection unit that selects a predetermined number of contents including at least one of first contents available at an information processing device and at least one of second contents usable with restriction; a display controller that displays objects each corresponding to a content included in the selected at least one of first contents and the selected at least one of second contents; and an execution unit that executes a processing corresponding to an object included in the displayed objects in response to designation of the object by a user. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326411 | DATA VISUALISATION SYSTEM - A virtual environment is provided for displaying multidimensional models of data. Embodiments of the system provide an interface which allows a user to navigate intuitively and efficiently between alternative views of the data represented in the model, and to combine additional data categories with the existing model. Embodiments of the system draw upon cellular data stored in a database structure to represent the data in a graphical form on a visual display, wherein cellular data are data partitioned by at least two interrelated data categories into discrete ‘cells’. Models may be manipulated, viewed and compared using a user control device, such as a touch screen display. Alterations to the data stored in the database may be represented by commensurate changes to the objects displayed in the model, and the relational forms and shapes formed between the categories of data. | 12-05-2013 |
20130326412 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISPLAYING RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN DATA ITEMS, INDIVIDUALS, AND DYNAMICALLY CALCULATED METRIC SCORES - The present disclosure generally relates to providing an interface for visualization of data. In accordance with one implementation, a computer-implemented method is provided that comprises displaying one or more metrics and detecting a selection of the one or more metrics. The method also includes displaying one or more objects representing persona groups and one or more corresponding gravity wells for each selected one of the one or more metrics. The displayed interface visually represents correlation between each of the one or more objects, each of the one or more objects representing one of a corresponding persona group from persona groups, and the corresponding gravity well. | 12-05-2013 |
20130332883 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING NOTIFICATIONS - Embodiments described in the specification include a method, system and apparatus for providing notifications. The method comprises executing a notification application to receive a watch instruction generated via execution of a messaging application, the watch instruction including an identifier of the messaging application and an identifier for a subset of messages stored in association with the messaging application; storing the watch instruction; executing the notification application to receive a notification request generated via execution of the messaging application in response to the receipt of a new message at the communication device, the notification request including an application identifier and a message identifier; determining the processor whether the message identifier matches the subset identifier; and, when the determination is affirmative, controlling the at least one output device at the processor to generate a notification signal according to override notification settings stored in the memory in association with the watch instruction. | 12-12-2013 |
20130332884 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display control apparatus displays, when a user can select an item through a plurality of operation members, related information on a selected item at a timing that the user feels more comfortable according to an operation unit through which the user has selected the item. The display control apparatus includes a control unit for controlling a display unit to display, when an item among a plurality of the selectable items displayed on the display unit is selected in response to an operation different from a touching operation, related information on the selected item in response to the elapse of a first time period after the operation is performed, and when an item among the plurality of selectable items is selected in response to the touching operation, the related information on the selected item before the elapse of the first time period from when the touching operation is performed. | 12-12-2013 |
20130339901 | ORGANIZING GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATIONS ON COMPUTING DEVICES - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for identifying a current configuration of graphical representations displayed in a user interface presented by a computing device, each of the graphical representations being associated with a respective computer-executable application, determining at least one usage signal corresponding to each of the graphical representations, the usage signal reflecting user interaction with the respective associated computer-executable application, determining one or more success metrics indicative of an efficiency of the current configuration of graphical representations, generating, using an optimization technique, a modified configuration of graphical representations based on the usage signals and the one or more success metrics, and presenting, in the user interface, at least a portion of the modified configuration of graphical representations. | 12-19-2013 |
20130339902 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROJECT OR CURRICULUM MANAGEMENT - Method and system for facilitating the management of a user's projects. A user's project tracks, such as a school course track, which can be obtained by a content provider or created by the user, are presented on a display of a computing device. Each track has a time dimension and includes one or more objects positioned along the time dimension. The user is guided to perform various tasks related to the user's project tracks by a user interaction component presented on the display, which can include an avatar and an associated graphic user interface (GUI), based on a conversation format. | 12-19-2013 |
20140007007 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME | 01-02-2014 |
20140007008 | TECHNIQUES FOR SELECT-HOLD-RELEASE ELECTRONIC DEVICE NAVIGATION MENU SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140007009 | MOBILE VIDEO-BASED THERAPY | 01-02-2014 |
20140013274 | MENU TRAILS FOR A PORTABLE MEDIA PLAYER - A software and/or hardware facility for generating menu trails for a portable media player. A menu trail is a visual cue to a user, repeated on each menu item in the media player navigation interface, that highlights a path for the user to follow to a content item stored on or accessible by the media player, or to a capability of the media player. Menu trails may highlight new content and capabilities, or may highlight existing content or capabilities. A user using the media player may easily follow the visual cues through the player's menus in order to navigate to the content item or capability. | 01-09-2014 |
20140013275 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND METHOD, AND PROGRAM - According to an illustrative embodiment an information processing device is provided. The device includes a processor for controlling acquisition of first information which indicates a service not registered in an integrated circuit of the device and a service registered in the integrated circuit of the device, the first information being acquired from within the device, controlling acquisition of second information which indicates a service registered in the integrated circuit of the device, and controlling display based on the first information and second information. | 01-09-2014 |
20140019910 | TOUCH AND GESTURE INPUT-BASED CONTROL METHOD AND TERMINAL THEREFOR - A touch and gesture input-based control method for a mobile terminal or handheld display is provided for facilitating the switching operation between for an object in response to a gesture input subsequent to a touch input. The method includes detecting a touch input; selecting at least one object corresponding to the touch input; detecting a gesture input; and performing switching corresponding to the gesture input in a state where the object is held at a position of the touch input. The invention permits paging through lists of documents or icons, etc., while retaining the display of the held object on the touch screen. | 01-16-2014 |
20140019911 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS - A display control apparatus can receive an instruction to switch selection to a first direction and a second direction, and perform control to, in response to an instruction to switch the selection to the first direction, from among display items included in a succeeding row, select a second display item a position in a second axial direction parallel to the second direction of which is closest to a position in the second axial direction of a first display item that is first selected, and, when a second instruction to switch the selection to the first direction is further issued from a state where the second display item is selected, select a display item a position in the second axial direction of which is closest to the position in the second axial direction of the first display item from among the display items included in a further succeeding row. | 01-16-2014 |
20140019912 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING SLIDING OPERATIONS ON PORTABLE TERMINAL DEVICES - The invention relates to a system for processing sliding operations on a portable terminal device. The portable terminal device includes a touch screen. The system includes a memory device configured to store data related to sliding operations, and a processor coupled to the memory device. The processor is configured to cause to display, on the touch screen, a communication function interface for receiving user sliding operations. The processor is further configured to receive original messages obtained on the touch screen corresponding to the user sliding operations, and process the original messages to determine possible sliding patterns corresponding to the user sliding operations. The processor is also configured to set a user-defined sliding pattern based on the possible sliding patterns. | 01-16-2014 |
20140019913 | USER INTERFACE WITH PROXIMITY DETECTION FOR OBJECT TRACKING - A system or method for tracking items proximate a user interface device include a user interface device having at least one solid-state touch-sensitive region and a receiver for wirelessly receiving a signal from at least one item to determine proximity of the item relative to the user interface device. The device may also include a display screen for displaying controls and information. The user interface device may be permanently or removably mounted in a vehicle and used to interface with vehicle systems and personal electronic devices for control and information display. Tracked items or objects may include passive or active data tags and communicate identification information and optionally position information to the user interface device. The device may alert the user to movement of tracked objects, and/or confirm presence of a group of objects intended for a particular task or project. The device may use various wired or wireless devices to control selections and/or a cursor on the display. | 01-16-2014 |
20140026097 | METHOD FOR SELECTING AN ELEMENT OF A USER INTERFACE AND DEVICE IMPLEMENTING SUCH A METHOD - A method for selecting at least one element of a user interface on an electronic unit, including a step during which an action of an initialisation tool, positioned into an initialisation position on the user interface on the unit, triggers a display of a virtual magnifier encompassing the initialisation position; and then a step during which an action of a validation tool triggers a display in the magnifier of a cursor centered on the initialisation position; and then a step during which any movement of the validation tool causes an identical movement of the cursor and the virtual magnifier on the interface and which depends on the movement of the validation tool; and then a step during which at least one element of the interface is selected when the validation tool is picked up from the interface or that a selection tool is put onto the interface. | 01-23-2014 |
20140026098 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NAVIGATING AN INTERFACE OF AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - Systems and methods are provided for managing functionalities associated with a dynamic information region of an electronic device. The information region can update with indications of various applications in response to various triggers. Further, the information region can detect selections by a user of the electronic device and display functions associated with the selected application in response to detecting the selections. The user can use various gestures to select the application of the information region or a function of the application, and the electronic device can initiate the application according to the selection. In embodiments, the content in the information region can update from within an application based on switches among interface screens of the application, the receipt of external or internal notifications, user interactions, and/or the like. | 01-23-2014 |
20140033122 | SMART MODULE MANAGEMENT SELECTION - In some example embodiments, a system and method is shown that includes receiving selection input to select content to be presented by a device. A presentation option is selected for a presentation of the content based upon a content type of the content and a presentation attribute. | 01-30-2014 |
20140033123 | USER INTERFACE AND METHOD FOR COMPARING A LOCAL VERSION OF A PROFILE TO AN ONLINE UPDATE - Systems and methods (“utility”) for comparing two or more product profiles are described herein. The utility may include a graphical user interface that is operative to compare and display the differences between product profiles so that a user may quickly determine whether to choose one of the profiles. The product profiles that are compared may include profiles representing two different products, or profiles representing different versions of the same product. Further, the product profiles being compared may include a first product profile stored locally on a user's computer and a second (update) product profile stored on a remote computer. | 01-30-2014 |
20140033124 | OBJECT SELECTION - In an example embodiment, a system and method is illustrated that includes receiving a first cursor actuation signal from a cursor controlling device where the first cursor actuation signal received at a first cursor position in a graphical user interface. Further, the system and method includes determining an old hierarchy level, determining a new hierarchy level based on the first cursor position and the old hierarchy level, and selecting a target object based on the new hierarchy level and the first cursor position. | 01-30-2014 |
20140033125 | ORGANIZATION, VISUALIZATION AND UTILIZATION OF GENOMIC DATA ON ELECTRONIC DEVICES - Described herein are methods, devices and systems for simple organization, visualization and use of genome data (e.g. human genome data) on electronic devices (e.g. portable devices). In some embodiments, the data are organized and/or visualized according to phenotype traits, genes, and/or markers in a similar manner to the organization and/or visualization of digital music contents. This concept allows a new procedure for genomic data organization and facilitates the development of genomic data visualization tools. The methods described herein can be implemented with consumer-oriented software on electronic devices, computers, and portable devices, for the use of genomic related data in the field of personalized medicine for predictive, preventive and participative wireless healthcare. | 01-30-2014 |
20140040824 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DATA NAVIGATION - A system and method for data navigation are disclosed. One method comprises defining a bounded portion or region of data and defining a navigation rule for the bounded portion of data, wherein the navigation rule defines a movement of an indicator relative to the bounded portion. | 02-06-2014 |
20140040825 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus and method for controlling the information processing apparatus includes creating instructions corresponding to processing for transmitting image data to an apparatus identified by a URL, obtaining icon data based on the URL, and setting the obtained icon data as an icon of the created instructions. | 02-06-2014 |
20140040826 | METHOD FOR OPERATING SCREEN AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - A system supports quick selection and positioning of an application by detecting a touching operation in a predetermined region, mapping the detected touching operation to a corresponding region of the destination page, and selecting the icon of the application on the corresponding region. A screen operation device using the system, comprises a display module for displaying an operation interface, an input module for collecting user operation information and generating operation data, and a selection engine module. | 02-06-2014 |
20140047383 | SYSTEM FOR CONTEXT BASED USER REQUESTS FOR FUNCTIONALITY - Embodiments of the present invention may provide a method, machine readable storage medium, and system for context based user request for functionality. In one embodiment, software instructions may be executed by a computer processor to: provide a UI element for a software application to receive user request for functionality, initiate a context based functionality request responding to a user action on the UI element, provide UI input element(s) to receive user input for the context based functionality request, capture contextual information from the software application based on initiation of the context based functionality request, and receive submission of the context based functionality request and the captured contextual information. | 02-13-2014 |
20140047384 | INTEGRATED DATA CAPTURE WITH ITEM GROUP KEY - Systems, methods, computer-readable media, and graphical user interfaces for facilitating integrated data capture with an item group key are provided. Integrated data capture workflows are initiated from within an electronic medical record (EMR). Selections of groups of items from the EMR are received. Item group keys are assigned to at least one item for the groups of items. Available data associated with the item group keys is gathered from the EMR. Selections of available data to include in case report forms are received. The case report forms are populated with the selections of available data and the item group keys. | 02-13-2014 |
20140047385 | 3D Data Environment Disambiguation Tool - Concepts and technologies are described herein for providing a 3D data environment disambiguation tool. In accordance with some concepts and technologies disclosed herein, a 3D data environment disambiguation tool can be configured to resolve an ambiguity associated with one or more data points to be rendered in a 3D data environment. The 3D data environment disambiguation tool can present various user interfaces to receive inputs to resolve an ambiguity associated with a data point. The ambiguity can be resolved prior to, in conjunction with, or after the selected data is rendered in a 3D data environment, or various combinations thereof. | 02-13-2014 |
20140047386 | DIGITAL ASSET TAGGING - Technologies including devices, computer readable media, and processes are provided for application of meta tagging data (tags) to digital assets such as digital photos, videos, audio files, text files, etc. Disclosed technologies generate tagging suggestions according to a number of different approaches. The different approaches for generating tagging suggestions may be selectable by the user, providing for fast and powerful association of relevant tags with digital assets. | 02-13-2014 |
20140047387 | INFORMATION SUPPLY DEVICE - An online shopping server ( | 02-13-2014 |
20140053102 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING USER INTERFACE - A method for providing a user interface including displaying item information of an item on a first screen layer; displaying a first task selection menu corresponding to the item on a second screen layer; and overlaying the second screen layer on a portion of the first screen layer while displaying the item information as a whole. A terminal including a display unit including a first screen layer and a second screen layer, the first screen layer displaying item information of an item, and the second screen layer displaying a first task selection menu corresponding to the item; and a control unit to overlay the second screen layer on a portion of the first screen layer while the item information of the first screen layer is wholly displayed. | 02-20-2014 |
20140053103 | METHOD OF ADJUSTING A DISPLAY MODE IN A DEVICE AND THE DEVICE THEREOF - A method of adjusting a display mode in a device and the device thereof are provided. The method comprises receiving a user request to select a text mode from a first text mode and a second text mode, wherein the first text mode and the second text mode are preset, the first text mode is associated with a first group of first content elements and the second text mode is associated with a second group of second content elements; retrieving the first content elements if the first text mode is selected or the second content elements if the second text mode is selected; and displaying the retrieved content elements on the device, wherein the first group and the second group are pre-stored in a database. The method of adjusting display modes in the device and the device thereof provided by the present disclosure permit a user to easily adjust the entire display mode of the device to avoid partial or complete overlap. | 02-20-2014 |
20140053104 | METHOD FOR PRESENTING MENU BUTTONS - Optical storage media often contain data structures for a menu suitable for selection of a title, a chapter, a parameter or others. Such menus usually comprise a number of buttons to be displayed, with each button having a state. Possible states of buttons are; e.g., “unselected”, “selected” or “activated”. According to the invention, the menu may contain buttons that can be selected through the keys on the remote control, but that don't have any images or text associated. This allows creating “invisible buttons” that automatically execute commands upon selection. Further, a sound or sound sequence; e.g., melody or click, may be associated to a buttons state, and may be played back when the button enters this state. Such menu data may be stored; e.g., on a Blu-ray disc. | 02-20-2014 |
20140059486 | ULTRASONIC DIAGNOSTIC APPARATUS, DIAGNOSTIC IMAGING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM STORED IN NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM EXECUTED BY COMPUTER - An ultrasonic diagnostic apparatus equipped with a display unit configured to display an ultrasonic image, has a controller. The controller executes a setting for a position of an area of interest in the displayed ultrasonic image and a displaying of a mode selection menu on the display unit, simultaneously, in response to a single action while the ultrasonic image is displayed on the display unit. | 02-27-2014 |
20140068509 | Managing a Selection Mode for Presented Content - Content and a selection activation element are presented on a touchscreen. First input generated by a user holding the selection activation element on the touchscreen is received. While the user is holding the selection activation element, a selection mode is activated. While the user is holding the selection activation element, second input is received generated by the user selecting at least part of the content according to the selection mode. The user releases the selection activation element. The selection mode is deactivated and a contextual menu with one or more user-selectable operation identifiers for the selected part of the content is presented. Third input is received generated by the user selecting at least one of the user-selectable operation identifiers. An operation corresponding to the at least one selected operation identifier is performed. | 03-06-2014 |
20140068510 | MATRIX MENU - The present disclosure describes methods, systems, and computer program products for generating matrix menus. One computer-program product includes computer-readable instructions embodied on tangible non-transitory media and configured when executed to generate an array of a number of navigation items arranged into a number of columns and rows. In response to a selection of one of the number of navigating items, a navigation list operable to launch at least one application associated with the navigation list is generated. In response to a selection of one of the application associated with the navigation list, the application can be executed. | 03-06-2014 |
20140068511 | INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING INTERACTIVE GRAPHIC DATA FOR USING A POINTER TO CONTROL A MENU OF AUDIO/VIDEO DATA AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPRODUCING STORED DATA - An apparatus for reproducing stored data by using a pointer is provided. The apparatus including: a reader which reads audio/video (AV) data and interactive graphic data including at least one menu; an information input which obtains information related to the position of the pointer; a decoder which decodes the AV data and the interactive graphic data; and a controller which determines a selection state of a button included in the at least one menu by comparing information related the position and size of the button, included in the interactive graphic data, with the information related to the position of the pointer. | 03-06-2014 |
20140068512 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING DATA TIERS ON A USER INTERFACE - A computer-implemented method executable by a multi-tenant server system for managing data tiers on user interfaces (UIs). The method includes presenting, at a first user session, a first UI displaying a first application button and a second application button; recording the selection by a user of the first application button; displaying a second UI, in response to the selection by the user of the first application button, the second UI including first and second function buttons within the first application; recording the selection by the user of the first function button within the first application; and displaying, at a second user session, a third UI with the first application opened and displaying the first function button in a first, visible tier. | 03-06-2014 |
20140068513 | INTERACTIVE CONTROL APPARATUS - An interactive control apparatus for controlling an OCT imaging apparatus instructs, in response to detection of a first instruction signal from a pointer device, a specific action to the OCT imaging apparatus according to selected icon displayed on a display unit, and instructs, in response to detection of a second instruction signal from the pointer device, a specific action to the OCT imaging apparatus according to a preparation status of the OCT imaging apparatus when the second instruction signal is detected. | 03-06-2014 |
20140068514 | DISPLAY CONTROLLING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROLLING METHOD - An object of the present invention is to efficiently display and transmit information on a detected object. A display controlling system of the present invention includes: a detecting unit that detects an object from image data which an image sensing unit has read out from an image sensing device; and a display controlling unit that makes a display unit display a listing of one or more objects which the detecting unit has detected, and makes the display unit display second image data which corresponds to an object selected from the listing out of first image data which the image sensing device has generated. | 03-06-2014 |
20140068515 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CLASSIFYING MEDIA - The invention generally relates to classifying digital media and particularly to classifying new media as it is being provided to a media-sharing platform from a mobile device. The invention provides systems and methods for categorizing media as it is uploaded by mobile device to a media sharing platform. In certain aspects, the invention provides a method for classifying media that operates by receiving, at a server computer system, media transmitted from a mobile device by a user. A key word within the media is identified, and the server system retrieves from memory a plurality of prospective categories based on the keyword. The method includes causing the mobile device to display the prospective categories to the user, receiving a selection by the user of one of the prospective categories, and associating the media with the selected category. | 03-06-2014 |
20140075379 | DIRECT CHARACTER DISPLAY CONTROL - A display device may be, operable to display one or more characters. Each of the characters may comprise an upper portion and a lower portion. The display device may detect a touch from a user on one of two areas associated with a character. A first area of the two areas may be associated with the upper portion of the character and a second area of the two areas may be associated with the lower portion of the character. The display device may change the character based on the detected touch on the one of the two areas. When the touch is detected on the first area associated with the upper portion of a digit, the display device may increase the digit by one. When the touch is detected on the second area associated with the lower portion of the digit, the display device may decrease the digit by one. | 03-13-2014 |
20140075380 | HIERARCHICAL LIVE GRAPHS FOR PERFORMANCE DATA DISPLAY - A system performance analysis user interface includes a thumbnail portion and an analysis view portion. One or more performance indicator thumbnails and/or data source thumbnails are displayed in the thumbnail portion. Each performance indicator thumbnail displays a live graph identifying performance data of an associated one of multiple performance indicators, and each data source thumbnail displays a live graph of performance of an associated data source. Additional data regarding one or more data sources, such as contribution to usage of the data source by each of multiple contributors, is displayed in the analysis view portion. | 03-13-2014 |
20140075381 | DATA TRANSMITTING DEVICE, DATA RECEIVING DEVICE, AND DATA EXCHANGING METHOD - A data exchanging method is provided. A data transmitting device determines a first start position and a first end position of a first touch track according to sensing signals from a first touch display of the data transmitting device. If one icon is displayed on the first start position, and the first end position is on the edge of a first user interface, the data transmitting device transmits data corresponding to the icon to a server. A data receiving device determines a second start position of a second touch track according to sensing signals from a second touch display of the data receiving device. If the second start position is on the edge of a second user interface, the data receiving device transmits a download command to the server to request the server to transmit the data received from the data transmitting device to the data receiving device. | 03-13-2014 |
20140075382 | IMAGE VIEWING METHOD FOR DISPLAYING PORTION OF SELECTED IMAGE BASED ON USER INTERACTION INPUT AND RELATED IMAGE VIEWING SYSTEM AND MACHINE READABLE MEDIUM - An image viewing method includes: determining at least a first partial image corresponding to a portion of a first image directly selected from a plurality of images, and driving a display apparatus according to the first partial image; in accordance with a user interaction input, determining a second partial image corresponding to a portion of a second image directly selected from the images; and driving the display apparatus according to at least the second partial image. In one implementation, the first image and the second image are spatially correlated, and a field of view (FOV) of each of the first image and the second image is larger than an FOV of the display apparatus. | 03-13-2014 |
20140075383 | DISPLAYING AN APPLICATION SET IDENTIFIER - Displaying an application set identifier is disclosed, including: displaying an application set identifier in a designated area of a display screen, wherein the application set identifier is associated with an application set; receiving a notification; determining that the notification is associated with an application related to the application set; and in response to the determination, changing a display of the application set identifier in the designated area to a display of an application identifier associated with the application related to the notification. | 03-13-2014 |
20140089849 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - An image display apparatus and a method for operating the same are discussed. According to an embodiment, the method includes recognizing, by the image display apparatus, a specific gesture made with a user's hand as a first gesture; and displaying, on a screen of the display, a menu at a position of the screen corresponding to the position of the user's hand according to the recognized first gesture. | 03-27-2014 |
20140089850 | Systems and Methods of Using Motion Control to Navigate Panoramas and Virtual Tours - A mobile device is configured to teleshift from a first lateral viewing perspective to a second lateral viewing perspective of a virtual tour object. The mobile device includes a sensor, a processor and a display. The sensor detects a teleshifting motion of the mobile device caused by a user, and the processor determines if a magnitude of the teleshifting motion is greater than a threshold. If the magnitude of the teleshifting motion is greater than the threshold, then the display teleshifts by transitioning from a first lateral viewing perspective to a second lateral viewing perspective of the virtual tour. | 03-27-2014 |
20140089851 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE MENU - A method for generating a graphical user interface menu, the method comprising the steps of generating a first and a second transversely extending and intersecting scroll lists wherein each scroll list comprises a plurality of scroll list elements that can be scrolled successively through a focus region positioned at the intersection of the scroll lists, wherein the method further comprises the steps of receiving a request to scroll, among the plurality of scroll list elements, away from the focus region, wherein the request to scroll allows identification which scroll list is to be scrolled; scrolling the identified scroll list elements such that the focus region always comprises a scroll list element of the identified scroll list; whereas in case the request to scroll switches between the first and the second scroll lists respectively, the scroll list element, previously in the focus region, is displayed adjacent the focus region on the scroll list it is associated with. | 03-27-2014 |
20140089852 | EMOTICON INPUT METHOD FOR MOBILE TERMINAL - An emoticon input method and mobile terminal are provided. A message writing display is provided for a user. A character input menu for inputting characters and an emoticon input menu for inputting emoticons are displayed along with the message writing display. When the user selects the emoticon input menu, an emoticon input mode is entered. A plurality of emoticon groups is displayed in the emoticon input mode. Each of the plurality of emoticon groups includes a plurality of emoticons. When an emoticon group is selected from among the plurality of emoticon groups, a plurality of emoticons included in the selected emoticon group is displayed. When at least one emoticon is selected from among the plurality of emoticons included in the selected emoticon group, the at least one emoticon selected by the user is displayed as part of a message. | 03-27-2014 |
20140096077 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INFERRING USER INTENT BASED ON EYE MOVEMENT DURING OBSERVATION OF A DISPLAY SCREEN - A device, method, and system for inferring user intent to perform an action on a computing device includes monitoring the eye movement patterns of a user and determining the action to be performed based on the eye movement patterns. Signals relating to the eye movement of the user while observing a display screen of the computing device are processed to produce at least one eye movement feature. One or more classifiers are generated based on a training set of data of the eye movement feature over a time interval in which the user observes the display screen with an intent to activate the action. Thereafter, an eye-movement-pattern of the user may be analyzed, and features may be extracted, as the user is observing the display screen. The intended action is automatically activated if the user intent is inferred using the one or more of the classifiers. | 04-03-2014 |
20140096078 | Diagnostic Systems And Methods For Visualizing And Analyzing Factors Contributing To Skin Conditions - Diagnostic systems and methods for visualizing and analyzing factors contributing to a health and/or wellness concern of a specific subject are provided. The systems and methods employ a set of multiple choice questions and a graphical representation of graphical elements corresponding to the subject's responses, the graphical representation permitting a user of the diagnostic systems and methods to utilize the relative positioning of graphical elements on the graphical representation to draw inferences relative to the health and/or wellness concern of the subject. | 04-03-2014 |
20140096079 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A display device that displays electronic books includes a display unit configured to display information indicating that an unread electronic book is present, in a case that an application for displaying contents of an electronic book is not full-displayed on a screen. | 04-03-2014 |
20140101607 | DISPLAYING QUANTITATIVE TRENDING OF PEGGED DATA FROM CACHE - Methods and systems of displaying response data provide for identifying a pegged area of display content during a first retrieval of the display content by a client device at a first moment in time. Additionally, first data associated with the pegged area may be stored, wherein a comparison can be conducted between the first data and additional data associated with the pegged area at one or more subsequent moments in time. In one example, a user interface is generated that highlights a quantitative trend of the pegged area between the first moment in time and the one or more subsequent moments in time. | 04-10-2014 |
20140101608 | User Interfaces for Head-Mountable Devices - Methods, apparatus, and computer-readable media are described herein related to a user interface (UI) for a head-mountable device (HMD). A computing device, such as an HMD, can display at least a portion of a first linear arrangement of cards. The first linear arrangement can include an ordered plurality of cards that can include an actionable card and a bundle card that can correspond to a group of cards. A moveable selection region can be displayed. A given card can be selected by aligning the selection region with the given card. After selection of a bundle card, the computing device can display a second linear arrangement of cards that includes a portion of the corresponding group of cards. After selection of an actionable card, the computing device can display a third linear arrangement of cards that includes action card(s) selectable to perform action(s) based on the actionable card. | 04-10-2014 |
20140101609 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM AND METHOD OF ACTIVATING UPDATE OF HOME SCREEN OF MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A method of activating an update of a home screen of a mobile communications device is provided. The home screen is displayed on a display panel of the mobile communications device. The home screen includes a plurality of tiles displaying a plurality of feeds from one or more feed sources. The method includes performing one of updating the home screen or activating and displaying a menu bar on the display panel based on a distance of a downward scrolling on a top page of a home screen. A non-transitory computer-readable medium and a mobile communications device for activating an update of a home screen of a mobile communications device are also provided. | 04-10-2014 |
20140101610 | APPARATUS, METHOD, COMPTUER PROGRAM AND USER INTERFACE - A method, apparatus, computer program and user interface where the method comprises detecting a user input comprising an acceleration of an apparatus; and in response to the detecting of the user input comprising an acceleration, displaying at least one user selectable item on a touch sensitive display of the apparatus. | 04-10-2014 |
20140109004 | FLEXIBLE SELECTION TOOL FOR MOBILE DEVICES - In one aspect, a method is provided for providing a flexible content selection capability for selecting a specific portion of content displayed on a touch-screen display of a user's computing device. In response to receiving user input including a plurality of touch points detected within a content display area of the touch-screen display, a relative location of each detected touch point is determined with respect to the content display area. Content displayed within a portion of the first content display area of the touch-screen display is automatically selected based on the determined relative locations of the plurality of detected touch points. A content selection region including the selected content is graphically presented within the content display area. A context menu including user options for invoking functions related to the selected content is then displayed in association with the content selection region via the touch-screen display. | 04-17-2014 |
20140109005 | Column Organization of Content - Column organization of content is described. In an implementation, a mobile communications device configures a user interface to include a plurality of representations of content arranged according to a plurality of columns that permits navigation between first and second said columns upon detection of a gesture input via a touchscreen of the mobile communications device. The user interface is displayed on a display device of the mobile communications device. The first column is configured for vertical navigation through each of the plurality of representations and the second column includes a filtered subset of the plurality of representations such that at least one of the representations is included in the first column and not the second column. | 04-17-2014 |
20140109006 | METHOD OF REALIZING USER MENU EDIT FUNCTION - Disclosed is a method of realizing a user menu edit function, including (a) providing a list of menu items selectable on a per mode basis, (b) receiving selection of at least one from the list of menu items input by a user, (c) applying the menu item selected by the user to a diagnostic screen application field linked to a real screen of a diagnostic apparatus, and (d) displaying the menu item selected by the user on the real screen of the diagnostic apparatus in response to the application result. | 04-17-2014 |
20140109007 | Method And System For Defining Relationships Among Labels - In a content system where labels are used to organize content, relationships between labels may be defined. A relationship may be unidirectional or bidirectional. A label may have multiple relationships to or from other labels. When the user selects a first label, information corresponding to a second label may be displayed in accordance with the relationship between the first and second labels. Relationships between labels may also be inferred by examining the labels and the content associated with the labels. | 04-17-2014 |
20140109008 | Application Reporting in an Application-Selectable User Interface - This document describes techniques for application reporting in an application-selectable user interface. These techniques permit a user to view reports for applications in a user interface through which these applications may be selected. By so doing, a user may quickly and easily determine which applications to select based on their respective reports and then select them or their content through the user interface. | 04-17-2014 |
20140109009 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TEXT SEARCHING ON A TOUCH TERMINAL - Various embodiments provide methods and apparatus for text searching on a touch terminal. In an exemplary method, the touch terminal can obtain a touch selection command. The touch terminal can interpret the touch selection command and determine text information corresponding to the touch selection command. The touch terminal can send the text information to a backstage server, and then receive and display search results returned from the backstage server and corresponding to the text information. Search results can thus be obtained by directly selecting text content on the touch terminal to trigger the backstage server to conduct a searching operation of the selected text content. | 04-17-2014 |
20140115536 | DISPLAY PROGRAM AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A user interface which is easy-to-understand and easy-to-use for the user is provided in displaying an image by a displaying program including a reading step which reads a target image to be displayed, a decision step which decides a content of a user interface for accepting various settings for the target image to be displayed on the displaying apparatus based on the target image, and a displaying step which displays the user interface on the displaying apparatus based on the content being decided in the decision step. | 04-24-2014 |
20140115537 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING GUI USING MOTION AND DISPLAY APPARATUS APPLYING THE SAME - A method of displaying a three-dimensional (3D) graphical user interface (GUI) on a mobile phone, including controlling, by a processor of the mobile phone, a display of the mobile device to display a first face of a 3D GUI, the first face comprising a GUI menu of the GUI, and a second face of the 3D GUI, the second face comprising image information of the GUI; detecting, by a sensor of the mobile phone, a physical slanting of the mobile phone; and displaying the image information of second face of the 3D GUI as being slanted to correspond to the physical slanting. | 04-24-2014 |
20140123062 | METHOD OF DISPLAYING OBJECTS ON NAVIGATION MAP - A method and an apparatus of displaying a plurality of items on a map includes selecting the plurality of items, associating the plurality of items with a plurality of graphic attributes respectively in a manner that two items of the plurality of items are associated with different graphic attributes, and displaying the plurality of items using the plurality of graphic attributes, thus, the method of displaying the plurality of items on the map allows a user to distinguish the plurality of items by graphic attributes while at least one of the plurality of items is described in voice commands, even if the plurality of items belong to a same group attributes. | 05-01-2014 |
20140123063 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method for controlling the display apparatus are provided. The display apparatus includes a display which displays an On Screen Display (OSD) menu; a storage unit; an inputter which receives a user command; and a controller which, when an OSD menu display stop event occurs with an OSD menu displayed on the display, removes the OSD menu displayed on the display, and temporarily stores the OSD menu as displayed at the time of removal, in the storage unit, and when an OSD menu resume event occurs within a predetermined period of time, controls the display to redisplay the temporarily stored OSD menu. | 05-01-2014 |
20140123064 | VEHICLE OPERATION DEVICE AND VEHICLE OPERATION METHOD - A vehicle operation device includes a touch operation display ( | 05-01-2014 |
20140129978 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a holding unit that holds parameters used in execution of a function for a plurality of items; a determining unit that determines whether a predetermined relationship is established between the parameters of different items; and a display controller that controls a display so as to display the parameters. The display controller causes the display to display a parameter determined not to have the predetermined relationship with a parameter of another item in a first mode. If a first parameter of a first item is selected by a user and is held and the determining unit determines that the predetermined relationship is established between the first parameter and a second parameter of a second item held by the holding unit, the display controller causes the display to display the first parameter in the first mode and to display the second parameter in a second mode. | 05-08-2014 |
20140129979 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND LIST DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a list display method thereof are provided. In the list display method, a list including a plurality of items is displayed, and if a user's manipulation is input, a highlight displayed on one item of the plurality of items moves to another item in a direction corresponding to the user's manipulation, and moves the plurality of items in the opposite direction of the direction corresponding to the user's manipulation. Accordingly, the user may maintain continuity of search with respect to items included in a list even when moving a highlight. | 05-08-2014 |
20140129980 | DISPLAY METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME - A method of displaying an object state in an electronic device is provided. The method includes displaying an object list on a main screen, determining an object selected by a user's gesture, and displaying the selected object on a sub screen. | 05-08-2014 |
20140129981 | Electronic Device and Method for Handling Tags - A method in an electronic device ( | 05-08-2014 |
20140129982 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING CREATION OF IDEAS - Disclosed herein is a method and system for supporting the creation of ideas, which efficiently manages the ideas of a user as data in an idea creation supporting system for supporting the creation of ideas, thus supporting the creation of ideas of the user. Data is received from a user and an object including the data is generated. The generated object is arranged in an arbitrary locative space, and location information about part of one or more objects including the generated object is received from the user. | 05-08-2014 |
20140129983 | IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM RELATED-INFORMATION-ACCESS TABS - A data processing device for providing access to information related to a digital image record includes a display for presenting the digital image record. A user interface system receives an indication of user interaction with the displayed digital image record. A data processing system responsive to the received indication presents tab on the display. The tab displays or emanates near or from an edge of the displayed digital image record or from an edge of a displayed digital image record container including the digital image record. The tab includes an access point configured to allow a user to access a category of information related to content contained within the digital image record, and the tab is labeled according to the category of information for user access. | 05-08-2014 |
20140137038 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING A USER INPUT MENU - An electronic apparatus includes a display unit having a screen to display a screen image with a user input menu, a detecting unit to detect a rotation of the apparatus, and a control unit to adjust the screen image to include the user input menu disposed in a distance from a side of the screen of the display unit according to the detected rotation of the apparatus. | 05-15-2014 |
20140137039 | Systems and Methods for Object Selection on Presence Sensitive Devices - Certain implementations of the disclosed technology may include systems and methods for object selection on presence-sensitive devices. According to an example implementation, a method is provided for outputting, by a computing device and for display, a view containing a first selectable object and a second selectable object; initiating a gesture selection mode in response to receipt of a selection gesture; receiving respective indications of a swipe gesture sequence; outputting, for display, an indication that the first and second selectable objects are selected in response to determining that a first portion of the swipe gesture sequence encircled the first and second selectable objects; and outputting, for display, an indication that the first selectable object is selected and the second selectable object is unselected in response to determining that a second portion of the swipe gesture sequence encircled the first selectable object and did not encircle the second selectable object. | 05-15-2014 |
20140143719 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AN INTEGRATED DISPLAY OF CLINICAL DATA - A method, apparatus and computer program product therefore provide an integrated display of clinical data. In this regard, the method, apparatus and computer program product may provide access to patient clinical data during a medical study. The relevant clinical data may be obtained from patient medical records, and displayed along with information from the medical study. An interface may be provided, allowing for selection of one or more portions of the relevant clinical data by a user. The portion of relevant clinical data associated with the particular interface element may be displayed. The method, apparatus, and computer program product may also incorporate adaptive learning techniques, monitoring user input during various study operations to identify particular relevant clinical data and/or interface elements that are selected by the user during the study. | 05-22-2014 |
20140143720 | ITEM RECOMMENDATIONS - Systems and methods are disclosed that facilitate categorization of preferences for items, and generation of recommendation based on such preferences. Specifically, users are enabled to identify elements of items, such as written works, that they prefer. Each element can generally refer to a specific aspect or portion of the written work, as opposed to describing the work as a whole. Users are further enabled to select descriptors for each element, which describe their preferences for the element. Thereafter, natural language recommendations can be generated from the selected elements and descriptors, and transmitted to additional other users or prospective users. The selected element and descriptor pairs may also be used to categorize the work, and to automatically generate recommendations for the work. | 05-22-2014 |
20140143721 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - According to an embodiment, an information processing device associated with a display unit displaying information, includes a first detecting unit, a second detecting unit, and an executing unit. The first detecting unit is configured to detect a selection command and a first object. The selection command is input in handwriting to instruct selection of an object included in the information displayed on the display unit. The first object is additionally input in handwriting relating the information. The second detecting unit is configured to detect a second object from among objects included in the information. The second object is instructed to be selected by the selection command. The executing unit is configured to perform a specified process using the first object and the second object. | 05-22-2014 |
20140143722 | Identity Based User Interface - A method, system, and computer accessible medium for an identity based user interface. An identity based user interface may display user interface elements including communication-related information for a plurality of identities. The communication related information may indicate multiple communication mechanisms for each identity. In response to selection of one of the communication mechanisms, an identity based user interface may initiate communication with the corresponding identity using the selected mechanism. An identity based user interface may also display information regarding the presence, reach-ability or future availability for one or more of the identities and may request and receive such information from an identity framework. An identity based user interface may utilize shared identity objects to store and maintain the communication related information. Additionally, an identity based user interface may fill in user interface elements of communication applications with communication related information for a selected identity or mechanism. | 05-22-2014 |
20140149932 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A TAPESTRY PRESENTATION - A system and methods are provided for presenting a tapestry interface including graphical elements for a plurality of assets. In one embodiment, a method includes displaying a tapestry interface by a device for a plurality of assets, wherein the tapestry interface is an arrangement of graphical elements associated with the plurality of assets, the graphical elements having relevance based sizing and detecting a user input to the device, the input associated with at least one asset displayed in the tapestry interface. The method may also include displaying one or more graphical elements in a graphical display pane based on the user input, the one or more graphical elements for locating assets of the tapestry presentation. | 05-29-2014 |
20140149933 | DISPLAY METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The invention provides a display method for sharing information among various users. The method includes: detecting a first operation, where the first operation is associated with an object needed to be displayed; in response to the first operation, determining a first identifier from invoked usage information; displaying an interface needed to be displayed corresponding to the object needed to be displayed in a first display area corresponding to the first identifier. The invention further provides an electronic device to implement the method. | 05-29-2014 |
20140149934 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program Product for Managing Content - In accordance with an example embodiment a method and apparatus is provided. The method comprises facilitating receiving of at least one gesture for at least one content item, and inhibiting accessibility of the at least one content item based on the at least one gesture. The apparatus comprises at least one processor; and at least one memory comprising computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to perform: facilitating receiving of at least one gesture for at least one content item; and inhibiting accessibility of remaining content items for which the at least one gesture is not received. | 05-29-2014 |
20140157194 | User Interface for Presenting Information about a Product Structure for a Product - A method and apparatus for managing variations in a product structure for a product comprising a data manager and a visualizer. The data manager is configured to manage variations in the product structure using a model. The model includes a group of master objects having a primary hierarchical organization and a group of configuration objects having a number of secondary hierarchical organizations. Each secondary hierarchical organization in the number of secondary hierarchical organizations is associated with the primary hierarchical organization and configured to represent a variant of the product. A number of configuration objects in a secondary hierarchical organization represents a number of variations in the product structure for the product. The visualizer is configured to visually present, in a graphical user interface, information for an object selected from one of a master object in the group of master objects and a configuration object in the group of configuration objects. | 06-05-2014 |
20140157195 | MEDIA PLAY OF SELECTED PORTIONS OF AN EVENT - A system is provided for selectively presenting a portion of an event to a user. The system includes a first device, a second device, and a network allowing communication between the first and the second device. An application at the first device displays a plurality of sub-events that characterize an event; receives an input from a user whereby the user selects a sub-event from the plurality of sub-events; sends a request to a second device, the request comprising information associated with the selected sub-event; receives media data from the second device whereby the media data represents the selected sub-event; and presents the received media data. An application at the second device receives the request from the first device, selects the media data that represents the selected sub-event from a database using the information associated with the selected sub-event, and sends the selected media data to the first device. | 06-05-2014 |
20140164995 | GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF THRESHOLD OPERATIONS - Various embodiments of systems and methods for graphically representing operations associated with a threshold-based monitoring system are described herein. The method involves, receiving a selection of at least two visual objects through a graphical user interface (GUI) of a system. The visual objects each represent a corresponding condition and are graphically represented on the GUI. Further, in an aspect, the method involves receiving an input for a threshold value through the GUI, and comparing the threshold value to a value being monitored. If the monitored value exceeds the threshold value, then a transition from the condition represented by the first visual object to condition represented by the second visual object is graphically indicated on the GUI. | 06-12-2014 |
20140164996 | APPARATUS, METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An apparatus according to the present invention includes a display unit configured to display as each item in a list each of a plurality of character strings obtained by performing morphological analysis on text data; and a control unit, wherein in a case where a first operation is performed on a plurality of items specified by a user in the list, the control unit is configured to control the display unit to display as an item in the list a combined character string obtained by combining character strings corresponding to the plurality of specified items, and in a case where a second operation is performed on an item specified by the user in the list, the control unit is configured to control the display unit to display as new items in the list a plurality of character strings obtained by segmenting a character string corresponding to the specified item. | 06-12-2014 |
20140164997 | ULTRASOUND APPARATUS AND METHOD OF INPUTTING INFORMATION INTO THE SAME - Provided are an ultrasound apparatus and a method of inputting information into the ultrasound apparatus. The method includes receiving a selection of a control item of the ultrasound apparatus from a user via a control area included in the user input unit; displaying a control window for displaying the selected control item on a screen; adjusting a configuration value of the selected control item based on a touch operation of a touch input which is received via the control area. | 06-12-2014 |
20140164998 | USER INTERFACE FOR CREATING A PLAYLIST - A user-friendly graphical user interface is proposed to enable creation of a playlist of data elements of any type. A graphical object is displayed representing a content based logical map arranged in two or three dimensions and defining characteristics at predefined coordinates. A trajectory defined by a mathematical spline function and having a start point, an end point and one or more intermediate points is drawn and can be changed by moving the steering point of at least one of the start point and the end point. The data elements for the playlist are selected by searching in meta-data for characteristics that best match the characteristics of points along the trajectory. | 06-12-2014 |
20140164999 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR AUTOMATED SEARCHING - The present invention provides systems and methods for automating a search over a network such as the Internet. A user selects data such as text from within an application. The selected data is activated and a search is performed without the user having to leave the application. The search is performed while the user is continuing within the application. When the search is complete, the search results are made available to the user within the application from which the search was initiated. In one embodiment, the data is pre-searched and the results are cached such that the results are already available should the user desire. The present invention is particularly suited to integration with an operating system such that the methods of the present invention are thereby available to all applications. Alternatively, the present invention can be specific to a particular application. | 06-12-2014 |
20140165000 | Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Configuring and Implementing Restricted Interactions for Applications - An electronic device, while in an interaction configuration mode for a first application, concurrently displays: a first user interface, one or more interaction control user interface objects, and an application restriction controls display user interface object for the first application. The device detects a first gesture, and in response, displays application restriction control user interface objects for the first application. A respective application restriction control user interface object indicates whether a corresponding feature of the first application is configured to be enabled in a restricted interaction mode. The device detects a second gesture, and changes display of a setting in the first application restriction control user interface object for the first application. The device detects a second input, and in response, enters the restricted interaction mode for the first application. The corresponding feature is restricted in accordance with the setting in the first application restriction control user interface object. | 06-12-2014 |
20140173511 | PROCESS AND METHOD FOR INCREASING USAGE FOR A CARPOOLING SYSTEM - A backend carpooling system including a memory device, a processing device, a communication device, a calculating arrangement, coupled to the memory and processing devices, that includes one or more algorithms for calculating distances, travel times, routes, and performing optimizations to select a distance, travel time, or route satisfying predetermined optimization criteria, the calculating arrangement generating a plurality of ridesharing opportunities, and a notification arrangement, coupled to the communication device, that transmits the plurality of ridesharing opportunities to a user, wherein the plurality of ridesharing opportunities are periodically transmitted to the user. | 06-19-2014 |
20140173512 | Field Selection Graphical User Interface - A field selection graphical user interface (GUI) for use with a protocol analyzer. The GUI allows selecting a source presented by the GUI, selecting a field from a plurality of fields presented by the GUI associated with the selected source, defining one or more preconditions associated with the selected field from a plurality of preconditions presented by the GUI relevant to the selected field, and calculating a field layout in accordance with the selected field and defined one or more preconditions. The GUI further allows selecting a second field from the plurality of fields presented by the GUI associated with the selected source, defining one or more preconditions associated with the selected second field from a plurality of preconditions presented by the GUI relevant to the selected second field, and calculating a field layout in accordance with the selected field and the second field. | 06-19-2014 |
20140173513 | USER INTERFACE DATE SELECTORS FOR HISTORICAL REPORTS - Systems and methods are provided for user interface date selectors for historical reports. A user interface outputs a date selector including a calculated dates option, wherein the calculated dates option is based on a date frequency applied to a date range. The user interface receives a selection via the date selector. Dates associated with the selection are identified. The user interface outputs the dates as a preview of a historical report, wherein the dates are output in a chronological order. | 06-19-2014 |
20140173514 | COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK INTERFACE FOR USER FRIENDLY INTERACTIVE TO ONLINE SERVICES - A method and a system for connecting a service provider and a user at a remote location relative to the service provider, via a network based telecommunications device, are provided. The method includes utilizing a network operable terminal for transmitting communications between the service provider and the user, employing a display screen depicting a user selectable options menu, corresponding with service functions offered by the service provider, and enabling the user to choose an option from the user selectable options menu to initiate a corresponding communication to the service provider. The system includes a user operable terminal including a user interface display screen with user selectable menu options that are changeable in accordance with differing modes of operation, an internal processing unit configured for providing at least one selectable menu option; and a gateway service platform configured for transmitting an option selected from the at least one selectable menu option to and from one of the user or the provider. | 06-19-2014 |
20140181741 | DISCREETLY DISPLAYING CONTEXTUALLY RELEVANT INFORMATION - The claimed subject matter provides a method for receiving and displaying contextually relevant information to a user. The method includes receiving automatically-updated contextually relevant information at a display device. The contextually relevant information includes information that is at least in part associated with the user. The display device then displays the contextually relevant information discreetly to the user. | 06-26-2014 |
20140181742 | MANAGING INTERACTIONS WITH DATA HAVING MEMBERSHIP IN MULTIPLE GROUPINGS - Interactions with data stored in a data storage system are managed through a view of an interface provided on a display. Information specifying multiple data elements and multiple groupings of related data elements is received. At least one of the data elements is a member of multiple of the groupings. A view is rendered that includes tokens representing respective data elements. At least some tokens include a selectable indicator including portions that indicate membership of the data element represented by that token in each of multiple groupings of related data elements. A first selection of a portion of one of the selectable indicators is received, corresponding to a first selected grouping of related data elements. In response to the first selection, tokens representing one or more other members of the first selected grouping of related data elements are rendered in the view. | 06-26-2014 |
20140189587 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCREEN NAVIGATION HISTORY MANAGEMENT - A method and apparatus for saving and managing a screen navigation history list are disclosed. By providing a method and apparatus for managing screen navigation history according to an embodiment of the invention, it is possible to save and manage a history on the menu navigation paths for accessing a particular screen or a particular service desired by the user. | 07-03-2014 |
20140189588 | USER INTERFACE FOR A COMPUTING DEVICE - There is disclosed a smartphone, tablet or other computing device comprising: (a) a touch sensitive display; (b) one or more processors; (c) computer memory; (d) one or more computer programs stored in the computer memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors and including instructions for detecting a swipe in from an edge of the display, and in response to the detected swipe causing a home screen to be displayed, the home screen listing running apps and user notifications, such as missed calls, irrespective of which screen the device was displaying immediately prior to the swipe in from the edge. | 07-03-2014 |
20140189589 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes a display section, a communicating section configured to communicate with an external display apparatus, a storage section configured to store a plurality of objects, and a controller configured to display a user interface for selection and combination of the plurality of objects stored in the storage section according to a command of a user to generate a scene of content, and to transmit information relating to the scene to the external display apparatus through the communicating section so that the same image as the scene is displayed in the external display apparatus in real time while the scene is being generated through the user interface. | 07-03-2014 |
20140195968 | INFERRING AND ACTING ON USER INTENT - A method for inferring and acting on user intent includes receiving, by a computing device, a first input and a second input. The first input includes data associated with a first real world object and the second input includes selection by a user of an image representing a second real world object. A plurality of potential actions that relate to at least one of the first input and the second input are identified. The method further includes determining, from a plurality of potential actions, an action that is inferred by a relationship between the first real world object and the second real world object. The action inferred from the relationship between the first real world object and the second real world object is performed. A computing device for inferring and acting on user intent is also provided. | 07-10-2014 |
20140195969 | Zeroclick - A GUI interface, a method of programming a GUI interface, and an apparatus which enables functions of controls in the GUI to be activated by a movement to a control and then another subsequent movement related to that control. It may be defined more precisely below, A GUI in which, when a pointer | 07-10-2014 |
20140195970 | FOOD AND DIGESTION CORRELATIVE TRACKING - Embodiments of the invention include methods and systems for correlating relationships between foods and symptoms such as gastrointestinal manifestations. Users can provide information regarding food intake and/or symptoms through any number of devices. The food and/or symptoms can be analyzed to pinpoint foods that are highly correlated with health symptoms, such as, digestive problems. Removal of such foods from the user's diet can then be suggested. | 07-10-2014 |
20140195971 | INSTRUMENT CONTROLLING DEVICE AND INSTRUMENT CONTROLLING METHOD - An instrument controlling device includes a storing portion that stores relationally parameter information, identification information that can identify, as a group, the selected plurality of instruments, and storage date and time information for when the parameter information was stored by the group unit. The instrument controlling device also includes a list displaying portion that displays a list of instruments, an information extracting portion that extracts, from the parameter information stored by the storing portion, the parameter information for the instruments belonging to the same group as an instrument that is indicated, when there has been an instruction to display history information of the parameter information corresponding to one of the instruments among the instruments displayed by the list displaying portion, and an information providing portion that provides, in a state that can be viewed by the user, the parameter information extracted by the parameter extracting portion. | 07-10-2014 |
20140208266 | MANAGING APPLICATIONS ON A COMPUTING DEVICE - Disclosed are methods, apparatus, systems, and computer readable storage media for managing applications on a computing device. A computing device may receive allowed application data indicating applications that are launchable by a base application. A user interface with one or more selections of the applications may be displayed at a display of the computing device. The computing device may receive input data indicating a selection of an application. Identifier data associated with the base application and selection data associated with the application may be provided to the application. | 07-24-2014 |
20140208267 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING EXTERNAL DEVICE AND TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND RECEIVING APPARATUS THEREOF - A method including receiving a first input for displaying an external input list; and displaying, by the display device, the external input list in response to the first input. The external input list includes a first button for displaying a first external input list including at least one icon corresponding to at least one external device connected to the transmitting device, and a second button for displaying a second external input list including at least one icon representing at least one external device connected to the display device. The first external input list is displayed when the first button is selected. The second external input list is displayed when the second button is selected. The method further includes receiving a second input for selecting an icon from the external input list; and accessing an external input corresponding to the selected icon in response to the second input. | 07-24-2014 |
20140215390 | METHOD OF AND SYSTEM FOR DISPLAYING A LIST OF ITEMS ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method of displaying a list of items on an electronic device is provided, the method comprising the steps of retrieving a plurality of items to be displayed to a user, displaying the plurality of items as a list on a display screen of the electronic device, wherein the list is displayed in a perspective view with items closer to a first edge of the display screen being shown in the foreground and being comparatively larger than items closer to a second, opposite edge of the display screen which are shown in a background, and tilting at least one of the items in the list which is displayed closer to the second edge, towards a vertical orientation by a first angle relative to the perspective view of the list. In this embodiment, a portion of the list being displayed on the display screen may define the first edge corresponding to the edge of the display screen closest to the user, with the second edge corresponding to the edge of the display screen furthest from the user. | 07-31-2014 |
20140215391 | VIRTUAL LIBRARY PROVIDING CONTENT ACCESSIBILITY IRRESPECTIVE OF CONTENT FORMAT AND TYPE - A virtual library of content is provided that makes it appear that the content is all of a supported file type for a particular client accessing the virtual library. When the virtual library is displayed at a client device, the content appears as if it is available in the appropriate format for the client device irrespective of the content's actual format. Content selected from a content library interface for the virtual library is provided in the appropriate format for the client device through the automatic invoking of a content access service. The content access service can determine the appropriate consumption format for the client device and convert to a supported file format any content that is in a non-supported format before providing the content to the client device. | 07-31-2014 |
20140215392 | CONNECTIONS IDENTIFICATION - A method includes, a computer generating a first listing of participants, the computer obtaining a second listing of known participants; and the computer generates a third listing of participants by only listing said second listing of known participants that appear in said first listing of participants. | 07-31-2014 |
20140215393 | TOUCH-BASED MULTIPLE SELECTION - Some embodiments of the inventive subject matter may include a method for selecting objects on a computing device having a touchscreen. The method can include initiating a marquee-selection mode on the computing device, wherein the initiating occurs in response to placing one or more fingers on the touchscreen. The method can include presenting a selection marquee on the touchscreen. The method can include detecting user input defining the selection marquee, wherein the selection marquee indicates at least one object for selection. The method can include determining the objects that are selected, as indicated by the selection marquee. | 07-31-2014 |
20140215394 | CONTENT VISUALIZATION - Displaying a preference by a user of a content contribution is disclosed. A preference event by the user is detected. A plurality of detected events is stored. In response to a query from a client, at least a portion of the stored detected events is stored. At least a portion of the received events is displayed in an interface. | 07-31-2014 |
20140215395 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INFORMATION DISPLAY OF PORTABLE DEVICE - Provided is a method of displaying information of a portable device, which includes receiving a signal of booting or termination of the portable device; and displaying a valid information which is previously set while the booting or termination process is performing. | 07-31-2014 |
20140223363 | SHIFTING AND RECHARGING OF EMOTIONAL STATES WITH WORD SEQUENCING - The shifting and recharging of an emotional state with word sequencing is disclosed. A selection of a first word sequence set is received from the user. The word sequence set is defined by a mood recharging characteristic value, and includes a plurality of words each with at least one corresponding definition. A first one of the plurality of words in the selected first word sequence set is displayed. Then, a first one of the at least one corresponding definition of the first one of the plurality of words in the first word sequence set is displayed while the first one of the plurality of words remains displayed. The definition remains displayed for a time duration corresponding to a predefined cadence rate value. The user is prompted with a question related to the mood recharging characteristic value and associated with the first word sequence set. | 08-07-2014 |
20140223364 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CREATING DIRECT INDEX OF CONTENT - The invention provides a method and a device for creating direct index for contents, such as webpage, local file or application, or TV channel. Through displaying first interface component comprising information of contents and a selecting component on a screen, a user may select a content to create a direct index for and input an index through a second interface on the screen comprising information of selected content and an index-input component. As a result, a customized direct index for the selected content may be created through two simple steps, by the corresponding content will be accessed by inputting the direct index. The invention reduces the steps for accessing contents and expands the flexibility of creating index of content by providing the possibility of creating direct index for contents with different types and from different sources. | 08-07-2014 |
20140223365 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING PERSISTENT DIRECTIONAL GESTURES FOR LOCALIZATION INPUT - Methods and apparatuses are provided for entering characters into an electronic device. As part of a device configuration process, languages and associated character sets are stored in the electronic device. Responsive to user input as part of a device operation process, the electronic device presents a menu of language character sets for selection, with the language character sets assigned to particular positions within the menu. In response to the selected language character set, the electronic device presents a menu of language variant characters for selection, with the language variant characters assigned to particular positions within the menu. In response to selection of a language variant character, the electronic device displays the character within the display window. | 08-07-2014 |
20140223366 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing apparatus includes: a moving operation detector that detects a moving operation of moving a function display element while pointing the function display element with a pointing unit, on a display screen displaying the function display element representing a function of the apparatus; an acquiring unit that acquires plural setting information items for a setting item of the function in accordance with the detection of the moving operation by the moving operation detector; a display that displays on the display screen the plural setting display elements representing the plural setting information items; and a setting unit that, in accordance with the detection by the moving operation detector that the function display element has reached a position on one of the plural setting display elements, sets the setting information item represented by the setting display element for the setting item of the function. | 08-07-2014 |
20140223367 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING OPERATION MENU AND APPARATUS - A method of controlling an operation menu executed by a computer, the method includes: extracting a plurality of operation objects located within a certain range from a cursor position on a display screen; and on the basis of a distance between each of the plurality of operation objects and a corresponding one of a plurality of items displayed as the operation menu, setting corresponding relationships between the plurality of operation objects and the plurality of items. | 08-07-2014 |
20140223368 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM STORING AN IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus that can be connected to a display device and removes blurring from a first-order image is provided. The image processing apparatus includes a generation unit, a display control unit, and a selection reception unit. The generation unit generates multiple I-th order intermediate images by performing blur correction in multiple blur directions on an I-th order image. The display control unit causes the multiple I-th order intermediate images to be displayed on the display device. The selection reception unit allows the user to select an (I+1)-th order image from among the displayed multiple I-th order intermediate images as a corrected image whose blurring has been reduced more than in the I-th order image. The generation unit, the display control unit, and the selection reception unit execute the above processing in order with respect to I=1, 2, . . . , K (K being a natural number). | 08-07-2014 |
20140223369 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR GENERATING A GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A method for generating a graphical user interface with a list of elements, the method comprising the steps of: receiving a list ( | 08-07-2014 |
20140223370 | MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION STORAGE MEDIUM - To provide a mobile electronic device capable of assisting a user so as to readily designate at least a part of a character string displayed on a screen as a selection range. A display unit displays a screen including a character string. A designated position detection unit detects a position in the screen designated by the user. An inclination detection unit detects an inclination of the mobile electronic device. A selection range setting unit sets at least a part of the character string as a selection range. A start position setting unit sets a start position of the selection range, based on the position designated by the user and detected by the designated position detection unit. An end position moving unit moves an end position of the selection range, based on a result of detection by the inclination detection unit, after the start position of the selection range is set. | 08-07-2014 |
20140223371 | CONTROLLING COMPUTER-BASED INSTANCES - In general, embodiments of the present invention provide an approach to control computer-based interfaces from anywhere in a GUI (e.g. a window, a desktop, etc.) regardless of the fixed position of the instances. Specifically, using a pointing device or the like (e.g., by right clicking), a user can activate an instance control function that allows the user to open an instance, close an instance, and/or or switch between running instances. Along these lines, the instance control function can be activated by interacting with an icon, a window (e.g., corresponding a folder or a running instance), or a desktop. Once activated, the instance control function allows the user full control over instances. | 08-07-2014 |
20140237425 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF USING CONTEXT IN SELECTING A RESPONSE TO USER DEVICE INTERACTION - A system, method and architecture of using context in determining a response to user interaction with a device, such context may be context of content being output by the device, the device's context, the user's content, or some combination of contexts. In accordance with one or more embodiments, a response may comprise a menu the content of which, e.g., one or more user-selectable actions or options, can be determined based on a determined context, or contexts, or a determination may be made to provide a response other than an option menu, which determination may be made based on a determined context or combination of contexts. As yet another alternative, a determination may be made to provide a response that includes a menu, the content of which is determined based on one or more determined contexts, and another response, such as an answer identified based on one or more determined contexts. | 08-21-2014 |
20140237426 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND APPLICATION CONTROLLING METHOD - An application control method executed by an information processing apparatus the application control method includes: determining a first application from among a plurality of applications that were activated after inactivation of a second application, according to time periods from a time of the inactivation to a time when each of the plurality of the applications were activated, when the second application enters active state, and presenting the first application after another inactivation of the second application. | 08-21-2014 |
20140245225 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, INPUT OPERATION RECEPTION METHOD, AND INPUT OPERATION RECEPTION PROGRAM - A portable terminal apparatus includes a first display screen and a second display screen serving as a rear surface of the first display screen. The portable terminal apparatus sets regions of the first and second display screens as regions in which operation inputs indicating a pair of processes are received. Thereby, the portable terminal apparatus can receive a plurality of input operations using the first and second display screens without increasing the size of the first display screen. Accordingly, the size increase of the portable terminal apparatus can be eliminated and the operability thereof can be improved. | 08-28-2014 |
20140250410 | SCHEDULING MENU SYSTEM AND METHOD HAVING FLIP STYLE GRAPHICAL DISPLAY - Scheduling menu systems of the present technology can be implemented by a digital device comprising a touch screen display device having a field of view, at least one processor operably connected to the touch screen display device, and a non-transitory computer readable medium on which program instructions for the scheduling menu can be stored. The scheduling menus can include an interactive graphic display including a date graphic icon operatively associated with a first interactive area of the touch screen display device, and an activity graphic icon operatively associated with a second interactive area of the touch screen display device, each of which is a flip style icon having a plurality of selectable leaf pages. | 09-04-2014 |
20140258927 | INTERACTIVE GRAPHICAL DOCUMENT INSIGHT ELEMENT - In one embodiment, metadata associated with a document is received. At least one keyword is extracted from the received metadata, wherein the at least one keyword include at least one of actionable information and non-actionable information. Further, an interactive graphical document insight element is generated including a representation of the non-actionable information and one or more interactive icons representing the actionable information. The generated interactive graphical document insight element is rendered on a computer generated user interface. | 09-11-2014 |
20140258928 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING FEATURES - A system, and related method and computer program product are disclosed. The system may comprise a lighting system including a plurality of light groups disposed on a Machine, each light group including one or more lights, a graphical user interface, and a controller. The controller may be configured to cause the graphical user interface to display a machine icon and a plurality of light icons. Each light icon may be in the shape of a light and corresponding to one of the light groups. Each light icon may be displayed proximal to the machine icon in a position generally indicative of a location on the Machine of the light group that corresponds to the light icon. In an embodiment, a light beam may be displayed generally adjacent to the first light icon to show a direction of light when the corresponding light group on the Machine is illuminated. | 09-11-2014 |
20140258929 | SYNCHRONIZED ASSET TRAYS - A method including the steps of: providing a computer readable non-transitory storage medium including a computer readable code configured to run on a local computer and to perform a process to organize a plurality of assets in a tray system including a core tray program including one or more trays, and a synchronization manager configured to synchronize assets represented by icons in the one or more trays with corresponding assets at one or more file storage locations; running on a local computer the computer readable code; displaying by computer the tray; and synchronizing by computer the assets represented by icons in the one or more trays with the corresponding assets at one or more file storage locations. A system to perform the method is also described. | 09-11-2014 |
20140258930 | DYNAMIC VALIDATION OF SELECTABLE DATA - In various embodiments, methods and systems for dynamic validation of selectable data are provided. This may be accomplished by receiving a selection of an item such that preview interface elements associated with the validity of the selection are dynamically presented via an interface. The received preview-selected item is validated based on determining whether the preview-selected item and a set of one or more selected items are valid for a computation involving both the preview-selected item and the set of the one or more selected items. Upon determining that the preview-selected item is not combinable with at least one selected item in the set of one or more selected items, a preview interface element associated with the at least one selected item is provided for display such that an anticipated effect of executing a full selection of the preview-selected item is dynamically previewed. | 09-11-2014 |
20140258931 | ENABLING MULTIDIMENSIONAL SEARCH ON NON-PC DEVICES - Multidimensional search capabilities are enabled on a non-PC (personal computer) device being utilized by a user. An original query submitted by the user via the non-PC device is received. A structured data repository is accessed to extract structured data that is available for the original query, where the extracted structured data represents attributes of the original query. The extracted structured data is provided to the user in the form of a hierarchical menu which allows the user to interactively modify the original query, such modification resulting in a revised query. | 09-11-2014 |
20140282237 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR ASSIGNING MOODS TO CONTENT AND SEARCHING FOR MOODS TO SELECT CONTENT - Systems and methods for content identification and search are described. Content is identified or represented by one or more moods conveyed by the content to viewers. Identified moods are assigned range areas corresponding to each mood. Range areas are assigned spans corresponding to the range areas. Assigned spans are digitized and stored for searching. Searches are initiated by users through the identification of one or more moods and corresponding identification spans within ranges corresponding to the ranges. Once a user has selected at least one search span, a search is performed by looking for content having identification spans that at least partially correspond to the selected search spans, with content being ordered or ranked based on the degree of overlap between the identification spans and the search spans. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282238 | Enhanced Electronic Health Record Graphical User Interface System - An enhanced electronic health record system. A user device having a display accesses electronic health records and clinic note templates stored on digital storage segments. A template selection screen is presented on the display of the user device. The template selection screen has at least two view modes. One view mode is a grid view, in which icon representations of various clinic note templates are displayed, each icon representation having a number of secondary icons providing additional functionality and information to the user. Also available is a list view, which also contains a vertical listing of available clinic note templates, each list element also having secondary icons. Upon selection of a template, the user is presented with a formatted clinic note. Additional functionality is available to the user to aid in the efficient capture of information. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282239 | SELECTING A TOUCH SCREEN HOT SPOT - For selecting a touch screen hot spot, an indication module sequentially indicates each hot spot within a specified selection area about a projection of the selection object onto a touch screen. The sequential indication may be in response to the selection object hovering within a hover range of the touch screen. A selection module selects a hot spot in response to detecting movement of the selection object towards the touch screen concurrent with the indication of the selected hot spot. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282240 | Interactive Elements for Launching from a User Interface - In particular embodiments, a computing device provides for presentation to a user a first user interface associated with a first application. The first user interface includes one or more interactive elements arranged along an edge of the first user interface. The computing device receives user input selecting one of the interactive elements, and, in response to the user input, provides for presentation to the user a second user interface associated with a second application. The second application may be associated with the selected interactive element. The presentation of the second user interface includes, at least in part, the second user interface moving into view starting from the edge. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282241 | Handheld Measurement System With Selectable Options - In at least one embodiment, a handheld measurement system for receiving measurement data. The handheld measurement system generates a measurement image derived from the received measurement data. The handheld measurement system also generates a plurality of option images that each correspond to a particular option. A touch screen is coupled to the measurement device, and the touch screen displays the measurement image and the option images. The displayed option images are selectable, and the measurement device is configured to modify the measurement image in response to a selection. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282242 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTENT-AWARE SELECTION - Systems and methods detect simple user gestures to enable selection of portions of segmented content, such as text, displayed on a display. Gestures may include finger (such as thumb) flicks or swipes as well as flicks of the handheld device itself. The used finger does not occlude the selected text, allowing users to easily see what the selection is at any time during the content selection process. In addition, the swipe or flick gestures can be performed by a non-dominant finger such as a thumb, allowing users to hold the device and make the selection using only one hand. After making the initial selection of a target portion of the content, to extend the selection, for example to the right, the user simply swipes or flicks the finger over the touchscreen to the right. The user could also flick the entire device in a move gesture with one hand. | 09-18-2014 |
20140282243 | Gesture-based Workflow Progression - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for displaying, by the one or more processors, at least one graphical representation associated with an electronic document on a touchscreen display; and receiving, by the one or more processors, user input to the at least one graphical representation, the user input indicating a touchscreen gesture to the touchscreen display, and in response: determining a type of the touchscreen gesture; determining a degree of the touchscreen gesture; identifying one or more actions based on the type and the degree, each action of the one or more actions being executable to progress through a workflow; and displaying one or more action elements on the touchscreen display, each action element representing an action of the one or more actions. | 09-18-2014 |
20140289674 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING SHORTCUT MENU OF APPLICATIONS - An apparatus and method for managing shortcut menus of applications are provided. The method includes determining whether an event for an application is generated, calculating accumulation points for the application based on a type of the event that is generated when the event is generated, and applying a first visual effect to a shortcut menu of the application based on the accumulation points. Accordingly, there is an advantage in that a user may recognize applications which have a low or high use frequency. | 09-25-2014 |
20140289675 | System and Method of Mapping Products to Patents - A data storage device includes instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to generate a graphical user interface (GUI) including one or more bidirectional mappings between patents and products. The GUI further includes a plurality of user-selectable elements including at least one element selectable by a user to edit a selected one of the one or more bidirectional mappings. Additionally, the instructions, when executed, cause the processor to provide the GUI to a user device. | 09-25-2014 |
20140298258 | Switch List Interactions - A graphical user interface for viewing and selecting from a list of available applications through an operating system of a computer includes a switch list. The displayed switch list can be either fully or partially displayed, or hidden. The switch list becomes partially displayed after a user selects an object from the switch list through some user input gesture, such as a swipe from the left edge of the display when the switch list is hidden, or a selection and drag of an object from a fully displayed switch list. The switch list transitions from partially displayed or hidden to fully displayed when a user indicates, through some user gesture, that a currently active object is being placed back into the switch list. | 10-02-2014 |
20140298259 | RETRACTING SHORTCUT BARS, STATUS SHORTCUTS AND EDIT RUN PAGE SETS - At least one example embodiment discloses a method for generating a touch screen display. The method includes establishing a first run screen associated with a first function of a work vehicle and establishing a second run screen associated with a second function of the work vehicle distinct from the first function and defining an order of appearance of the first run screen and the second run screen within a set of run screens that allows a user to select a run screen in the set of run screens that are displayable in accordance with the defined order. | 10-02-2014 |
20140298260 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR UTILIZING MICRO-INTERACTION EVENTS ON COMPUTING DEVICES TO ADMINISTER QUESTIONS - Disclosed are systems and methods for facilitating the administration of questions to one or more intended responders. A grouping of questions is obtained. At least one graphical element is assigned to each of the questions within the grouping and a grouping of graphical elements is generated. Each of the graphical elements within the grouping of graphical elements is prioritized. In response to detection of a micro-interaction event the following steps are performed: a graphical element among the grouping of graphical elements having a highest priority is selected; the selected graphical element is presented on a display of the mobile computing device; a response is obtained based on manipulation of the displayed graphical element; metadata is generated according to the response; and the response and metadata are stored in a storage device within the mobile computing device. | 10-02-2014 |
20140298261 | INFORMATION INPUT DEVICE AND INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD - An information input device including: an indicator detection unit ( | 10-02-2014 |
20140304650 | INFORMATION PRESENTATION CORRESPONDING TO CONTENT PURPOSING MASKS - An integrated development environment (IDE) feature is described that provide relevant information regarding the various purposing masks in an intuitive manner. A user selects one or more target media types for the content being worked on in the IDE. When these target media are selected, masks corresponding to the selected target media are displayed over the content. The IDE monitors the position information identifying a display location of each mask. When the user performs some kind of information event associated with an identified display location of one of the masks, the IDE detects this event and displays an information box that contains media type information regarding the target media related to the specific mask at the identified display location. | 10-09-2014 |
20140304651 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING INFORMATION IN RESPONSE TO A GESTURE - A method includes displaying a first item on an electronic device and detecting a gesture requesting display of a list. In response to detecting the gesture, a first plurality of representations of items in the list is displayed in a first area while displaying at least a part of the first item in a second area. A characteristic of the gesture that identifies a second item from the list is detected. In response to detecting the characteristic of the gesture, a representation of the second item is displayed as a focused item in the first area. In response to detecting discontinuation of the gesture, the second item is displayed and display of the list is discontinued. | 10-09-2014 |
20140304652 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR UNLOCKING THE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - In a method for unlocking an electronic device, one or more unlocking operations are defined, and one or more application groups are created. Each of the unlocking operations is associated with one or more of the application groups. According to the defined unlocking operations, a lock screen is generated and displayed on a display screen of the electronic device. When an unlocking operation is performed by a user, application groups associated with the unlocking operation are determined. The electronic device is unlocked according to the determined unlocking operation, and the determined application groups are displayed on the display screen. | 10-09-2014 |
20140304653 | Method For Generating Rules and Parameters for Assessing Relevance of Information Derived From Internet Traffic - A method is disclosed for generating a set of optimal rules and parameters for use by an evaluation engine on a volume of information extracted from a stream of IP packets associated with a web browsing session conducted over a network in order to filter user-initiated traffic flowing across the network from non-user-initiated traffic. Deep packet inspection is performed to extract the volume of information from the stream that conforms to at least one discrimination criteria. An initial iteration of application of the evaluation engine to the volume is performed by selecting initial discrimination criteria and rules for generating the filtered results and a distance between the filtered results and known actual user-initiated traffic is measured. Subsequent iterations of application of the evaluation engine to the volume are performed by changing the discrimination criteria and/or rules until there is no significant improvement in the measured distance. | 10-09-2014 |
20140310650 | INTERACTIVE DISPLAY DEVICE - A device is configured to receive information that identifies entity representations, receive first entity information associated with a first entity representation, and receive second entity information associated with a second entity representation. The device is configured to generate a first tag associated with the first entity representation, and generate a second tag associated with the second entity representation. The device is configured to receive user input information including information regarding user selections of entity representations, determine a relationship between the first tag and the second tag, and store an association between the first and second entity representations. The device is configured to detect an interaction associated with the first entity representation, and to provide the second entity representation based on the interaction and based on the association between the first and the second entity representations. | 10-16-2014 |
20140310651 | DYNAMIC INTERACTIVE MENU BOARD - This disclosure relates to a system configured to customize a default set of menu items for diners of a food service establishment. The default set of menu items may be customized based on dietary preferences of the diners. The system may be configured such that diners may interact with the menu of the food service establishment. The system may be configured such that the customized set of menu items may be displayed to diners remotely from the food service establishment. In some implementations, the system may replace a traditional physical menu. In some implementations, the system may comprise an application server, one or more client devices, a database server, and/or other components. | 10-16-2014 |
20140310652 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS,INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a providing unit, a receiving unit, a presenting unit, and an output unit. The providing unit provides a service to a user. The receiving unit receives an operation performed by the user when using the service provided by the providing unit. The presenting unit presents options to the user using the service. The output unit outputs an option selected in the operation for selecting the option from among the options presented by the presenting unit when the receiving unit receives the operation. Specifically, the option is variably selected in accordance with an attribute of the user. When the providing unit provides the service, the providing unit outputs an image based on the option selected in the operation. | 10-16-2014 |
20140310653 | DISPLAYING HISTORY INFORMATION FOR APPLICATION - A device and a method of controlling a device are disclosed. At least one selection area is displayed and a first input selecting a first selection area is detected. An application corresponding to the first selection area may be executed, in response to the first input selecting the first selection area in a first manner. Usage history information associated with the application corresponding to the first selection area may be displayed, in response to the first input selecting the first selection area in a second manner. | 10-16-2014 |
20140317563 | GENERATE FIELD MAPPING - In one aspect, source fields in the data format of the source data store are transformed and mapped to a format suitable for the target data store. In the user interface of the mapping application, mapping templates using mapping functions can be defined and generated. Mapping template comprises various restriction conditions to determine compatible source fields from among the source fields in the source data store. Mapping functions in the mapping template enable such automation in determining compatible source fields and applying the mapping function to the determined compatible source fields. | 10-23-2014 |
20140317564 | NAVIGATION AND LANGUAGE INPUT USING MULTI-FUNCTION KEY - Methods and apparatus for menu navigation and selection are described. The apparatus comprises a keyboard having a plurality of keys for a user to enter information by interacting with one or more of the plurality of keys, and a multi-function key having a touch sensitive portion for the user to enter position information by a touch or gesture input or enter information via user interaction with the multi-function key. A processing system is coupled to the keyboard for processing the user entered information and user entered position information from the keyboard and a display coupled to the processing system for displaying the user entered information and a menu of options related to the user entered information. The user enters position information to navigate through the menu of options and selects an option from the menu of options by user entered interaction with the multi-function key. | 10-23-2014 |
20140317565 | METHOD OF ANIMATING CHANGES IN A LIST - In a method of animating a change in the arrangement of listed items in a list that includes a number of subsequent positions, the list is displayed on a screen, and the items of the list are arranged in rows and columns. The method includes a step of fading-in or -out at least one listed item. | 10-23-2014 |
20140317566 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM, COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING THE SAME PROGRAM, DATA STRUCTURE, INFORMATION PROCESSING SERVER,AND INFORMATION PROCESSING TERMINAL - Methods and apparatus operate to: execute one application; store group information, the group information being associated with a plurality of pieces of execution status information each of which represents one of a plurality of execution statuses of the execution, a plurality of pieces of content information each of which represents one of the contents of the plurality of pieces of execution status information, and group identification information identifying groups to which the plurality of pieces of execution status information and the plurality of pieces of content information belong; and generate, based on the group information, menu information which displays the content information included in at least one of the groups. The at least one application is executed using the execution status information associated with at least one piece of the content information included in the menu information. | 10-23-2014 |
20140325439 | METHOD FOR OUTPUTTING IMAGE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - An electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes a display and a processor. The processor is configured to output a first synthesized image expressing a state of an object via the display, to output preview information of an object used for the first synthesized image, to select at least one object from the first synthesized image in response to an input, to detect an input to edit an original image corresponding to the selected at least one object, and to generate and output a second synthesized image based on an object of the edited original image. | 10-30-2014 |
20140331177 | GRAPHICAL INTERACTIVE VISUAL RESPONSE SYSTEM AND METHOD - A communications system and method is provided for facilitating access to a service center resource. A request is received from a mobile device of a user to access a service center associated with a destination specific application on the mobile device. The request includes information entered by the user and associated with the request. An identification of a service center resource of the service center that matches needs of the user based upon the information entered by the user and a determination of an availability of the service center resource is made. A first communication is launched to a communications address associated with the mobile device and a second communication is launched to a communications address associated with the service center resource. The first communication and the second communication are bridged. | 11-06-2014 |
20140331178 | DIGITAL IMAGE TAGGING APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - In an exemplary embodiment, user input is received, a selected portion of a digital image is identified based on the user input, a data instance is selected, and a tag is applied to the selected portion of the digital image. The applied tag provides an association between the selected portion of the digital image and the data instance. In certain examples, a visual indicator representative of the tag is provided for display together with the tagged digital image. | 11-06-2014 |
20140351751 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING OBJECTS IN A MULTIMEDIA CONTAINER - A system and method for managing objects in a multimedia container. The method includes displaying, on a mobile device, a piece of content; receiving an indication the piece of content is to be added to a subsequently identified multimedia container; displaying a list of a plurality of multimedia containers, wherein each of the multimedia containers is operable to comprise a plurality of media types; receiving an indication identifying a selected multimedia container; and displaying an indication that the piece of content has been added to the selected one of the plurality of multimedia containers. The method can further comprise: determining an image corresponding to the piece of content; and modifying a datastore corresponding to the selected multimedia container. Determining of the image corresponding to the piece of content can comprise accessing a book cover image, determining a rendering of a website, etc. The mobile device can be a tablet computing device. | 11-27-2014 |
20140351752 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A HOME MULTIMEDIA CONTAINER - A system and method for a home multimedia container. The method includes accessing, within mobile device, a portion of an operating system corresponding to the mobile device and accessing a datastore corresponding to a home multimedia container. In one embodiment, the home multimedia container comprises a first object and a second object. The first object may be a first portion of content and the second object may be an application. The datastore may comprise information about the first object and the second object. The method further includes determining a first image based on the information about the first object and determining a second image based on an application icon corresponding to the application. The method further includes displaying the first image and the second image. In one embodiment, selection of the first image is operable to launch a first application operable to render the first portion of content. | 11-27-2014 |
20140351753 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER INTERFACE BASED ON GESTURE - A method for a user interface based on a gesture includes setting at least one gesture region including at least one basic region and at least one navigation region based on a preset location or a detected location of at least one object to be tracked, the at least one navigation region including at least one item, detecting a gesture of the at least one object to be tracked using an input device, and recognizing, from the detected gesture, at least one of a select gesture for selecting any one item among the at least one item of the at least one navigation region and a confirm gesture for moving from the at least one navigation region to the at least one basic region. | 11-27-2014 |
20140351754 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INPUT CONTROL METHOD - A display unit displays an object. A detection unit detects a touch operation on the display unit. A change unit widens a display space of the object while keeping a display size of the object when range selection of the object displayed on the display unit is performed through the touch operation. | 11-27-2014 |
20140351755 | FACILITATING DISPLAY OF A MENU AND SELECTION OF A MENU ITEM VIA A TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE - There is provided an information processing apparatus including an operating tool detector for detecting a touch state of an operating tool with a display panel; a display controller for, when change of a pointing direction of the operating tool is detected by the operating tool detector on an object selected on the display panel, controlling the display panel to display near the object an operation menu containing one or more operation items I selectable for the object; and an operation item selecting portion for, when the operation menu is displayed, selecting one of the operation items in accordance with the change in the pointing direction of the operating tool detected by the operating tool detector from the operation menu. | 11-27-2014 |
20140359527 | FLIP-THROUGH PRESENTATION OF A LIST - The disclosure generally describes computer-implemented methods, software, and systems for presenting list information. One method includes providing a series of controls for presentation representing a complete set of the elements, including first and last elements that are accessible without paging or scrolling to another screen. User input is received representing a traversal of the controls, including an uninterrupted selection of the controls. During the traversal and depending on a current position of the user input in relation to the controls, a position marker is displayed and continuously updated that identifies at least one element associated with a control at the current position. User input is received during the traversal indicating a selection of a particular control based on a termination of user input. The selection is based on a position relative to the series of controls. At least one particular element associated with the selected particular control is identified. | 12-04-2014 |
20140365961 | UNIFIED WORKLIST - A notification system receives notifications from a plurality of different components within a business system. The notification system aggregates notifications for a given user, from the plurality of different components in the business system. The notification system displays the aggregated list of notifications for user interaction. | 12-11-2014 |
20140365962 | NAVIGATING BETWEEN APPLICATIONS OF A DEVICE - A device may detect an event during execution of a particular application of the device. As part of detecting the event, the device may detect a closing of the particular application or may detect a calendar event. The device may identify a sequence of applications related to the event based on information identifying the event and may present graphical information identifying the sequence of applications. The device may detect selection of graphical information identifying another application from the graphical information identifying the sequence of applications, and may initiate the other application based on detecting the selection of the graphical information identifying the other application. | 12-11-2014 |
20140365963 | APPLICATION BAR FLYOUTS - An application bar is displayed along with a form. The application bar includes a set of controls for performing actions. At least one of the controls has an associated flyout menu. When the user actuates the control, the flyout menu displays groups of flyout controls, without obscuring the display of the controls on the application bar. | 12-11-2014 |
20140365964 | MULTIPLE PANEL TOUCH USER INTERFACE NAVIGATION - A graphical user interface method is disclosed. A first interface panel including a first graphical content for a first menu item is generated. The first interface panel is displayed in a primary display area, and a first descriptor is displayed in a menu display area that is segregated from the primary display area. The first descriptor is associated with the first menu item. An input command is received on the menu display area, and in response thereto, a second interface panel with a second set of graphic content for a second menu item is generated. An input command transition relationship is defined between the first interface panel and the second interface panel, and the received input command corresponds thereto. The second interface panel is displayed in the primary display area, and a second descriptor associated with the second menu item is displayed in the menu display area. | 12-11-2014 |
20140365965 | NIGHT MODE - A device that provides a map and/or navigation application that displays items on the map and/or navigation instructions differently in different modes. The applications of some embodiments provide a day mode and a night mode. In some embodiments the application uses the day mode as a default and activates the night mode when the time is after sunset at the location of the device. Some embodiments activate night mode when multiple conditions are satisfied (for example, when (1) the time is after sunset at the location of the device and (2) the ambient light level is below a threshold brightness). | 12-11-2014 |
20140372944 | USER FOCUS CONTROLLED DIRECTIONAL USER INPUT - A user input for a near-eye, see-through display device is disclosed. Hands-free user input in an augmented reality environment is provided for. A user can provide input by moving the orientation of their head. For example, the user could rotate their head. In one aspect, a user can provide input by moving their eye gaze along a direction. In one aspect, when the user directs their attention at a user interface symbol, a handle extends away from the user interface symbol. The handle may serve as a type of selection device such that if the user directs their attention along the handle, away from the user interface symbol, a selection can be made. “As one example, the selection causes a spoke menu to appear which the user can select by rotating their head such that the system determines the user is looking along the spoke away from a central hub. | 12-18-2014 |
20140372945 | METHOD FOR OUTPUTTING IMAGES, APPARATUS AND MOBILE TERMINAL THEREFOR - In a mobile terminal, a failsafe method for image output includes (a) determining the resolution that the mobile terminal can support; and (b) outputting the image according to the resolution determined. | 12-18-2014 |
20140372946 | Systems for Obtaining, Analyzing, and Adjusting User Provided Economic Priority Parameters to Anticipate and Adjust Future Results - A method for analyzing inputs from a user to modify a financial plan with a computer system is disclosed. The method may also include displaying a plurality of images to the user, where each of the plurality of images is associated with a different query, and receiving an instruction to randomly select a subset of the plurality of images. The method may additionally include selecting, randomly, a subset of the plurality of images for presentation to the user and displaying the subset of the plurality of images in a different manner from a remainder of the plurality of images. The method may moreover include repeating, for every image of the subset: receiving a selection of one of the images; displaying to the user a query; and receiving an answer. The method may also include determining from the answers, a classification of the user's attitude toward financial resources and storing the classification. | 12-18-2014 |
20140380238 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SCENARIO-DRIVEN STANDARD-COMPLIANT USER INTERFACE DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT FOR EFFORT ESTIMATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and system for scenario-based conceptualization and visualization of web-based user interface for effort estimation. The method includes providing user-selectable scenarios on said web-based user interface. A plurality of web components is provided on pre-populated screen to display existing number of screens, further user can modify the screen by adding new functionality based on business requirement. After modification, a workflow is stored in a repository for proposing it as pre-populated screen to new users. An effort is estimated by an effort estimation processor based on said modified user-selectable scenarios and compliance standard, and a report is generated for each stage of the development cycle. | 12-25-2014 |
20140380239 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD EXECUTING OBJECT IN THE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present invention provides an electronic apparatus and method for executing object in the electronic apparatus that performs a specific function based on relations between multiple objects, the object executing apparatus including a display unit for displaying a list of at least one related object to a first object for which a selection gesture is made, the at least one related object capable of performing respective function related to the first object; and a controller for controlling a specific function to be performed based on relationship between a first function of the first object and a second function of a second object among the at least one related object if a link gesture to connect the first object and the second object is made. | 12-25-2014 |
20140380240 | System and Method for a Human Machine Interface - A vehicle computer system comprising a wireless transceiver configured to send a nomadic device human machine interface to a nomadic device in a web browser format. The vehicle computer system further comprises a vehicle server utilizing a contextual data aggregator that utilizes vehicle data and off-board data to generate a dynamic human machine interface, the server further configured to generate an in-vehicle human machine interface for output on a vehicle display and generate the nomadic device human machine interface for the nomadic device to display. | 12-25-2014 |
20150012883 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A TASK-BASED USER INTERFACE - A method, apparatus and computer program product are disclosed in order to provide a task-based user interface. In the context of a method, a plurality of tasks are identified based upon a context of a user or a user device. The method also determines an arrangement of the plurality of tasks, such as also based upon the context of the user or the user device. The method also causes an indication of each of the plurality of tasks to be displayed in accordance with the arrangement of the plurality of tasks. Once displayed, a selection of the indication of a respective task may be received with the task then being directly performed in response to the selection. | 01-08-2015 |
20150026637 | Providing Selection Areas for Selectable Objects in Graphical Interface - In some embodiments, a processor accesses electronic content that includes multiple selectable objects that are renderable in a graphical interface. The processor generates multiple selection areas respectively associated with the selectable objects. An input to the graphical interface received within each selection area selects an associated selectable object. Generating the selection areas includes generating a boundary around at least one of the selectable objects. Any point within the boundary is closer to the associated selectable object than any other selectable object. Generating the selection areas also includes clipping the boundary to define the selection area for the selectable object. The processor adds the selection areas to a document object model associated with the electronic content. The document object model is usable for rendering the graphical interface with the selectable objects and identifying the selection areas. | 01-22-2015 |
20150026638 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING EXTERNAL INPUT DEVICE, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - An electronic device and a method of controlling an external input device, and a computer-readable recording medium having recorded thereon a program to perform the method are provided. The electronic device includes a communication unit configured to receive a signal generated from the external input device, and a controller configured to control display of a pointer according to the signal and to control display of a menu corresponding to a key button of the electronic device, upon receiving one of a specific signal from the external input device and if the pointer is positioned in a specific area. | 01-22-2015 |
20150033185 | NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM STORING SELECTED CHARACTER SPECIFICATION PROGRAM, SELECTED CHARACTER SPECIFICATION METHOD, AND SELECTED CHARACTER SPECIFICATION DEVICE - A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing a selected character specification program that causes a computer to execute a process including detecting a character region indicating a region, in which each character of the displayed character string is displayed on a screen, based on character string display information, specifying a stroke of a closed curved line designated on the screen based on input operation information, and specifying one or a plurality of successive characters, in which a ratio of an area of a selected region based on uppermost, lowermost, leftmost, and rightmost points of the stroke of the closed curved line in the character region to an area of the character region exceeds a threshold, as selected character among a respective character of the displayed character string overlapped with the stroke of the closed curved line. | 01-29-2015 |
20150033186 | Retrieval Device for Retrieving Data Specific Information Used for Identifying Data of a Data Group - A retrieval device includes: a touch panel that displays a list that arranges a data specific information piece, a retrieval character reception section that receives one or more characters of the data specific information piece for identifying data of a data group via an handwritten input to the list on the touch panel, an information retrieval section that retrieves the data specific information piece with the one or more retrieval characters, and a retrieval result display section that displays a retrieval result of the information retrieval section on the touch panel. | 01-29-2015 |
20150040064 | VISUAL RULES FOR DECISION MANAGEMENT - A computerized method for generating monitoring rules, comprising: presenting to a user a spatio-temporal data indicative of a plurality of spatio-temporal attributes of a plurality of image objects in a space during a period; selecting, by a user, at least one of a spatial pattern and a temporal pattern represented in said spatio-temporal data; analyzing said at least one of a spatial pattern and a temporal pattern to identify at least one of a spatial related characteristic of at least some of said plurality of image objects and a temporal related characteristic of at least some of said plurality of image objects; automatically generating at least one monitoring rule to track an occurrence of said at least one of a location related characteristic and a temporal related characteristic. | 02-05-2015 |
20150040065 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING CUSTOMIZED MENUS FOR ACCESSING APPLICATION FUNCTIONALITY - A method for generating customized menus for accessing application functionality of a mobile device comprising detecting a gesture performed on a display of the mobile device and displaying a quick menu on the display containing preview information pertaining to one or more applications based on the detected gesture. | 02-05-2015 |
20150040066 | Attendant Control Panel Virtual Trainer - The present disclosure provides a system, method, and apparatus for a virtual trainer for a control panel for a vehicle. In one or more embodiments, the disclosed system comprises a device with a screen, where the virtual trainer is loaded onto the device, and the virtual trainer is to display, on the screen of the device, available selections relating to different functions for the vehicle, as shown on the control panel for the vehicle. In one or more embodiments, the vehicle is a multi-passenger vehicle. In at least one embodiment, the vehicle is an aircraft, a terrestrial vehicle, or a marine vehicle. In some embodiments, the device is mobile or stationary. In one or more embodiments, the device is a tablet device and/or the control panel itself. In at least one embodiment, the screen of the device is a touch screen. | 02-05-2015 |
20150040067 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SHARING USER INFORMATION IN BROWSERS OF A MOBILE TERMINAL - A method for sharing user information in browsers of a mobile terminal is disclosed in the present invention and comprises steps of: receiving a second operating command for importing the user information to a second browser; executing a first operating command for exporting the user information from the first browser in accordance with the second operating command for importing the user information to the second browser, and the first operating command is a command for exporting the user information from the first browser. | 02-05-2015 |
20150046872 | Data-Driven Color Coordinator - A color selection and coordination system including a database of predetermined color relationships implementing a data-driven color model. A starting color is associated with a first color in the color database. One or more predefined color palettes associated with the first color may be retrieved, each palette including one or more coordinating colors, the coordinating colors being predetermined based on the first color and a color coordination algorithm. | 02-12-2015 |
20150052478 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING A VISUAL ITEM - There are provided a method and apparatus for displaying a visual item in an electronic device. The method of displaying a visual item in an electronic device includes: displaying a visual item of a plurality of visual items; if a first input is received from a user, selecting one or more visual items of the plurality of visual items based on preferences of each of the visual items; and displaying a visual item of the selected visual items. Accordingly, it is possible to quickly determine a visual item to which a jump is to be made. | 02-19-2015 |
20150052479 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing apparatus, including an image acquisition unit which acquires an input image generated by imaging a real space using an image pickup apparatus, a display control unit which superimposes virtual objects, which are associated with one or more real objects shown in the input image, on the input image, and a selection unit which selects, after at least one real object from among the one or more real objects is designated by a user, the designated real object as an interested object across a plurality of frames. The display control unit changes displayed information, which is displayed by the virtual object associated with the interested object, according to a relative position or attitude between the interested object and the image pickup apparatus. | 02-19-2015 |
20150052480 | PRINTING CONTROL METHOD, AND APPARATUS AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM THEREOF - A printing control apparatus includes a user interface configured to receive a selection of a printing option to be applied to a document, and to display, in response to a favorite printing option being the selection of the printing option, information about a method for a preselected printing option, a printer driver configured to establish the printing option to be applied to the document according to the information about the method, and to generate printing data according to the printing option, and a communication interface configured to transmit the printing data to an image forming apparatus. | 02-19-2015 |
20150058802 | Graphical User Interface for Defining Relations Among Products and Services - A user interface is presented to a user via a computer system such as a tablet computer and enables users to create relations between selected products or services, such as those related to home automation. The graphical user interface (GUI) features a display that is analogous to that of a slot machine, with a touch-enabled screen that is operated with the user's fingers. The display icons of the GUI, arranged in rolls as on a slot machine's display, are representative of the products or services. The GUI presents the rolls of icons to the user, enabling the user to select an item in each roll and to define relations among the corresponding products or services. In this way, a sensor device associated with a first product/service can be linked to an actor device associated with a second product/service, so that the two devices are capable of telecommunicating with each other. | 02-26-2015 |
20150058803 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING CONTROL OF A PRESENTATION - Various methods are provided for facilitating control of a presentation using a mobile terminal or other computing device. One example method may comprise causing authorized establishment of a session by scanning a code related to the session, causing an allowance of an input of at least one of a selection of data content and one or more commands, receiving the input of at least one of the content selection and the one or more commands, and causing transmission of the input to a network destination. | 02-26-2015 |
20150058804 | PRESENTING A MENU AT A MOBILE DEVICE - Systems and methods for presenting a menu at a computing device are provided. In some aspects, an indication of a user touching a hardware menu button of the computing device is received, where the hardware menu button is separate and distinct from a touchscreen of the computing device. A menu on the touchscreen is presented in response to the user touching the hardware menu button, where the menu includes multiple menu elements, and where each menu element has a corresponding command. An indication of the user touching the touchscreen at a starting point within a dragging-start region of the touchscreen is received. An indication of the user dragging a touching device along the touchscreen from the starting point to a termination point is received, where the termination point is associated with a termination menu element. A signal is provided for execution of the corresponding command of the termination menu element. | 02-26-2015 |
20150067597 | CROSS-APPLICATION INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE, INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD - An information display device is provided. The information display device includes a controller for being able to execute a plurality of applications, a user interface for allowing a user to instruct the controller, and a display unit for simultaneously displaying an application selection menu item for allowing the user to select one of the applications and a common menu item that is used in common between different applications, and an information image created by execution of the selected application. The display unit is configured to display the information image, the application selection menu item, and the common menu item at substantially the same positions on a display screen of the display unit, regardless of which application is selected. | 03-05-2015 |
20150074599 | MOBILE VIDEO CHANNEL-BASED GESTURAL USER INTERFACE - In one embodiment, a graphical user interface is provided, where the graphical user interface includes a plurality of rows, each of the plurality of rows corresponding to a different one of a plurality of information sources. Each of the plurality of rows may include a plurality of icons, each of the plurality of icons representing a different one of a plurality of content items available from the corresponding one of the plurality of information sources. Input may be received, where the input indicates at least one of a vertical navigation with respect to the plurality of rows or horizontal navigation with respect to the plurality of icons within one of the plurality of rows. The graphical user interface may be traversed or modified according to the input. | 03-12-2015 |
20150074600 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING DATA - There is provided a method in an electronic device having a display and means for receiving user input, the method comprising detecting a first user input in a first display area of a display, updating a display of data on a second display area of the display in accordance with the detected first user input, generating a third display area on the display for receiving a second user input, detecting a second user input in the third display area and updating the display of the data in the second display area in accordance with the detected second user input. There is also provided an electronic device comprising processing circuitry which is configured to carry out the method. | 03-12-2015 |
20150089446 | PROVIDING CONTROL POINTS IN IMAGES - Implementations generally relate to providing control points in images. In some implementations, a method includes determining one or more control points in an image. The method also includes determining one or more image manipulation transforms corresponding to each control point. The method also includes providing the one or more control points and the one or more corresponding image manipulation transforms to a user. | 03-26-2015 |
20150089447 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING A COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing device including a region control unit that provides a plurality of objects arranged in a predetermined direction with a detection region that detects contact or proximity of a pointing member, and conducts control in a manner that a plurality of modes exist with differing states of overlap between ranges in the predetermined direction of the detection region for the objects that neighbor each other. | 03-26-2015 |
20150095849 | DIALOGS POSITIONED WITH ACTION VISUALIZATION - Dialogs within a user interface. The user interface has one or more selectable elements, the selection of each of which initiating a corresponding action. Each time that any of the elements is selected, and a corresponding action initiated, there is the potential for the user interface to display a dialog associated with the initiated action. The dialogs are displayed so as to be positioned with respect to the element whose selection caused the corresponding action to be initiated. | 04-02-2015 |
20150095850 | VISUAL PREVIEW OF SEARCH RESULTS - Many software applications allow users to consume and interact with a variety of data, such as files, photos, web pages, emails, and/or other content. Because the amount of content may be cumbersome to sift through, software applications may provide filtering and searching capabilities to aid users in finding desired content. However, the trial and error involved in current searching techniques may be time consuming and/or diminish the user's experience. Accordingly, one or more systems and/or techniques for presenting visual previews of search results are disclosed herein. In particular, a user may reference an identifier (e.g., “Bill”) that may be used as search criteria to retrieve corresponding objects (e.g., photos of Bill). A visual preview of the retrieved objects may be presented to the user. The user may quickly view visual previews of search results by referencing various identifiers without committing to a particular search result set. | 04-02-2015 |
20150100922 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISPLAYING USER-SPECIFIC INFORMATION ON-SCREEN CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH AN ANIMATED WIDGET - Embodiments of the present invention are operable to display entertaining or amusing, user-specific content (e.g., amusing, short on-screen messages relating to the user's profession) adjacent to objects rendered during unresponsive system states (e.g., animated objects, such as a rotating wheel or hour glass animation, etc.). Additionally, content rendered by embodiments of the present invention may be related or unrelated to an application and/or a process currently being executed by computer system that may be causing the system's current unresponsive state. As such, embodiments of the present invention can improve an end-user's experience during unresponsive system states by entertaining end-users until the computer system can return to a previous activate state and resume performance of standard operations. | 04-09-2015 |
20150106764 | Enhanced Input Selection - A touch sensor of an electronic device that is used to navigate one or more presented lists is operable in at least a gesture mode and a character mode. In the gesture mode, one or more touches detected by the touch sensor are interpreted as gesture input for navigating the list. In the character mode, the touches are interpreted as character input for navigating the list. The touch sensor switches between the gesture mode and the character mode and may also switch between these modes and one or more other modes. The electronic device may be a remote control that controls another electronic device. | 04-16-2015 |
20150106765 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THEREFOR - A mobile terminal including a wireless communication unit configured to provide wireless communication; a memory; a touch screen; and a controller configured to select a first function for executing the first function corresponding to a first fingerprint input, store the first function to correspond to the first fingerprint input in the memory, receive a fingerprint input via a fingerprint sensor, and execute the first function when the received fingerprint input corresponds to the first fingerprint input. | 04-16-2015 |
20150113477 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TECHNICAL PROCESSES - A method and a system for improving a user's experience with a graphical user interface corresponding to a gaming or simulation environment on an electronic device, the interface renders multiple graphical objects and user selectable options corresponding to the graphical object. The user selects one or more selectable option, and performs a touching or a swiping operation through multiple points on the display screen. The touching or swiping operation leads to deploying of multiple resources corresponding to the selected option, at different locations on the interface. For controlling the different deployed resources, the user can swipe through different regions of the display screen. The number of resources deployed at the different locations on the screen depends on certain parameters, including the pressure applied by the user on the screen. Results of the simulation can be employed to control real technical systems, for example for food production. | 04-23-2015 |
20150121305 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENHANCED INFERRED MODE USER INTERFACE OPERATIONS - A method and system is provided for the input of user interface commands. Particularly, command initiation events including at least one of: (i) a mouse press event on mouse pointer hardware, and (ii) at least one of a pen touch event, a stylus touch event, and a finger touch event on touch pointer hardware, are accepted. Then gesture stroke input events including at least one of: (i) a mouse drag event on the mouse pointer hardware, and (ii) at least one of a pen drag event, a stylus drag event and a finger drag event on the touch pointer hardware, are accepted. Additionally, command termination events including at least one of (i) a mouse release event on the mouse pointer hardware, and (ii) at least one of a pen lift event, a stylus lift event and a finger lift event on the touch pointer hardware, are accepted. The events are then interpreted as at least one of object selection or digital ink input operations without prior selection of a user input mode. | 04-30-2015 |
20150128091 | Relative Touch User Interface Enhancements - Some embodiments provide a meta touch interface (MTI) with multiple position indicators with each position indicator operating as a separate pointing tool that can be activated (i) using taps on a touchpad or other touch sensitive surface or (ii) by pressing certain keyboard keys. The MT pointer allows for adjacent UI elements to be selected without having to reposition the MT pointer for each selection or activation. Some embodiments provide a multi-device UI that comprises at least two UIs, wherein the first UI is presented on an essentially horizontal plane that is aligned with operational focus and the second UI that is presented on an essentially vertical plane that is aligned with visual focus of the user. Some embodiments provide a precision pointer that includes an adjustable magnified region to better present underlying on-screen content, thereby allowing the user to more precisely position the pointer. | 05-07-2015 |
20150135138 | RATING AN ITEM WITH A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - An icon for rating an item, the icon including a graduated indication of a degree of liking or disliking the item. | 05-14-2015 |
20150135139 | METHOD FOR REALIZING USER INTERFACE USING CAMERA AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL FOR THE SAME - A method for realizing a user interface using a camera module and a mobile communication terminal for the same. If a user makes a predetermined motion in a state in which the camera module of the mobile communication terminal is activated, the mobile communication terminal performs a predetermined action according to the motion pattern by recognizing the user motion and patterning the motion. In this case, the action performed according to the motion pattern corresponds to mouse control in a mouse mode, game control in a game mode, and character input in a character input mode. | 05-14-2015 |
20150143290 | COMMUNICATION SESSION INDEXING - A method includes: displaying information from at least one communication session on a user's device; providing at least one interface on the user's device to select at least one portion of the displayed information from the at least one communication session; associating the at least one portion of the at least one communication session with an indexing feature; and presenting the indexing feature on the user's device. | 05-21-2015 |
20150143291 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DATA ITEMS DISPLAYED ON A USER INTERFACE - The present application discloses a method for controlling data items displayed on a touch-sensitive display of a computing device. The method includes, at the computing device, displaying a plurality of data items on a graphical user interface of the touch display, and detecting a sequence of finger gestures on the touch display. The sequence of finger gestures further includes a finger down gesture immediately followed by a finger moving gesture immediately followed by a finger up gesture. The method further includes in accordance with a determination that the sequence of finger gestures satisfy predefined conditions, identifying a set of the plurality of data items as being associated with the sequence of finger gestures and displaying a plurality of operations on the touch display, wherein the plurality of operations are determined at least in part based on an attribute of the identified set of data items. | 05-21-2015 |
20150149959 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, SERVER, AND CONTROL METHODS THEREOF - Disclosed are a display apparatus, a server, and control methods thereof. The display apparatus includes an image processor image configured to process an image; a display configured to display the processed image; a communicator configured to communicate with a server; a user input receiver configured to receive an input from a user; and a controller configured to display a first user interface (UI) containing a plurality of items, receive information about a second UI corresponding to at least one item determined by a use pattern of the user among the plurality of items from the server, and when an item included in the at least one item is selected according to the input from the user, display the second UI corresponding to the selected item based on the received information. | 05-28-2015 |
20150149960 | METHOD OF GENERATING PANORAMA IMAGE, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON THE METHOD, AND PANORAMA IMAGE GENERATING DEVICE - A method of generating a panorama image is described. A plurality of captured images are stored. Motion of a target object is detected from the plurality of captured images and motion information is obtained as a result of the detecting. A plurality of selection images are determined from the plurality of captured images, based on the motion information about the target object. A plurality of composition areas are set in the plurality of selection images, based on a user input. A panorama image is generated, based on images included in the plurality of composition areas. | 05-28-2015 |
20150149961 | MOTION-BASED CHARACTER SELECTION - Various interfaces and control schemes are provided that enable a user to enter text or select specific elements of an interface based at least in part upon relative motion. In some embodiments, a user can enter text by tilting a device to locate a specific character, and press on a button or specified area of a device to select that character. In other embodiments, a user can select a character by looking at a character and performing a selection action, a user device able to determine the character by tracking a gaze direction of the user. Any relative movement of a device and/or a user can be used as input, allowing for one-handed or even hands-free entrance of text or other selection of elements of a graphical user interface. | 05-28-2015 |
20150293597 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program for Enabling a User Input Command to be Performed - A method including in response to a detected gesture user input, wherein the gesture user input is ambiguous as to which one of a plurality of putative targets the gesture user input is directed, disambiguating the plurality of putative targets using disambiguating data to enable selection of one of the plurality of targets; and performing, in response to the gesture user input, a user input command associated with the selected target. | 10-15-2015 |
20150301702 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR GENERATING SYMBOL AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of controlling a display apparatus for generating a symbol. The method includes displaying a plurality of images corresponding to a plurality of functions on a display, and in response to one of the plurality of images being selected by a user, determining a symbol corresponding to the selected image, matching a function corresponding to the selected image with the symbol, and storing the matched symbol with a correlation to the selected image. | 10-22-2015 |
20150301737 | TOUCH OPERATION INPUT DEVICE, TOUCH OPERATION INPUT METHOD AND PROGRAM - A touch operation input device that allows input by a touch operation to a display screen, has a touch operation detector for detecting a touch operation; an operation processor for performing a process by determining operated content based on a detection result of the touch operation detector; a menu processor for performing a menu displaying process and a process of a menu item, based on a determination result of the operation processor; an image processor for performing a process of generating a drawn image on a touched portion when in a drawing mode; and a display controller for performing control of display on a display screen. When the operation processor has determined the touch operation as an operation for a menu process, the image processor performs a process of erasing the drawn image drawn by the touch operation even in the drawing mode. | 10-22-2015 |
20150326645 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PROGRAM SHARING BY PLURALITY OF TERMINALS - Disclosed is a method for controlling program sharing by a plurality of terminals. The method for controlling program sharing by a plurality of terminals comprises the steps of: linking a main terminal and a sub terminal; transmitting program information executed in the main terminal to the sub terminal; sharing items related to a program; allowing a first item shared by the main terminal to be processed by the main terminal, or allowing a second item shared by the sub terminal to be processed by the sub terminal; transmitting a command related to the processed first item to the sub terminal, or a command related to the processed second item to the main terminal. | 11-12-2015 |
20150331556 | Manager Cockpit for Improving Manager Performance - Techniques are described for aggregating information from multiple software tools into a manager cockpit. The manager cockpit includes multiple views for presenting the aggregated information in various actionable tiles. When an actionable tile is selected, the manager cockpit presents actions that can be performed on the selected tile. In some embodiments, the manager cockpit can apply a rules engine to generate alerts and a coaching engine to generate recommended actions to remedy the alerts. The recommended actions can be presented as an action that can be performed on the selected tile. | 11-19-2015 |
20150331585 | Configurable Patent Strength Calculator - A system includes a processor and a memory accessible to the processor. The memory stores instructions that, when executed, cause the processor to provide a graphical user interface (GUI) including a plurality of user-selectable elements accessible by a user to select a patent strength calculator from a plurality of patent strength calculators, to edit a patent strength calculator, or to create a new patent strength calculator. The memory further stores instructions that, when executed, cause the processor to apply a selected patent strength calculator to a list of documents to determine a patent strength score for each patent of the list of documents. | 11-19-2015 |
20150346943 | STORAGE DEVICE FOR TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAYS - A touch-based storage device configured for wireless transfer of data between the touch-based storage device and touch-enable electronic devices having touchscreen displays. The touch-based storage device may operationally interface with a touch sensor of the electronic device upon or in response to wireless detection by the electronic device and contact of a touchscreen display of the electronic device. The touch-based storage device may include a wireless communication component and a memory. The touch-enabled electronic device having a processor may be configured with executable code to interact with the touch-based storage device. | 12-03-2015 |
20150355788 | METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING - Disclosed are a method and electronic device for information processing. The method comprises when the list interface is presented on the display unit, detecting whether or not a touch operation used for adjusting an M-number of items among the N-number of items from a current first position to a second position that is different from the first is found, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and M is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than N; when the touch operation is detected, responding to the touch operation and generating a first instruction; executing the first instruction, and adjusting the M-number of items from the first position to the second position. | 12-10-2015 |
20150355789 | TREATMENT PROFILES - Extracorporeal blood treatment systems and methods to use and modify/create treatment profiles for extracorporeal blood treatments. For example, treatment profiles may include one or more preset, or predefined, settings or values for an extracorporeal blood treatment such as, e.g., therapy type, therapy set (e.g., tubing set, filter set, etc.), anticoagulation type, and one or more flow rates, etc. | 12-10-2015 |
20150355792 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SAME - A method for operating a mobile terminal according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: displaying an object list through a display portion; receiving a selection of a specific object form the displayed object list; receiving an input of a tilting gesture for moving the position of the selected specific object; and moving the position of the selected specific object according to the tilting gesture. | 12-10-2015 |
20150355811 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING A VIRTUAL INTERACTIVE SURFACE AND INTERACTIVE DISPLAY SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for controlling a virtual interactive surface in a scene include a surface for displaying information and one or several virtual sensors positioned with respect to the surface. The virtual sensor includes data representing a geometric form, data representing a position in the scene, and data representing one or several trigger conditions. A data representation of the scene is captured and a determination whether a virtual sensor trigger condition is fulfilled is made, based on an analysis of the captured data representation in an area corresponding to the geometric form and position of the virtual sensor. | 12-10-2015 |
20150362991 | GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR NON-FOVEAL VISION - A device may be configured to provide a graphical user interface that is specifically designed for use in a person's non-foveal vision. Via a graphical user interface for non-foveal vision, a user may interact with the device without focusing his or her foveal vision on a touchscreen of the device. Thus, the user may operate the device and its applications entirely and exclusively without using his or her foveal vision. For example, the user may operate the device exclusively using his or her peripheral vision or using no vision whatsoever. | 12-17-2015 |
20150363102 | DEVICES, METHODS, AND GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACES FOR PROVIDING MULTITOUCH INPUTS AND HARDWARE-BASED FEATURES USING A SINGLE TOUCH INPUT - An electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface displays, on the display, a first visual indicator. The electronic device receives a first single touch input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the first visual indicator; and, in response to detecting the first single touch input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the first visual indicator, replaces display of the first visual indicator with display of a first menu. The first menu includes a virtual touches selection icon. In response to detecting selection of the virtual touches selection icon, the electronic device displays a menu of virtual multitouch contacts. | 12-17-2015 |
20150370453 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NAVIGATING ELECTRONIC TEXTS - Disclosed herein are systems and methods for navigating electronic texts. According to an aspect, a method may include determining that a user non-linearly navigates between text subgroups within electronic text. The method may also include linking the text subgroups in response to determining that the user non-linearly navigates between the text subgroups. Further, for example, text subgroups within an electronic text may be determined. In this example, a similarity relationship between content of each text subgroup and one or more other text subgroups may be determined for linking the text subgroups. | 12-24-2015 |
20160000410 | ULTRASOUND DIAGNOSIS APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING ULTRASOUND DIAGNOSIS APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING THE METHOD RECORDED THEREON - An ultrasound diagnosis apparatus is provided, including a touch display which displays a graphical user interface (GUI) including a plurality of input buttons and receives an input of a user; and a controller which detects an input posture of the user and sets a display mode of the GUI based on the detected input posture. The GUI has a first display mode and a second display mode, and the first display mode and the second display mode are modes in which locations of at least one of the plurality of input buttons included in the GUI are differently displayed. | 01-07-2016 |
20160026347 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR AGGREGATING DATA TO PROVIDE A DISPLAY IN A USER INTERFACE - A method, a system and a device are provided for aggregating data to provide a display in a user interface. The method includes populating data records in data storage of a data management system; authenticating a user; retrieving a list from the data records and displaying the list for the authenticated user; selecting an item from the list through the user interface; receiving an item authentication token associating with the authenticated user; retrieving the plurality of attributes for the item authentication token and a progress status of the object history record; and in response to receiving a user selection, providing a text input field on the display for receiving a user's text inquiry; determining a numerical figure for the authenticated user; and aggregating data for displaying the plurality of attributes, displaying the progress status and determining the numerical figure for the authenticated user. | 01-28-2016 |
20160034039 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, OPERATION CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus includes circuitry that is configured to provide a user interface to control a plurality of controllable objects. The user interface is associated with a gesture recognition area that is defined by a predetermined detection area of a sensor. The gesture recognition area is divided into a plurality of gesture recognition sub-areas based on a number of the controllable objects to be controlled by the user interface. The circuitry is further configured to detect a predetermined gesture within the predetermined detection area, determine the gesture recognition sub-area in which the predetermined gesture is detected, and perform an operation on one of the controllable objects based on the detected predetermined gesture and the determined gesture recognition sub-area in which the predetermined gesture is detected. | 02-04-2016 |
20160034115 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRESENTING AND DISCOVERING RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN INFORMATION UNITS - Systems and methods for presenting data to one or more users in a visualizable format and obtaining information based upon the user's interaction with the data are disclosed. A system may include a processor and a non-transitory, processor-readable storage medium. The non-transitory, processor-readable storage medium may include one or more programming instructions that, when executed, cause the processor to provide data to at least one user via a user interface, receive one or more inputs from the at least one user, and direct a storage medium to record the one or more inputs. The data may be arranged in a user-visualizable format. The one or more inputs may correspond the user's interaction with the user interface that causes manipulation of the data. | 02-04-2016 |
20160034143 | NAVIGATING DIGITAL CONTENT BY TILT GESTURES - A digital magazine application executing on a client device enables a user of the client device to view and navigate digital content. The digital magazine application detects tilt gestures based on changes in orientation of the client device detected by an orientation sensor of the client device. When a tilt gesture is detected, the digital magazine application identifies a direction of the tilt gesture and selects content for presentation based on the tilt gesture and its direction. Hence, the digital magazine application simplifies navigation between content presented by the client device, allowing a user of the client device to navigate among content by changing the orientation of the client device. | 02-04-2016 |
20160041732 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE - A display control device includes a sift portion that sifts a transition request event stored in a queue. The sift portion monitors the queue. When the queue stores several transition request events corresponding to the same type of screen-image after transition, the sift portion retains the most recent one of the transition request events and discards the other transition request events corresponding to the same type of screen-image after transition. This can decrease transition request events stored in the queue compared to a case of not sifting transition request events and reduce a possibility of generating a delay. The sift portion does not sift a transition request event that transitions to a different type of screen-image. This can display the type of screen-image a user intends to display based on his or her manipulation. | 02-11-2016 |
20160041962 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING IMAGES AND GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION DATA IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A mobile communication device and a method for managing images, associated geographic location data, and associated supplemental information, in which geographic location data is generated based on a current location of the mobile communication device; a map corresponding to the generated geographic location data is displayed; a plurality of images and associated supplemental information corresponding to each image in a list mode are displayed in a first user interface, wherein the displayed associated supplemental information comprises description information and a street address; a selection of the plurality images, the associated description information, and the associated street address is received; the selected associated location information is displayed in a second user interface, wherein the second user interface comprises an editing mode; and the supplemental information is edited in the edit mode by receiving note information and the note information is associated with the selected associated description information. | 02-11-2016 |
20160048302 | Automatically Capturing User Interactions And Evaluating User Interfaces In Software Programs Using Field Testing - A method includes analyzing, on a first computing device, data from second computing device(s) of user interaction with a user interface of an application previously executed on the second computing device(s). The data corresponds to events caused by the user interaction with the user interface of the application. The first computing device generates representation(s) of the analyzed data and outputs the representation(s) of the user interaction. Another method includes capturing and logging, by a computing device, events caused by user interaction with a user interface of an application when the application is executed on the computing device. In response to a trigger, data comprising the captured and logged events is sent toward another computing device. Another method includes instrumenting a measurement library into an application to create an instrumented version of the application, and sending the instrumented application to computing device(s). Methods, apparatus, software, and computer program products are disclosed. | 02-18-2016 |
20160054887 | GESTURE-BASED SELECTION AND MANIPULATION METHOD - A method for selecting multiple content items in a list of content items is presented. In an embodiment, the method first displays a list of content items along the first direction on a display of the computing device. Then, the method detects a first portion of gesture for selecting a first content item in the list of content items. While the first content item is selected, the method detects a trigger for a second portion of the gesture, and then selects at least one second content item based on the second portion of the gesture. The trigger for the second portion of the gesture is a scroll gesture, and while the first content item is selected the scrolling of the list is disabled. A method for manipulating multiple content items in a list of content items is also presented. | 02-25-2016 |
20160054896 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - There are provided a setting unit, a selecting unit, a moving unit, and a reception unit. The setting unit sets each of sensitive regions of a plurality of display items in a wider region than each of display regions of the plurality of display items. The selecting unit selects any of the plurality of display items. The moving unit moves a display item in accordance with a touch operation. The reception unit receives a touch operation as an operation to a display item having been selected when a touch operation to an overlapped region is detected. The overlapped region is a region in which the sensitive regions of the plurality of display items overlap. | 02-25-2016 |
20160062560 | AUTOMATIC PROCESSING WITH MULTI-SELECTION INTERFACE - A multi-selection system allows selection of multiple displayed items in a GUI, and processes an underlying data set based on the selection. Users may utilize swipes or concurrent point interactions with the GUI to co-select items. The system identifies actions to perform for selected items based on selection criteria associated with the selected items, or mapping data that maps the selected items to actions. The system automatically identifies grouping criteria for data returned from performed actions and displays resulting groups for further user selection. The system provides suggestive visual highlights that identify commonly co-selected items in the interface. The system collects instrumentation items, for historical usage data, that record aspects of users' interactions with the system. As such, the system may identify, from the historical usage data, sets of commonly co-selected items, mappings between combinations of items and one or more actions, productive arrangements of items displayed in GUIs, etc. | 03-03-2016 |
20160062573 | REDUCED SIZE USER INTERFACE - A method includes, at an electronic device: receiving data representing a sequence of images stored on an external device; displaying, on a touch-sensitive display, a representation of the sequence of images; determining whether a contact detected on the touch-sensitive display at the representation of the sequence of images has a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity; in response to a determination that the characteristic intensity is above the threshold intensity, displaying a user interface menu including a user interface object representing an option to display a background of a user interface based on the sequence of images; detecting a selection of the user interface object; detecting a motion indicative of a wrist raise gesture; and in response to detecting the motion indicative of a wrist raise gesture, displaying the background of the user interface on the display of the electronic device based on the sequence of images. | 03-03-2016 |
20160085422 | METHOD OF STYLING CONTENT AND TOUCH SCREEN DEVICE FOR STYLING CONTENT - A method of styling content on a touch screen device is provided. The method includes receiving a user's input with respect to an attribute item of a stroke-based object, receiving a user's touch input with respect to a region indicating the stroke-based object on a touch screen, and changing an attribute value of the stroke-based object based on the attribute item of the stroke-based object and the received user's touch input. | 03-24-2016 |
20160103585 | FACILITATING DYNAMIC CUSTOMIZATION OF REPORTING TOOLS IN AN ON-DEMAND SERVICES ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with embodiments, there are provided mechanisms and methods for facilitating dynamic customization of reporting tools in an on-demand services environment in a multi-tenant environment according to one embodiment. In one embodiment and by way of example, a method includes importing, by a database system, a first application from a computing system associated with a third-party entity, where the first application is associated with the third-party entity and first one or more reporting forms of a plurality of reporting forms. The method may further include integrating, by the database system, the first application with a second application to generate an integrated application, where the second application includes a local application and is independent of the first application. The second application may be associated with second one or more reporting forms of the plurality of reporting forms. The method may further include associating, by the database system, a set of integrated properties of the integrated application with a reporting tool, and displaying, by a display device, the reporting tool to be used to facilitate building of one or more reports based on the set of integrated properties, where the one or more reports include at least one of the first and second one or more reporting forms. | 04-14-2016 |
20160103918 | ASSOCIATING ENTITIES WITH SERVICES USING FILTER CRITERIA - One or more processing devices cause display of a graphical user interface (GUI) enabling a user to specify filter criteria for identifying one or more entity definitions, store the filter criteria in association with a service definition in response to user input, apply the filter criteria to identify one or more entity definitions satisfying the filter criteria, and associate the identified one or more entity definitions with the service definition. The service definition represents a service provided by one or more entities each having a representative entity definition comprising information to identify machine data corresponding to the entity. | 04-14-2016 |
20160106951 | SHIFTING AND RECHARGING OF EMOTIONAL STATES WITH WORD SEQUENCING - The shifting and recharging of an emotional state with word sequencing is disclosed. A selection of a first word sequence set is received from the user. The word sequence set is defined by a mood recharging characteristic value, and includes a plurality of words each with at least one corresponding definition. A first one of the plurality of words in the selected first word sequence set is displayed. Then, a first one of the at least one corresponding definition of the first one of the plurality of words in the first word sequence set is displayed while the first one of the plurality of words remains displayed. The definition remains displayed for a time duration corresponding to a predefined cadence rate value. The user is prompted with a question related to the mood recharging characteristic value and associated with the first word sequence set. | 04-21-2016 |
20160110039 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENHANCED COMMAND INPUT - A portable electronic device having an input device for receiving a gesture based input from a user is used to control a navigation operation of an appliance. The portable electronic device receives via the input device the gesture based input and uses one or more parameters stored in a memory of the portable electronic device and one or more characteristics associated with the gesture based input to cause the portable electronic device to transmit a navigation step command to thereby control the navigation operation of the appliance. | 04-21-2016 |
20160132191 | APPARATUS CUSTOMIZATION - An apparatus, computer-implemented method for customizing an apparatus, and system for customizing an apparatus are disclosed. A user interface may allow a user to define content for customizing a selected apparatus. Based on the selected apparatus and the user-defined content, a label may be created that can be applied to the apparatus by a user. In this manner, an apparatus may be customized by applying and/or reapplying a label with user-defined content. | 05-12-2016 |
20160132194 | SEARCHING DIGITAL CONTENT - One or more embodiments allow a user to search a gallery of digital content. In particular, a user can interact with a digital content system to search for, and identify, one or more digital content items (e.g., photos, videos, audio) within a collection of digital content. For instance, the digital content system can maintain tokens with respect to a collection of digital content and associate the tokens with digital content items within the collection of digital content. The digital content system can also provide a gallery of digital content items within a view area of a graphical user interface. Upon receiving a search query, the digital content system can identify a token and identify digital content items corresponding to the token. The digital content system can further provide a new or modified gallery within the view area of the graphical user interface based on the identified digital content items. | 05-12-2016 |
20160139738 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR PROVIDING INTERACTIVE SETTINGS AND DEPENDENCY ADJUSTMENTS - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for providing interactive settings and dependency adjustments to the settings. A user interface provides a user with the ability to configure device or application settings. Other dependent settings may change accordingly to a compatible setting while causing minimized impact to the use of the device or application. The user interface may be interactive such that visual indication of the changed dependent setting is provided to the user in an unobtrusive manner. | 05-19-2016 |
20160154566 | ADAPTIVE RUNNING MODE | 06-02-2016 |
20160170608 | USER INTERFACE FOR MANIPULATING USER INTERFACE OBJECTS | 06-16-2016 |
20160170613 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND NON-TRANSITORY RECORDING MEDIUM FOR PROVIDING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH INFORMATION LIST ON A DISPLAY | 06-16-2016 |
20160179303 | DEVICE FOR MANAGING AND CONFIGURING FIELD DEVICES IN AN AUTOMATION INSTALLATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160188171 | SPLIT BUTTON WITH ACCESS TO PREVIOUSLY USED OPTIONS - A split button user interface component for accessing previously used functions and attributes is provided. Selection of a first or menu section of the interface component causes the launching of a menu or gallery of functions or attributes that may be applied to a given object, data item or displayed range. Upon selection of a given function or attribute from a launched menu or gallery, the selected function or attribute is applied to the given object, data item or displayed range. After dismissal of the launched menu or gallery, the second or executable section of the split button user interface component is updated to show a visual representation of the selected function or attribute. Subsequent selection of the executable section of the split button user interface component causes an automatic application of the last selected function or attribute to a desired object, data item or displayed range. | 06-30-2016 |
20160196035 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160202885 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD OF THE SAME | 07-14-2016 |
20180024704 | STORAGE AND STRUCTURE OF EVENTS WITH INTENTIONAL-BASED TIME FOR CALENDAR APPLICATIONS | 01-25-2018 |
20180024707 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE AND SCREEN DISPLAY METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
20190146637 | MOBILE DATA SNAPSHOTS | 05-16-2019 |